Aa Ps 2019apr

PART F3.
2 – ELECTRICAL WORKS
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification AA 08/03/19

Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification
Part F3.2 – Electrical Works
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT 1

INTRODUCTION 1
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3
RELEVANT CODES AND STANDARDS 3
MATERIALS 3
SUBMISSIONS 4
WORKMANSHIP 4
INSPECTION AND TESTING 5
SECTION 2 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 6

GENERAL 6
DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 13
SECTION 3 ESSENTIAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM 15

GENERAL 15
SUBMISSIONS 37
WORKMANSHIP 39
SECTION 4 EARTHING AND BONDING SYSTEM 41

GENERAL 41
SECTION 5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 43

GENERAL 43
MATERIALS 45
SUBMISSIONS 46
SECTION 6 GENERAL LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER 47

GENERAL 47
ARCHITECTURAL FRONT OF HOUSE LIGHTING 48
DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
(ARCHITECTURAL FRONT OF HOUSE (FOH) LIGHTING) 52
ARCHITECTURAL FRONT OF HOUSE LIGHTING
CONTROL SYSTEM 57
MATERIAL 75
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification i AA 08/03/19
SUBMISSIONS 75
COMMISSIONING 76
LIGHTING FITTING AND CONTROL SPECIFICATION 77
SECTION 7 CABLE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 78

GENERAL 78
SECTION 8 POWER QUALITY 80

GENERAL 80
VOLTAGE DIP-RIDE THROUGH CAPABILITY 80
ACTIVE HARMONICS FILTERS 84
EMERGENCY GENERATOR INSTALLATION 86
SECTION 9 WATER LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEM 87

GENERAL 87
SECTION 10 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING FACILITIES SYSTEM 91

GENERAL 91
INSPECTION AND TESTING 94
SUBMISSIONS 95
SECTION 11 MCB BOARD SCHEDULES 97
SECTION 12 CLP TRANSFORMER ROOM REQUIREMENTS 98

GENERAL 98
SECTION 13 DIVERSION AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SERVICES/

FACILITIES 99
ALTERATION, ADDITION AND RE-PROVISION OF
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES 99
MODIFICATION WORKS OF EXISTING IAC TO BACK UP
IAC 100
DIVERSION OF SECURITY FENCE LIGHTING 101
DIVERSION AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ROAD
LIGHTING 101
DEMOLITION OF EXISTING C&ED VEHICLE TRAFFIC
CONTROL KIOSK, POLICE ANTENNA OBSERVATION PLATFORM
AND ASSOCIATED STRUCTURES 101
ALTERATION AND ADDITION WORKS FOR OIL
SEPARATOR AND PUMPING STATION NO. 2 (OSPS 2) 101
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification ii AA 08/03/19
ALTERATION AND ADDITION WORKS FOR OIL
SEPARATOR AND PUMPING STATION NO. 2 (OSPS 2) 101
APPENDIX C1.1 – 14A - PART A – MCB BOARDS AT PRIMARY IAC
APPENDIX C1.2 – 14B - PART B – MCB BOARDS AT EXISTING BACK
UP IAC
APPENDIX C1.3 – CONTROL ZONE SCHEDULE
APPENDIX C2 – CLP TRANSFORMER ROOM LAYOUTS

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification iii AA 08/03/19

SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT
INTRODUCTION
This Particular Technical Specification (PTS) covers the requirements

for the Electrical Works to be carried out under the Contract. The
general requirements of works shall be read in conjunction with the
Section of Electrical and Mechanical Works General in the
Specification.
The scope of works comprises the site verification, coordination,

design, manufacture, supply, delivery to site, installation, modification,
liaison, training, submission to, inspection of and obtaining approval
certificates from the Relevant Statutory Authorities, and Utility
Companies, testing, commissioning activities and operations to be
carried out during testing and rectification of defects during the Defects
Liability Period of the complete Electrical Services works in accordance
with the requirements of the Specification and Employer’s Drawings.
The Electrical Works shall be a complete, safe, operable, reliable and

readily maintainable electrical services / system with the following
items:
(a) Electrical Distribution System;
(b) Essential Power Supply System;
(c) Earthing and Bonding System;
(d) Lightning Protection System;
(e) General Lighting and Small Power System;
(f) Cable Containment System;
(g) Power Quality Provisions;
(h) Water Leakage Detection System; and
(i) External Lighting System; and
(j) Associated Control System
The Contractor shall be responsible to provide a competent person for

carrying out a detailed site survey and cable detection to identify the
location and routing of the underground cables. The Contractor shall
be responsible for providing a site survey report to identify the existing
services, adjacent and related to the works, which require modification
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification 1 AA 08/03/19
and diversion work. The Contractor shall check and report the condition
of the existing services and equipment etc. prior to them being
relocated. Details of work shall be submitted to the Project Manager
for review without objection prior to commencement of works.
The “Electrical Works” shall include (but not limited to) all underground
/ buried / cast-in works and system components, such as earth pits,
bore holes for earthing and lightning protection system, lightning pits,
lightning down conductors, cable ducts/draw pits, etc.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary provisions, system

components, access / space for future equipment delivery and
installation, maintenance and relevant information (including but not
limited to data, records, certificates, statutory submission approval) of
the Electrical Works, to facilitate the Future Electrical Works so as to
form a complete electrical system.
The general installation, technical and performance requirements for

the Electrical Works shall be as shown on the Employer’s Drawings
and / or described within this PTS. Where not shown and / or described
the installation and testing of the Electrical Works shall be deemed to
comply with the relevant sections of the Specification and amendments
thereof.
The Contractor shall submit drawings, documents and relevant data to

the Relevant Authorities and utility companies for obtaining approval.
The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the Relevant
Authorities and utility companies for inspection, connection and all
works as required for the satisfactory completion of the works. The
Contractor shall also possess appropriate Specialist Contractor
licences for each specific trade of the Works under this Contract. The
Contractor shall arrange qualified persons such as Registered
Professional Engineers (RPE) to sign off the submissions and the work
completion documents so as to fulfil the Government requirements, if
necessary.
The Contractor shall note that the final installation and commissioning
activities for the Works shall be carried out within the existing IAC and
in close proximity to the area of the Works to the existing IAC. It shall
be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the safety of all personnel,
including but not limited to site staff, airlines, airfield personnel, at all
times.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and/or

supervision to prevent damage to the equipment including ground
services equipment vehicles and apron facilities inside existing IAC,
other existing road lighting and fence lighting and/or disruption to the
daily operations throughout the installation and commissioning period
of the Works.

For any works (such as earth pits, lightning protection tapes, lamp
poles, ducting, concealed conduits, concrete plinths, structure
openings, trenches, etc.) required to be integrated into Future
Electrical Works to form a complete electrical system, the Contractor
shall submit all necessary information (including but not limited to
drawings, documents, testing & commissioning records and relevant
data) to the Project Manager for review without objection, so as to
facilitate formal submission to the Relevant Authorities and utility
companies in future. In case the statutory approval requirements are
in conflict with the PTS, the Contractor shall notify the Project Manager
giving details of such conflict, propose appropriate method of
resolution for the Project Manager for review without objection, and
resolve the conflict.
The Contractor shall carry out testing and commissioning of all

equipment and systems and provide all necessary certified testing
devices. Lightning / Earthing pits resistance tests shall be carried out
during testing and commissioning.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary resources, materials and

temporary equipment, temporary cover / cap-off / plug-off / seal-off or
similar, to protect the equipment / materials on Site from being
damaged or contaminated by heat, dirt, dust, ash, splatter slag, paint,
water, fumes, mud, sand, stone, rock, concrete, mortar and other
materials generated or caused by others in gas, liquid, slurry or solid
form.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all associated power interfaces

with the SCADA system including, but not limited to, auxiliary switches,
contactors, relays and wiring connections to Airfield SCADA system
input/output (refer to Part F5 of PTS – Airport Systems).
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
The relevant Definitions and Abbreviations shall be in accordance with

the GMWS or amendments thereof.
RELEVANT CODES AND STANDARDS
The relevant Codes and Standards shall be in accordance with the

GMWS or amendments thereof.
MATERIALS
The relevant materials shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

amendments thereof.

The requirement for the materials associated with the following works
shall be in accordance with General Specification issued by
Architectural Services Department.
(a) Electrical works for Police Observation Room and Police

Equipment Room;
(b) Electrical works for CAD Equipment Room; and
(c) Electrical works for New Antenna Tower.
SUBMISSIONS
The relevant submissions shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

amendments thereof.
WORKMANSHIP
The relevant workmanship shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

amendments thereof.
The requirement for the workmanship associated with the following

works shall be in accordance with General Specification issued by

Equipment Room;

INSPECTION AND TESTING
The requirement for the Inspection, Testing and Commissioning shall

be in accordance with the GMWS or amendments thereof.
The testing and commission procedure associated with the following

works shall be in accordance with T&C Procedure issued by

Equipment Room;

SECTION 2 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
GENERAL
System Description
The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test and commission the
complete HV and LV electrical power supply and distribution system.
The Works shall be as shown on the Employer's Drawings and shall
include, but not limited to:
(a) HV Incoming Power Supplies;
(b) Low Voltage Power Supply and Distribution System;
(c) Final Power Distribution; and
(d) Uninterruptible Power Supply System
HV Incoming Power Supply
Primary IAC Building
(a) CLP Power (hereinafter referred to as CLP) will provide

electricity supply via their incoming cables to the development,
which will be terminated at two (2) no. of 2000kVA transformers
at Ground Floor of the Transformer Room as shown on
Employer’s Drawings.
(b) The Contractor shall liaise with CLP and provide the services
and facilities to fulfil CLP’s requirements. All the associated
inspection shall be provided by the Contractor.
(c) The Contractor shall provide the services and facilities from the
points of power coupling on the low voltage side to complete
the low voltage distribution system. CLP will be responsible for
11 kV cabling and accessories from their 11 kV panels and their
transformer units to step down the distribution voltage from 11
kV to 380V, 50Hz at Site and for ultimate termination to the
main ACB incoming terminal of LV main switchboard adjacent
to the corresponding CLP Transformer Room.
LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
The services and facilities shall include, but not limited to liaison with
the Utility Companies, submission, programming, application of tariff
metering and summation metering facilities, services co-ordination,
provisions of lead in ducts, and/or cable trenches, building services
installation in CLP transformer rooms, associated equipment provision,
equipment settings, inspection, testing and commissioning activities to
enable the respective building power energisation date is achieved.
The Contractor shall arrange wall space and shall supply and install a
suitable wooden block for the installation of CLP meter and the
associated wiring, cable changing boxes, current transformers,
cable/conductor link boxes and all necessary accessories to fulfil the
requirements of the CLP metering installation.
The entire LV power distribution systems, including but not limited to,
LV main switchboards, sub-main distribution boards, earthing systems,
control systems, small power arrangements, power factor correction
equipment, other energy efficiency and/or power quality improvement
equipment installation, armoured and non-armoured power cables and
a complete low voltage distribution system are as shown on the
The LV power distribution system works shall include, but not limited
to, the following:
(a) The Contractor shall supply and install the power system
including low voltage switchboards, sub-mains electrical
distribution equipment , cables, cable containment system,
small power arrangement, wiring and accessories, power
factor correction equipment, other energy efficiency and/or
power quality improvement equipment installation,
miscellaneous electrical equipment, lighting system, control
system, earthing system, lightning protection system, etc. and
the like as specified and/or shown on the Employer's Drawings.
(b) The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing the Working

Drawings showing the exact location, routing, mounting level
together with the mounting and fixing details of the cable
containments to the Project Manager for review without
objection prior to the actual installation.
(c) The electrical supply system from the CLP source will be at a
nominal voltage of 380 volts plus or minus 6% between phase
conductors and 220 volts plus or minus 6% between phase and
neutral conductors, using a 3-phase 4-wire system at a
frequency of 50 hertz plus or minus 2%.
(d) Real time stepped automatic power factor correction units shall
be provided to the landlord services sections of the
switchboards to improve the power factor to an adjustable
range from 0.9 to 0.95 lagging.
(e) Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) and earthing system cables

shall be provided by the Contractor to complete the electrical
and wiring installation. The Contractor shall supply and install
cables of the specified rating completed with cable glands,
LSOH shrouds, fixing and termination accessories, etc.
(f) The Contractor shall supply and install cable ladders, cable tray,
trunking and ducts for supporting and fixing the new cables in
accordance with the Employer's Drawings. Where cable routes
are not specifically shown on the Employer's Drawings or the
cable routes are obstructed by others, the Contractor shall take
the shortest possible route for the cable run. Details shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection
prior to installation.
(g) The Contractor shall supply essential power distribution system

fed from diesel driven emergency generators feeding the
essential power distribution. Essential power shall be
subdivided into Category 1 essential service systems, including
but not limited to, all fire and life safety systems, and Category
2 essential service systems providing backup for critical airport
systems operations.
(h) Unless otherwise specified, standalone and dual redundant

configuration floor standing equipment rack type
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems of back-up time
not less than 60 minutes complete with all necessary
associated equipment shall be installed in the buildings. Details
are shown on the Employer's Drawings.
(i) Central battery system with back-up time not less than 180
minutes shall be provided for all emergency lighting except the
CLP transformer room, Police Observation Room, Police
Equipment Room and CAD Equipment Room. Self-contained
type battery and charger with back-up time not less than 180
minutes shall be provided for emergency lighting in CLP
transformer rooms, Police Observation Room, Police
Equipment Room and CAD Equipment Room. Details are
shown on the Employer's Drawings.
(j) Associated power supplies to all Plants and Equipment,

including but not limited to, MCCB boards, MCB boards,
connections to MCC and/or LMCP’s, power isolators, fuse spur
unit and sockets etc. shall be provided.
(k) The Contractor shall supply and install power cables and all the
associated electrical accessories for the new road lights from
the power supply system at the existing pillar boxes which
obtain power from the substations serving to the new
connected roads.

(l) The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply and
installation of all necessary temporary power and lighting as
well as relocation of existing road lighting works for the affected
road areas during construction for new connected roads.
(m) The Contractor shall prepare and submit the method statement
of the road lighting installation works for the new roads
including, but not limited to, the cable diversion services,
temporary power and lightings arrangement, etc. to the Project
Manager for review without objection.
(n) The Contractor shall include all building services electrical

installation including small power provisions, lighting
installation within the CLP transformer rooms. The
requirements for the building services electrical installation
within the CLP transformer rooms shall be as shown on the
CLP transformer room layout drawings.
(o) The Contractor shall provide power supply and connection to

the signage, airport systems equipment, building services
equipment, socket outlets and fused connection units for
general use purpose and specific usage etc. as shown on the
(p) Dedicated LV power supplies to tenants/operators/government

use department etc., including but not limited to dedicated
distribution boards, power cables, earthing connection points
and provision of independent CLP tariff metering facilities
complying with CLP power’s requirements.
(q) All busbars including both main bars, risers and tee-off bars
shall be of all insulated type.
(r) All the digital multifunction meter at the LV switchboard’s

incomers shall have waveform capture capability and send
notification alarm via SMS (Short Message Service) during
system voltage dip. The waveform capture capability shall be
either initiated from the software or by the digital multifunction
meter as a user defined response to an alarm condition. The
capture waveform samples shall be able to transmit over the
network to PC-based workstation for display, archival and
analysis.
(s) The Contractor shall provide normal power supply failure signal
from LV switchboard to lift control cabinet at upper most landing
of each machine room-less lift for lift homing purpose.

FINAL POWER DISTRIBUTION
The Contractor shall supply, install and connect a complete wiring

system complete with all necessary power cables, cable
containments, cable changing boxes, wiring accessories and light
fittings, etc. for the lighting and power final circuits.
The MCB board details are provided in Section 11 – MCB board

schedules.
Small power provisions for internal and external areas complete with
all associated equipment and materials such as distribution boards,
harmonic filters, switches, switch plate socket outlets, cable, conduits
and cable containment and associated accessories as shown on the
Employer's Drawings. Installation of power points shall be at suitable
locations as close as possible to the equipment being served for
connection and operation of equipment.
The positions of power socket outlets, switches, light fittings,

distribution boards, etc. as shown on the Employer’s Drawings are
diagrammatic only. Their exact positions will be subject to adjustment
to suit site conditions. The Contractor shall coordinate with all
relevant parties including airport systems services, structural works
and builder works, etc. to propose the exact positions of the electrical
equipment to suit the site conditions and submit to the Project
The Contractor shall be responsible for checking with Other

Contractors regarding the exact power demand of the equipment
being installed by Other Contractors to ensure the cumulative load
will not overload the relative power distribution board. Should a
potential overload situation likely occur; the Contractor shall notify the
Project Manager of its findings and propose alternative solutions to
the Project Manager for review without objection.
For interfacing control wirings connection with other systems /

installations, the Contractor shall coordinate and work closely with
Other Contractors and provide a series of terminal strips which shall
be clearly labelled for each contact with termination information. The
terminal strip shall be provided with barriers to segregate various
communication signals. A junction box with IP rating to IP55 shall be
enclosed within external cladding suitable for placing in an outdoor
environment.
The location and size of the power and communication junction box
shall be coordinated with Other Contractors and fixed to the
associated steelwork or cladding system where applicable. Fixing
details of the communication junction boxes shall be submitted to the
Project Manager for review without objection.

The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test and commission all
fixing, support and anchorage systems for all electrical services,
cable risers and other electrical equipment.
The Contractor shall design, supply, install and re-instate fire-rated

enclosures to fulfil Relevant Authorities’ requirements on non-fire
services installations passing through designated MOA/MOE
passages/ventilation shafts/FS plant areas. The duration of FRR
shall be the same as that required for the affected compartmentation.
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
The Contractor shall supply, install and connect a complete

Uninterruptible Power Supply system (UPS) complete with all
necessary power cables, cable containments, cable changing boxes,
wiring accessories etc.
Dual redundant UPS units (each rated at 100% load) in parallel mode
configuration shall be provided inside 1/F UPS room for
equipment/server racks and all critical equipment like computer
workstations/equipment in the Primary IAC console desk, Airfield
SCADA control panels etc. Their inputs shall be supplied by dual 3-
phase essential power in-feeds with full back-up by emergency
generators. The output power factor of the UPS shall not be less than
0.9.
During normal operation, the demand load to each UPS unit shall not
exceed 50% of the rating of the UPS equipment. In case of one UPS
equipment is in failure, the other UPS unit shall take up the full
demand loading.
The battery bank of each UPS shall have sufficient capacity for
supporting normal equipment operation under full load for at least
one hour in case of mains failure. 30% aging factor shall be included
in UPS batteries sizing.
The electrical provisions shall be equipped with the necessary by-

pass mechanism to maintain normal supply to all connected loads
during routine maintenance and/or enhancement of UPS, battery
banks, switchboards and other electrical devices inside the
Communication Rooms so as to eliminate any need for the shutdown
of IT / TS equipment.
In case of breakdowns in the UPS, the loads shall automatically be

transferred to the mains bypass via the system static bypass unit
without any interruption.

Harmonic filters shall be installed at the incoming and outgoing
circuits of the UPS to minimize the harmonic distortion. Incoming
isolator shall be installed with the harmonic filter in order to allow the
harmonic filter to be isolated for maintenance/repairing without
disruption to load side.
Each UPS shall be equipped with the necessary interface and

network cards for connection to the Airfield SCADA workstation for
remote monitoring on the UPS status in SOCC and FRTMO,
including, but not limited to, mains failure, output on battery, low
battery, mains restored and return on UPS, etc. Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) communication cards shall be
provided to each UPS for interface with other systems.
Each UPS for Comms Rooms and for Comms Cupboards shall be
equipped with an UPS normal power failure alarm at an integrated
alarm panel located at the Primary IAC Main Hall. The signalling
cable for this remote UPS alarm system shall be provided via VDC
cabling scope. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply and
installation of this integrated alarm panel, the panel assembly and
layout arrangement and the internal wiring and accessories. The
indication of this UPS alarm shall not be affected by failure and /or
malfunction of the SCADA system.
Surge Protection Device
The Contractor shall supply and install surge protection device (surge
arrester) as shown on the Employer’s Drawings and described in this
PTS.
The Contractor shall supply and install all necessary wiring, cable
containment, enclosure, fixing and mounting accessories for the
installation of surge protection device.
The operation of surge protection device shall be based on the use of

a metal oxide varistor or other similar technique to effectively limit over-
voltage under surge conditions and to safely divert the excessive surge
energy to ground.
Surge protection devices shall be manufactured by a reputable

manufacturer which has been continuously manufacturing surge
protection products for at least 5 years and the manufacturer shall have
a local agent to provide full technical support and after sales services.
Type test certificate for the surge protection devices shall be submitted
for the Project Manager’s review without objection. The certificate shall,
unless otherwise specified, demonstrate that the equipment can fulfil
the requirements stipulated in the IEC 61643-1:2005 with the following
performance:

(a) Surge protection device at the main L.V. switchboard shall be
able to perform under a standard test wave of 20kV 1.2/50 µs
voltage impulse and 10kA 8/20 µs current impulse;
(b) Surge protection device at electrical distribution system shall be
voltage impulse and 3kA 8/20 µs current impulse. It shall limit
the transient voltage to below equipment susceptibility levels;
and
(c) Surge protection device at sub-main distribution board shall be
voltage impulse and 0.5kA 8/20 µs current impulse.
Surge protection devices shall be shunt or series connected to the

concerned electrical installation to achieve maximum protection as
recommended by manufacturer. They shall be installed in compliance
with manufacturer’s installation instructions and relevant safety
standards and regulations.
Design and performance criteria associated with the Electrical

Distribution System shall be in accordance with the GMWS or
amendments thereof.
Where a particular item is not addressed within the above specified

criteria, the Contractor shall perform the design based on recognized
international standards including the CIBSE and/or IET Guidelines.
The design requirements below shall be followed:
(a) In the equipment selection, the frame size selection of the

MCCB board shall be as shown on the Employer's Drawings.
(b) The Electrical Distribution System design shall follow the latest
edition of Code of Practice for Energy Efficiency of Building
Services Installations. The Contractor shall report to the Project
Manager if it identifies any discrepancies.
(c) CLP Summation Metering Scheme shall be implemented for

the Primary IAC Building. The Contractor shall be responsible
to co-ordinate, liaise with CLP and provide all necessary
provisions not limiting to power points, telephone box & cable
containment systems in the LV main switch rooms to exercise
the implementation of CLP Summation Metering Scheme.
(d) The cables and the protective devices for the LV power
distribution system shall be sized based on the assumed cable
routing and the indicative equipment location. The Contractor
shall verify and calculate the cable sizes and the rating of
protective devices for all circuitries based on their offered
equipment and actual arrangements prior to ordering and
installation. Calculations shall be submitted to the Project
(e) Equipment and the arrangements shown on the Employer’s

Drawings are intended to indicate the layout to be generally
adhered to, but the actual layout of equipment shall be
proposed by the Contractor to suit their equipment offer and to
ensure the neatest possible arrangement. Certain Employer’s
Drawings are diagrammatic and are to be interpreted as such.
The Contractor shall make due allowance to suit site conditions.
(f) Active Harmonic Filters shall be provided as shown on the

Employer's Drawings. Active Harmonic Filter shall be of solid
state type, conforming to IEC61000-4-2, IEC61000-4-3,
IEC61000-4-4 and IEC61000-4-5 or other International
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Compliance for industrial
and commercial applications. The AHF equipment rating shall
be as shown on the Employer's Drawings.
(g) Surge Arrestor device shall be provided at main switchboard

level, sub-main MCB distribution boards and the MCB boards
which are having outgoing circuits connected to equipment
located outside buildings but within the airfield and apron area
as shown on the Employer's Drawings. The rating of the SAD
shall meet or exceed the capabilities for peak surge current of
100kA per phase at services entrance (electrical LV
switchboard), for nominal system voltage 220V RMS, and 800V
maximum clamping voltage (Vpeak). The above requirements
stated are minimum requirements and the exact requirements
shall also comply with BS EN 62305.
(h) Real time step operated automatic power factor correction

equipment shall be provided to the LV main switchboards. The
provisions are required to achieve a power factor of not less
than 0.9 after all equipment has been installed.

SECTION 3 ESSENTIAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
GENERAL
Description
The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test and commission an

independent essential power supply system to provide a source of
back-up power supply to critical Plant and operations in the event of
mains power failure.
The essential power systems to be installed under this Contract shall

be classified as follows:
(a) Category 1 Systems: Life safety systems including, but not

limited to, fire services equipment, emergency lighting, central
batteries system (CBS), UPS for Category 1 equipment, smoke
extraction system, etc., and
(b) Category 2 Systems: Plant and equipment critical to efficient

operations including, but not limited to, essential chiller and
chilled water pumps, MBMS, air field SCADA system,
ventilation for FS pump room, lift homing, security systems,
Airport Systems, Communication Rooms/Cupboards
equipment, etc.
The Contractor shall supply and install one (1) 2000kVA emergency
generators, complete with, but not limited to, essential power
distribution, fuel oil supply system, flue systems, acoustic treatments,
control and all other necessary accessories.
Standby diesel generators and fuel oil supply systems shall be

monitored by the Airfield SCADA system, as shown on the Employer's
Drawings and described in this Particular Technical Specification.
The Contractor shall design fire-rated enclosure and access provisions

to house the flue exhaust pipes of the generator systems. The
Contractor shall be responsible to provide and arrange for any statutory
submission required and obtain consent for the generator systems.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation, submission

and obtaining of approvals and certification from the Fire Services
Department (FSD) (Dangerous Goods Division) for the complete fuel
oil supply system.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation, submission

and obtaining of approvals for the generator flue systems from the
Environmental Protection Department (EPD).

The Contractor shall submit all drawings, calculations and supporting
documents including approval letters to the Project Manager for review
without objection prior to the procurement of Plant.
The Contractor shall frame and post the As-Constructed electrical

distribution schematic and control circuit diagrams, at A2 size, inside
each generator room.
Design and performance criteria associated with the Essential Power

Supply System shall be in accordance with this Particular Technical
Specification and the GMWS or amendments thereof.

criteria, the Contractor shall base the design on recognized international
standards including the CIBSE and/or IET Guidelines.
Emergency Generators
General Requirements
(a) The manufacture, factory acceptance testing, delivery,

installation, site testing and commissioning of the diesel
generator installation shall be in accordance with this
Specification, BS EN 60034-1, BS 5000, BS ISO 3046, the IET
Wiring Regulations and FSD relevant requirements.
(b) Acoustic treatment shall be designed and provided as required

to achieve the minimum specified noise levels in accordance
with this Specification, and EPD’s requirements stipulated in
the "Technical Memorandum for the assessment of noise from
places other than domestic premises, public places or
construction sites" issued by EPD for all Noise Sensitive
Receivers close to the ancillary building, and/or any other
statutory requirements.
(c) The generator sets shall be of prime rating, with rated voltage
of 380V, 50Hz, and at a minimum power factor of 0.8. The
minimum prime rating of the generator sets is shown on the
Employer's Drawings and/or the Equipment Data Sheets. The
Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the final rating of
the emergency generators based on final plant selections.

(d) The diesel generator set shall automatically start-up after a pre-
set time period adjustable between 0 to 5 seconds after mains
voltage failure has been recorded and/or when monitored
mains voltage falls below a selected value. The generator set
shall be designed for cold starting and be capable of supplying
power for the full rated essential load in not more than 15
seconds from initiation of the starting procedure.
(e) Restoration of the normal mains supply during the starting

period shall not interrupt the starting sequence of the generator.
However, the control system shall be configured to prevent the
load transfer switches from operating should restoration of the
normal mains supply be recorded.
(f) When restoration of the normal mains supply is detected, the

control system shall automatically transfer the essential load
back to normal mains supply.
(g) The starting sequence of the generators shall be carried out in

not less than 2 steps. The Contractor shall submit calculations,
drawings and procedures of the proposed starting sequence
and transfer of the connected load to the Project Manager for
review without objection. The Contractor shall provide all
necessary provisions for the successful operations of the
starting sequence arrangement and transfer of the connected
load to the Project Manager for review without objection.
(h) The generators, switchboards, exhaust systems and acoustic

systems shall be manufactured and installed by a specialist
manufacturer. The Contractor shall control and supervise the
work carried out by the generator specialist supplier or
manufacturer including the testing and commissioning works.
(i) The Contractor shall supply and install power provisions

including wiring, cable containment, power distribution panel
and wiring accessories for the emergency generator auxiliary
system such as battery charger, electric heater etc for the
generator operations.
(j) The generator sets shall comply with the EPD’s “Guidelines on
Application for Installation of Emergency Generator”.
(k) The generator sets shall be well equipped with protective

devices to shut down the engine and give visible and audible
alarm automatically in case of:
(i) Engine over-speed;
(ii) Under voltage (AVR);

(iii) High cooling water temperature;
(iv) Low lubricating oil pressure;
(v) Alternator short circuited;
(vi) High engine temperature;
(vii) Failed to start;
(viii) Low fuel level;
(ix) Low battery; and
(x) Alarm signals shall be interfaced with the Airfield SCADA

System, AFA System and fuel supply system, status shall
be monitored by the Airfield SCADA System.
Diesel Engine
(a) The engine shall comprise a multi-cylinder unit constructed to

BS ISO 3046, supplied with all auxiliaries necessary for
operation including, where applicable, turbo-charging and
charge air cooling equipment.
(b) The installation shall facilitate on-site maintenance and repairs,

including a barring facility if appropriate, and access to and
removal of pistons and connecting rods. The engine/a.c.
generator unit shall be mounted on a common, rigid bedplate
supported on spring-type anti-vibration mountings. Means for
lifting and moving the set into position shall be provided.
(c) The engine shall be direct fuel injected in conjunction with turbo
charging.
(d) The engine shall be suitable for operation using fuel oil to BS
2869, DIN 51 601 or as specified. Fuel filters with renewable-
type elements shall be incorporated in the lift pump supply
system feeding the injector pumps.
(e) The Contractor shall submit the fuel consumption of the

generator, at the rated load and under the various ambient
conditions, to the Project Manager for review without objection.
(f) The maximum nominal operating speed of the engine together

with the nominal generator output frequency, shall meet the
requirements specified.
(g) The engine speed governing system shall be selected in

accordance with BS ISO 3046, to meet the tolerance values
specified.
(h) Means of manual adjustment of engine speed to ±5% from the
nominal speed under all specified load conditions shall be
provided at the control panel.
(i) An engine over-speed prevention device shall be incorporated

in the speed control system in accordance with BS ISO 3046.
(j) The engine shall be capable of continuous operation as defined

in BS ISO 3046. The rating shall include both full load and 110%
full load at the same speed.
(k) A complete engine lubrication system shall be provided,

including a large capacity sump incorporated within the base
plate. The sump shall be fitted with engine driven oil pumps
with filters on the suction and delivery sides. A bypass pressure
relief valve shall be fitted in the pump delivery pipe. Drip trays
shall be fitted to collect spillage.
(l) The lubrication system shall provide automatic continuous

lubrication of all moving parts without manual intervention.
Ancillary equipment shall include:
(i) Oil cooler;
(ii) Level dipstick;
(iii) Filler cap;
(iv) Crankcase breather pipe or outlet;
(v) Manual lubrication facility for priming; and
(vi) Drainage to drain sump, with easy access for draining

operations.
(m) The type and capacity of the sump, together with consumption
rate of the lubricating oil shall be submitted to the Project
(n) Coolant ducts shall be incorporated within the cylinder heads.

Cooling fluid shall be circulated by means of a pump mounted
on the engine. A thermostatically controlled valve shall be
provided in the cooling system to assist rapid heating up of the
water in the engine jacket when starting from cold, and to
provide temperature control when the engine is running.
(o) For operating in ambient temperatures below 10°C an electric

immersion heater shall be fitted, and connected to the normal
mains supply.

(p) The cooling system shall comprise a closed circuit, engine
mounted radiator with integral fan. The radiator fan shall be
either directly driven from the engine or driven by an electric
motor connected to the generator electrical supply, and shall
be sized to accommodate resistance of ductwork, louvres and
attenuators forming the installation. The Contractor shall
provide details of radiant heat output from the engine, exhaust
system and generator to the Project Manager for review without
objection.
(q) Engine mounted radiators shall be connected to fire-protected

air ducts or wall mounted louvres by means of fire retardant
flexible connections.
(r) The Contractor shall supply and install the whole section of
ductwork, complete with flexible connector between the
radiator and the metal louvres.
(s) The engine starting system shall be capable of starting and

running the engine at a steady cranking speed not exceeding
1500rpm and appropriate to the particular engine requirements
for satisfactory ignition.
(t) The engine shall be started by means of electric starter motor(s)

mounted on the engine flywheel housing. Where two motors
are utilized for starting, each motor shall be capable of
providing the required starting duty at the lowest ambient
temperature specified.
(u) The starter motors shall be mechanically and electrically

disconnected when the engine fires or when the starting
sequence is de-energized.
(v) The electric start system shall be capable of being operated

from the main control panel and/or any other position as
specified.
(w) An electrical battery starting system for each generator set with
a set of 24V battery charger, starting battery and all necessary
wiring and switchgear shall be provided. The starting system
shall have sufficient capacity to initiate four starting cycles.
(x) Starter batteries shall be of the nickel cadmium type with clear
plastic cases. The batteries shall be contained within a
purpose made corrosion-resistant frame with timber cover
located close to the engine. Leads between batteries and
engine shall be protected against physical damage.

(y) Battery charging equipment shall be of the constant potential
type, with monitoring instrumentation type as specified, and
shall be automatically disconnected during engine starting.
(z) Lifting beams, hooks and hoisting facilities shall be provided

inside each Generator Room. The Contractor shall coordinate
and develop all details on the lifting beams and hooks to suit
the proposed hoisting facilities. The Contractor shall provide a
safety certificate with the required lifting capacity for removing
and delivery of its proposed generator set which is issued by a
recognized testing laboratory to the Project Manager for review
without objection for justification of the installed lifting beam
and hoisting facilities.
(aa) Governor with manual adjustment of +5% of normal speed. The

governing accuracy shall comply with performance Class G3 in
ISO 8523-2:2005. Governor shall sense the actual engine
rotation. Governor designed for sensing the frequency of
generator output voltage is not acceptable.
AC Generators
(a) The AC generators shall be of the salient pole, brushless type

and shall be short circuit proof and shall be of drip-proof screen-
protected construction designed to comply with BS 5000: Part
99.
(b) The AC generators shall be continuously rated in accordance

with BS 5000: Part 99, and shall be capable of providing 110%
of full load for one hour in any twelve hour period.
(c) Insulation to windings shall be rated Class 'H' as a minimum

standard. Temperature monitoring of the stator windings shall
be provided.
(d) The AC generators shall be capable of developing the rated

output during the load duty cycle over the ambient temperature
range of 5 degree Celsius to 40 degree Celsius.
(e) The enclosure class of the AC generators shall conform to the

ambient conditions specified.
(f) The AC generators shall be self-cooled by means of an integral

shaft mounted fan over the ambient air temperature range of 5
degree Celsius to 40 degree Celsius.
(g) When required to operate in parallel with other diesel

generators or AC supplies, the AC generators shall achieve the
necessary stability of operation and load sharing necessary for
satisfactory operation.
(h) The automatic voltage regulation of the alternator shall be three
phase sensing type and shall satisfy the requirements of the
electrical loading connected in terms of steady state and
transient conditions based on the Contractor’s AC generator
set characteristics. It shall be capable of maintaining the limits
on voltage within the tolerances specified. The voltage dip
limits shall not exceed 20% of the rated value under all
connected loading conditions including step load application
and recovery times shall be held over the load duty cycles of
the connected loading.
(i) Regulator components shall be contained within an enclosure

mounted on the AC generators and the enclosure shall be
isolated from any vibration forces transmitted by the generator.
(j) The values of short circuit current available at the machine

terminals shall be submitted.
(k) All ancillary electrical/electronic equipment associated with the

operation of the voltage regulator, for both single and parallel
operation of AC generators shall be supplied.
(l) Where links to remote switchboards and/or control panels are

required, all necessary terminations shall be supplied.
(m) The AC generator output waveform shall comply with the

requirements of BS EN 60034-1, with respect to harmonic
content.
(n) The AC generators shall be protected against all types of

excess current that will damage the generator electrical
systems.
(o) Earth leakage protection shall be provided by means of a 'core

balance' residual current device. The restricted earth fault
protection level shall be capable of being varied over the range
0.3A to 10A.
(p) All auxiliary equipment necessary for monitoring the electrical

parameters utilized in the protection systems shall be provided.
(q) The steady state and transient behaviour shall comply with
performance G3 in ISO 8528-5:2005. The maximum
percentage of voltage dip shall not exceed 20% of the rated
value under all loading conditions including step load
application. In case that electronic equipment and computers
form a substantial amount of supply loads, the maximum
voltage dip shall not exceed 10%.

Generator Panel
(a) The Contractor shall provide all equipment and wiring

necessary for the starting/control/shut-down procedures for the
diesel generator system.
(b) The Contractor shall also provide a list of points from the
generator panel for combined Cat.1 and Cat.2 generator,
linking to FS control panel and submit to the Project Manager
for review without objection prior to manufacture. These shall
include, but not be limited, to the following:
(i) ACB on/off/trip;
(ii) Fuel level alarm at 6.5 hour storage;
(iii) Fuel level alert at 7.5 hour storage;
(iv) Fuel oil low level alarm;
(v) Fuel pump fault;
(vi) Fuel pump manual/auto;
(vii) Fuel pump running;
(viii) Generator running;
(ix) Generator fault; and
(x) Generator manual/auto.
(c) The equipment connected to the generators shall be started

sequentially in not less than two steps. The Contractor shall
submit calculations to demonstrate the starting sequence to
ensure the generator can withstand the starting current.
(d) The generator control panel shall be free-standing, for location

at a position remote from the generating set.
(e) The Contractor shall provide all necessary interface works with
other equipment/systems such as LV switchboards, FS system,
airfield SCADA system, etc. complete with necessary
equipment, control devices, wiring, cable containment etc. for
the generator system to perform starting/control/shut-down
operations specified.
(f) The engine control panel shall be set-mounted.

(g) The control panel shall be constructed from self-supporting,
modular top, side and back panels and doors of not less than
2mm thickness electro-galvanized sheet steel built on a
substantial framing to provide a rigid construction and clear
accessibility to all internal components within the control panel.
Prior to final painting, the panel shall be suitably treated against
corrosion. Back plates shall be removable and secured by
bolts and shockproof washers. Doors shall be flush fitting and
suitably braced to prevent distortion and whip. Doors shall be
capable of being lifted off hinges and shall be fitted with locks.
(h) The complete panel enclosures shall comply with IP51 (BS EN
60529) as a minimum standard unless a higher standard is
specified.
(i) Paint finishes shall be to the manufacturer's standard.
(j) Where the equipment standard finish differs from the above,
the Contractor shall record details of the paint finish and colour
and shall submit for review without objection by the Project
Manager.
(k) Cables or conduit entry shall be via removable plates at the top
and bottom of the panel.
(l) Means for lifting the control panel shall be provided.
(m) All facilities provided within the control panel shall be as

specified.
(n) The control panel shall be complete with all necessary

equipment, wiring and facilities to control, and monitor the
diesel generator under the conditions of operation specified.
(o) Control relays shall be of the plug-in dust-proof type.
(p) Contactors shall comply with BS EN 60947-4-1. Transfer

switches shall comply with the requirements specified.
Busbars shall be fully shrouded.
(q) Power and control components shall be located within separate

compartments of the panel.
(r) Power and control circuits shall be segregated from each other
within the panel.
(s) All wiring shall be arranged in the form of suitably supported

looms and/or run in slotted LSOH trunking.
(t) Wiring for low voltage circuits shall be LSOH to BS 7211.

(u) Wiring for control circuits shall be carried out in flexible LSOH
cable to BS 7211.
(v) All wiring within the control panel shall be identified by means
of coded ferrules fitted to each end of the cable; the coding shall
be identified on the schematic wiring diagram.
(w) All control panel wiring shall be terminated at suitable rail-

mounted terminal boards located for easy access. Terminals
shall utilise a spring clamp arrangement to prevent damage to
wire ends.
(x) Control circuit wiring shall be protected by fuses in accordance

with BS 88-1:2007 + A2:2014; BS EN 60269-1:2007 +
A2:2014;BS 88-2:2013, BS HD 60269-2:2013; BS EN 60269-
4:2009 + A1:2012; BS88-4:2009 + A1:2012.
(y) A main earth terminal bar shall be fixed within the control panel
and positioned to facilitate connection of external wiring.
(z) All indicating lamps shall be of the LED type and shall be
mounted on the front face of the panel.
(aa) All indicating meters shall be 96mm scale, industrial grade

performance to BS 89/IEC 60051. Scales shall be chosen for
ease of reading and interpolation throughout the scale range.
(bb) Where timers are utilized in the protection and control circuits,
each timer shall have a readily adjustable setting range
incorporated in the timer module.
(cc) All control switches shall be mounted on the front face of the
panel and shall be of the rotary type.
(dd) All push buttons shall be mounted on the front face of the panel.
(ee) Audible alarms shall be located on the front face of the control
panel with a muting facility fitted in an adjacent position.
(ff) All switches, push buttons and indicator lamps shall be

identified by means of permanently fixed labels manufactured
from engraving laminate. Alternatively, push buttons shall be
permanently engraved with the appropriate legend.
(gg) The front face of the control panel shall be illuminated with
easily replaceable lamps. The illumination shall be provided
glare free and shall not produce reflection from the glass
fronted instruments.

(hh) All interconnecting wiring between the diesel generator set,
control panels, and monitoring indication positions shall be
supplied and installed.
(ii) All wiring shall be capable of withstanding contamination by

diesel fuel and lubrication oil and shall have type and rating
consistent with the environmental conditions experienced at
the site.
Exhaust System
(a) The exhaust system for each engine shall form a continuous
unique path from the engine to the termination position.
Inspection and cleaning doors shall be provided at changes of
direction and at the base of vertical stacks.
(b) The selection, sizing and fixing on site of all sections

comprising the exhaust system, including the silencers, shall
be suitable for the installation specified.
(c) Flexible, gas tight joints shall be provided between engines and
the exhaust system to permit thermal expansion and to prevent
vibration transmission.
(d) The exhaust system shall be adequately supported throughout

with spring hangers where necessary or specified. Where the
system is within the confines of the building and wherever else
specified, appropriate thermal insulation material completed
with embossed aluminium cladding shall be applied to the pipe
work and silencers to limit surface temperature to 55°C.
(e) Drain points for the removal of condensate shall be provided at

the lowest point of the exhaust system and at the base of
vertical stacks. The Contractor shall connect drain pipes from
the drain points to the nearest floor drain for channel.
(f) A weather terminal shall be provided to exclude rain from the

exhaust outlet.
(g) The enclosure shall be pre-assembled and be suitable for lifting

into position on site. Doors shall be provided to permit all
necessary access to sections of the set for routine
maintenance and operating purposes.
(h) The enclosure shall have the fire rating protection to meet
FSD’s requirements and shall be demountable to allow major
maintenance and repair work to be carried out.

(i) Exhaust systems shall be fabricated from carbon steel pipe to
BS EN 10216:2013 and BS EN 10217-1:2002 with dimensions
to BS EN ISO 3581:2012, for installations up to and including
DN 600, welded or flanged and of standard wall thickness to
provide adequate internal corrosion allowance.
(j) For exhaust systems with over 600mm bore, dimensions shall
be calculated in accordance with BS EN 1993-3-2:2006, and
the installation shall be fabricated from steel plate to BS EN
ISO 18286:2010, BS EN 10029:2010, BS 7688:2004, BS EN
10025-1:2004, BS EN 10025-3:2004, BS EN 10025-4:2004,
BS EN 10210-1:2006, Grade 43EE.
(k) External corrosion allowance shall be made for fully exposed

(un-insulated and not metal-clad) systems.
(l) The pressure loss through the exhaust system shall not exceed
the value recommended by the manufacturer.
(m) Expansion devices shall be located midway between anchor

points firmly fixed to the building structure, positioned as
specified. Anchor clamps shall be lined with foam glass (or
equivalent) inserts to minimize heat transfer to the structure.
(n) Expansion devices shall have a low pressure rating suitable for
corrosive atmosphere and temperature up to 520°C with pipe
guides provided on either side of each expansion device.
Devices shall be corrugated bellows type with internal sleeves
of Incoloy 825 or similar, installed with maximum 'cold draw'.
(o) The base of any vertical section of the exhaust system shall
have a tee pocket and welded-in tunic of mild steel, tapped for
and provided with a 19mm carbon steel drain-pipe extended to
near floor level without causing obstruction to personnel or
operations.
(p) The low point of any horizontal section of the exhaust system
shall have a tee pocket, tundish and drain pipe splay cut at the
bottom or lower end.
(q) Before insulation all exhaust piping and brackets shall be wire-
brushed clean of rust, scale, etc., and cleaned of grease and
oil and painted with one full coat of silicone aluminium heat-
resisting paint.

(r) The exhaust piping shall be completely insulated with 100mm
minimum thickness mineral wool rigid sections, applied in two
layers, secured with wire ties or metal bands. Flanges shall be
insulated for 75mm either side of joint faces to the same
thickness as the piping. Aluminium cladding shall be 1.2mm
minimum thick of embossed style.
(s) The outdoor part of the exhaust piping shall be stainless steel
grade 316 exhaust pipe complete with pipe supports for
100mm minimum thickness mineral wool rigid sections, applied
in two layers, secured with wire ties or metal bands. Aluminium
cladding shall be 1.2mm minimum thick of embossed style.
Silencers
(a) The generator sets shall be provided with attenuators of

sufficient size to enable noise levels to be achieved. This shall
include, but not limited to, attenuators on the cooling air inlet,
cooling air discharge and flue discharge.
(b) The outer casing of the silencers shall be constructed of

galvanised steel sheet of not less than 0.8mm thickness. The
absorbent linings shall be fabricated from perforated
galvanised mild steel sheet having a thickness of not less than
0.6mm. The internal lining shall consist of insert, non-
hygroscopic, non-flammable glass or mineral fibre, stabilised
by bonding with resin. The material shall be packed under at
least 10% compression to avoid setting over time. Provision
shall be made for drainage of any water that could accumulate
on or inside the acoustic materials.
(c) The airways shall be free from sharp edges, sharp screw ends
or other undue projections into the air stream.
(d) The total pressure losses from the intake and discharge
silencers shall not exceed a total of 100Pa. The Contractor
shall be responsible for ensuring that the generator cooling fan
provides sufficient capacity to overcome the resistance of the
acoustic treatment.
(e) Calculations shall be presented for the pressure loss imposed

by the silencers. The calculations shall take into consideration
the additional losses induced by turbulence in the discharge air
stream.
(f) Calculations shall be presented to show that the acoustic

performance of the generators fitted with the acoustic treatment
shall meet the specified noise limits.

(g) Flue silencers provided shall be suitable for use with the
generator sets and shall be of an all-welded construction. The
casing of the silencer shall not be less than 1.6mm thick and
shall be protected with a suitable heat resistant paint finish.
The silencer shall have a minimum life of 5 years.
Inlet and Discharge Louvres
(a) Details of air resistance values and dimensions of all louvres

(including acoustic louvres) shall be submitted to the Project
(b) External louvres shall be provided, complete with all necessary

fixings and installed in accordance with manufacturer's fixing
instructions.
(c) Air intake and discharge points shall be protected from ingress
of moisture and dust by framed and shaped weather louvres.
(d) The space immediately behind or below louvres shall be

'tanked' and adequately drained.
(e) Any ductwork immediately behind an intake or exhaust louvre

shall be properly prepared and painted on all internal surfaces
with epoxy resin or bitumastic paint for a length from the louvre
equal to the louvre height, duct length or to the next equipment
item, whichever is the lesser. The bottom side of the ductwork
connection shall slope downwards towards the louvre.
(f) The louvre free area shall not be less than 50% of the total area
of the opening and the overall size shall match the airflow
requirements of the engine.
(g) Louvres shall be suitable for building into a structural opening,

or fixing to the building structure.
(h) Galvanized wire bird screens shall be fitted to the inner face of
all louvres with provision made for removal for cleaning.
Screens shall extend over the full face of the louvre and be of
10mm mesh size. All fixing clips, screws and washers shall be
hot dip spun galvanized.
(i) Adequately sized closed-end drain gutter sections at the

bottom of each louvre or louvre section shall be provided with
an outlet branch piped to the nearest gulley or discharge on an
adjacent roof as applicable.

(j) Where a galvanised steel louvre is specified, the frame and
blades shall be fabricated from galvanized mild steel sections
and sheet with cut edges repaired with cold galvanizing
solution. Galvanized steel louvre assemblies shall normally be
bolted together. If welding methods of assembly are used the
galvanizing shall be reinstated immediately on completion of
welding. Where specified, galvanized steel external louvres
shall be etch-primed. They shall have a painting system having
a five-year minimum warranty against colour fade, deterioration
of surface finish, peeling and flaking. Colour to BS 4800 shall
be as specified.
(k) Where aluminium alloy louvre is specified, frames and blades

shall be fabricated from aluminium alloy extruded sections.
The finish shall be as specified.
(l) Aluminium alloy louvre assemblies shall be inert gas shielded

arc welded, or bolted or riveted together.
(m) Acoustic louvres shall be provided where silencers cannot

provide the necessary attenuation. Acoustic louvres shall be
as specified and of specialist manufacture. Performance
figures for both sound reduction and air passage pressure drop
shall be provided. Louvres shall have a rigid casing housing
double skin blades with plain top surfaces and shape,
perforated undersides to achieve maximum attenuation. Infill
material shall be odourless, non-hygroscopic, non-toxic, non-
combustible and shall not decompose, not support fungi life nor
attract vermin or rodent attack and shall be packed in sealed
plastic film containers. Blades shall be positioned to provide
weather protection. Acoustic performance shall be as specified.
The whole assembly shall be protected against corrosion.
Noise and Vibration
(a) The specified sound pressure level measured 1m from the

exhaust discharge shall not be exceeded.
(b) The sound pressure levels due to the combined effect of

exhausts, machinery and background noises shall not exceed
the values indicated at the locations specified.
(c) The parts of the exhaust system downstream of a silencer and

inside the engine room, or in ducts with other services, or in
ducts with duct covers opening into occupied areas, shall have
insulation at least 50mm thick covered with sheet steel of
specific weight 10-12kg/m². The sheet steel sections shall be
cut out at supports and expansion joints only and all joints shall
be riveted or made with self-tapping screws. The insulation
shall be as for acoustic louvres.
(d) Constant speed engines shall be fitted with two-stage exhaust
noise silencers. The peak attenuation of the first stage shall be
at the firing frequency of the manifold to which the exhaust is
attached, with a drop in attenuation 1 octave each side of this
frequency not exceeding 5dB. It shall be as close to the
manifold as possible.
(e) The attenuating characteristic of the second stage shall be

complementary to the first and shall cause the spectrum of the
exhaust noise at the point of discharge to approximate to the
NR specified within ±5dB over the range of frequencies emitted.
(f) Where there is no restriction in plant space, the second stage

attenuator shall be fitted not less than 10 pipe diameters from
the first and shall be followed by tail pipe 10 pipe diameters
long. The second stage shall be located in the engine room if
the tailpipe passes through occupied spaces.
(g) Where an exhaust system runs with less than two bends
between the flexible bellows connection at the manifold and the
point of exit from the plant room, a second bellows connection,
similar to the first, shall be located just before the point of exit.
(h) The parts of the exhaust system in the engine plant room shall
be suspended from spring hangers. The spring hangers shall
allow unstressed expansion of the exhaust system without
significant changes in hanger loads or excessive deflections of
the flexible connections.
(i) The isolation efficiency of spring hangers at engine rotational

speed (or firing frequency if this is lower) shall not be lower than:
(i) 90% when the basic support is a ground slab or retaining

wall, or,
(ii) 96% when the basic support is a suspended slab, a

column or part of a steel frame type structure.
(j) The isolators shall be suitable for the ambient temperature and
metal contact temperature specified.
(k) Supports for tail pipes passing through occupied spaces shall
include pads or bushed washers to prevent metal to metal
contact between the parts of the support fixed to the tail pipe
and the parts fixed to the structure.
(l) Supports for tail pipes passing through occupied spaces shall
include vibration isolators with efficiencies of not less than 90%
at the firing frequency of the manifold to which the tail pipe is
connected.
(m) Intervals between spring hangers shall be chosen to give
adequate structural support without causing resonance of the
supported length at the manifold firing frequency or the engine
rotational frequency.
(n) Vertical sections of tail pipes shall be supported at floor slabs,

and be guided as necessary to avoid resonance. Horizontal
sections, where not shown otherwise, shall be run close to
junctions of walls and floors.
(o) The generator shall be supported on restrained spring type

anti-vibration mounts. The spring mounts shall have a static
deflection of at least 50mm.
(p) The Contractor shall submit proposals to the Project Manager

for review without objection, detailing the methods and acoustic
treatments for controlling noise and vibration produced by the
generators.
(q) During testing of the generators, the noise level generated from
the exhaust pipes and intake and discharge louvres shall
comply with the requirements of the relevant Technical
Memorandum under the Noise Control Ordinance, namely;
(i) Intake: 75 dB(A) at 3m; and
(ii) Exhaust: 85 dB(A) at 3m
(r) This Contractor shall blank off all unused louvres after
complete installation of the generators and before handover.
Fuel Supply System
The Contractor shall provide main underground storage fuel tanks, on-
ground storage fuel tanks, complete with, but not limited to, all
associated fuel mains, daily fuel tanks, fuel pump rooms and controls
as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
The fuel oil control systems shall include, but not limited to, a low level
fuel monitoring system. The monitoring system shall provide both
audio and visual alarm warnings at the fuel pump room as well as
repeated audio and visual warnings at the fire services panels in the
FS control room and workstation in the Primary IAC Main Hall, Back
Up IAC, TDMO and FRTMO.
Fuel monitoring and alarm facilities shall be relayed back via AFA
system to the Primary IAC Main Hall, Back Up IAC, TDMO and
FRTMO.

A low fuel oil alert signal shall be provided to the generator panel once
the fuel level in the main fuel tanks is equivalent to 7.5 hours.
Each fuel storage tank for the generator shall have the capacity for 6.5
hours continuous operation for Category 1 essential services plus 3
hours continuous operation for Category 2 services. The essential
power supply for Category 2 services shall be automatically cut off in
the following circumstances to maintain fuel storage for the generator
to back-up the Category 1 essential services for operation for 6 hours,
as follows:
(a) When CLP power supply fails and the fuel oil level drops to 6.5
hours of the fire services installations (FSI) full load
consumption; or
(b) When CLP power supply fails and common fire alarm signal is
received from the FS control panel; or
(c) When CLP power supply fails and open circuit or damage or
failure of any control circuits of the fuel monitoring and warning
system.
The low fuel oil alert signal system shall be of fail-safe design such that
any failure of the component would result in automatically cut off the
Category 2 essential loads to ensure the fuel oil supply to Category 1
essential loads.
A control system complete with all necessary wiring and accessories

shall be provided to the main LV switchboards to automatically cut off
the Category 2 services under the aforesaid circumstances to
maintain fuel storage fuel storage for the generator to back-up the
Category 1 essential services for operation for 6 hours.
All control cables used in fuel alarm and monitoring system and
Category 2 automatic cut off control system shall be fire resistant
cables complying with BS 6387 (1994: Category C,W,Z) to ensure fire
survival.
A single phase UPS system complete with battery for minimum of 5

minutes of back-up, wiring, switchgears and necessary accessories
shall be provided to supply power to fuel alarm and monitoring system
and associated sensors and accessories.
The single phase UPS system for fuel alarm and monitoring system
shall comply with the following technical requirements:
(a) True On-line sine wave output current and voltage;
(b) True Double-conversion technology;

(c) Operating input frequency: 50Hz/60Hz auto sensing;
(d) Output voltage and frequency: Rated voltage – 220VAC±2%,

Rated frequency – 50Hz±5%; and
(e) UPS shall be provided with an automatic static switch and

bypass as an integral part of the UPS. Bypass switches shall
include transfer control logic which shall automatically transfer
the load to bypass upon the overload condition and system
failure.
All electrical wiring shall be of Mineral Insulated Copper Sheathed

cable within the fuel tank room.
All fuel tanks shall be constructed from 6mm thick mild steel plate with
local reinforcement where supported and at connections.
Connections shall be provided for the vent pipe, fuel supply and return
pipes. The complete system shall be complete with all necessary
valves and drains. Fuel tanks and associated pipe work shall be tested
to 1.5 times the normal static pressure in accordance with the
requirements of BS 799: Part 5.
The fuel tanks shall be provided with an access manhole and a

dipstick for measuring the fuel content. The dipstick shall be
manufactured of a non-ferrous material and accurately calibrated.
The fuel tanks shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Fill opening and filler pipe extension;
(b) Oil strainers;
(c) Filler caps;
(d) Vent pipe;
(e) Dial-type contents gauges (graduated in litres and gallons);
(f) Connections for engine leak-off return pipe;
(g) Drain valve and hose connection;
(h) Ultrasonic level sensor / Float switch of FSD approval type for
high level alarm, which would be monitored by the Airfield
SCADA system; and
(i) Ultrasonic level sensor / Float switch of FSD approval type for
low level alarm, which would be monitored by the Airfield
SCADA system.

Audio visual alarm provisions shall be made on the main control panel.
A hand operated fuel transfer pump of the self-priming type shall be

supplied complete with flexible hose and installed in the position
specified.
An electrically operated fuel transfer pumps of the self-priming type

shall be supplied and installed in the position specified. For each
underground oil storage tank, two pumps (one duty and one standby)
shall be connected to the tank with all necessary pipe work, valves
and controls suitable for automatic operation. The two pumps shall
work automatically and alternatively as duty and standby or controlled
manually by a selector switch on the control panel. The pumps shall
be of flameproof type, approved by FSD and suitable for 380V 50 Hz
3-phase supply. The duty of pumps shall be selected to suit the
operation requirements.
The underground oil storage tanks having the specified capacity shall
be supplied and erected in the position shown on the Employer’s
Drawings.
The emergency pull handles outside the generator rooms and the fuel
pump room shall be provided to shut off the respective valves of the
fuel pipes and to shut down the emergency generators.
The fuel delivery pumps control panels in the fuel pump room
incorporating the starters, safety and protection devices, all necessary
wiring work, relays, fuel level control and alarm, push button and
indication lights shall be supplied and installed to provide the
performance as shown on the Employer’s Drawings and as specified
in the PTS. The panel shall be of wall-mounted type, flameproof
enclosure for operation in Zone 1 hazardous area as classified
Institute of Petroleum Code of Great British and IP 65 enclosure to
IEC 60529.
Recording flow meter(s) shall be provided for measurement of fuel

consumption.
The Contractor shall provide a list of points to be connected to the

AFA system for review without objection by the Project Manager. For
details refer to Airfield SCADA point list of the PTS.
Diesel Fuel Level Switches
The level switches shall be of Group IIA and Temperature Class T1 in

accordance with IEC 600079-0 Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas
Atmospheres and IP Model Code of Safe Practice (Electrical) of the
Institute of Petroleum Code of Great Britain (IPMCSP).

The electrical components of the level switches installed in the vapour
space above fuel and inside the fuel tanks shall be of the type of
protection of EEx and which are suitable for installation Zone 0
Hazardous Area as classified in IPMCSP.
The electrical components of the level switches installed outside of

the fuel tanks shall be of the type of protection, as classified in
IPMCSP, namely:
(a) EEx ib ; or
(b) EEx d ; or
(c) EEx P which are all suitable for installation in Zone 1

Hazardous Area.
The level switch shall consist of two major components – a level

sensor and a switch unit,
The level sensing element shall be installed in a tube of stainless steel

and placed inside the fuel tanks. It shall be mounted horizontally or
vertically depending on the principle of operation.
The switch unit shall be mounted on the tank and with the level sensor
to form an integral unit. The unit shall be housed inside a casing made
of cast iron or aluminium alloy. It shall be capable of detecting the
signals from the sensor and transmitting the signals to control the
operation of the fuel delivery pumps systems and the fuel tank alarm
panels.
The level switches shall be capable of controlling the operation of the

fuel delivery pumps systems and the fuel tank alarm panels when the
preset levels of the diesel fuel in the fuel tanks are reached. The level
switches shall be suitable for on-site calibration of the level settings.
Underground Storage Fuel Tanks
The construction of the underground fuel storage tanks shall comply

with BS EN 12285-1:2003 or other technically equivalent national or
international standards.
All the joints in the tank shells and dished ends shall comply with EB
1011-1 and EN 499.

Tank shells shall be made rings and each ring shall be formed from a
single plate or from not more than two plates welded together, rolled
into a true circle. No longitudinal weld in any ring shall lie within the
bottom third of the tank circumference in accordance with BS EN
12285-1:2003 or other technically equivalent national or international
standards. Longitudinal seam welds in adjoining rings of plate shall be
staggered from one another by a minimum of 45 degrees. Joints or
seams shall not be placed in the positions of the cradles. All openings
in the tank shall be located clear of the welding seams.
An end plate is made up from two smaller plates the welded joint
between them shall be horizontal, and above, the centre of the tank
end.
The inside surfaces of the tank shall smooth and free from any
obstruction apart from essential pipe connections. No internal bracing
or gusset plates shall be permitted inside the tanks.
Tank-hole covers and all flanges and pads associated with each
manhole cover shall be provided and complete with bolts, washers,
and joint rings as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
After the construction has been completed, the tanks shall be

thoroughly cleaned and all loose debris removed. The tanks shall then
be tested hydraulically.
The underground storage fuel tank shall be double wall fuel tank. The
interstitial spaces for fuel storage tank shall be completed with
leakage detection.
SUBMISSIONS
Unless otherwise stated below, the requirement for the Contractor’s

Submissions associated with the Essential Power Supply System shall
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and submission

of the Contractor’s Drawings, calculations, checklists and relevant
documents of the generator installation for EPD and FSD’s approval.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the approval from the
Relevant Authorities.
The Contractor Drawings shall show all the installation details of the
intake / exhaust louvres and flue exhaust pipes to the generator systems.
The Contractor’s Drawings shall be submitted to the Project Manager for
review without objection prior to the installation.
The Contractor shall submit calculations to demonstrate that the starting

sequence of the connected load will not cause unnecessary tripping of
the generators.
The Contractor shall submit the details of radiant heat output from the
engines, exhaust systems and emergency generators.
The Contractor shall submit full dimensions of the generator control

panels.
The Contractor shall submit the calculations for the design of the intake
/ exhaust louvers and flue exhaust pipes to the generator systems. The
details of air resistance values and dimensions of all louvres (including
acoustic louvres) shall be submitted.
The Contractor shall submit the calculation of the fuel consumption of

the generator systems in order to fulfil the requirements of the
emergency generators.
The Contractor shall submit the calculations for the selection of the
silencers.
The Contractor shall submit proposals to the Project Manager for review
without objection for treating the noise and vibration generated by
generators. The acceptable noise levels shall be as stated in “Noise and
Vibration” Section of this PTS.
The submissions from the Contractor shall include the details of all the
proposed noise and vibration control measures including, but not limited
to, noise test certificates, catalogues and calculation sheets. All test
certificates shall be prepared by an independent acoustic laboratory and
submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection.
The Contractor shall submit technical specifications and manufacturer’s

data to prove that the temperature of the fuel tanks shall not exceed 60
degree C after 9 hours of continuous full load operations of the
generators.
The Contractor Drawings shall show the details of the construction of

fuel tanks.
The Contractor shall submit sets of full descriptive technical brochures

giving details of the diesel fuel level switches offered, including
construction, dimensions, method of installation, etc. A copy of
certificates to prove the level switches comply with the relevant
standards shall be submitted.
The details and the official certificates issued by the BASEEFA of the
delivery pumps control panels shall be submitted.
The results of the calibrations of the underground fuel storage tanks shall
be tabulated and submitted for record purpose.
WORKMANSHIP
The Contractor shall supply and install a complete back-up standby

generator system where the essential power supplies are required, as
shown in the Employer’s Drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all tests, including
the dummy load test as requested by the FSD during the FS inspection.
The Contractor shall supply and install the following items for the
generator rooms:
(a) Fuel oil pipe trench complete with mild steel (M.S.) checker
plate and sand filling inside the trench;
(b) Flue exhaust systems;
(c) Generator control panels;
(d) Fuel tanks and pipe works; and
(e) Silencers and air intake ductworks
The Contractor shall for supply and install the underground fuel tanks
and the associated pipe work and valves for the fuel oil supply to the
generators as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
Before fuel tanks are installed, all rust, mill scale, and grease shall be
removed from the external surface immediately before applying rust
inhibitor / protective finish, which shall consist of one coat of zinc rich
primer, one coat of epoxy based under coat and two finishing coats of
bituminous paint. When damage is sustained to the protective coating
due to handling etc., such coating shall be made good on site. After
hydraulic test, the internal surface of fuel tank shall be thoroughly
cleaned and dried out and a thick coat of linseed oil shall be applied to
the interior surface of fuel tanks to prevent rusting.
The Contractor shall provide and apply protection to buried pipes, if

required on site, according to the following procedures:
(a) Clean the outer surface of the pipe to remove all rust, mill scale,
grease and other foreign matter to achieve a rust free and dry
surface;
(b) Apply one layer of Denso Paste as primer to give a thin

continuous coating over the area to be protected;
(c) Apply Denso Tape spirally on the pipe with minimum 55% overlap.
Care shall be taken to ensure the tape is in contact with the
underlying surface of the pipe and to smooth out any wrinkles or
air pockets; and
(d) Apply Densopol 60 Tape on the pipe with minimum 55% overlap
as an outer wrap.
The Contractor shall paint the fuel pipe work with one coat of zinc rich
primer prior to installation. The Contractor shall then repaint the
installation after completion and testing with one coat of epoxy based
under-coat and two finishing coats. The paint specification and colour
shall be submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection
prior to procurement.
The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all the parts of the exterior
surfaces of the underground fuel storage tanks by mechanical means to
remove all rush, mill scale, grease and other foreign matters to achieve
bright, rust free and dry surfaces. The painting procedures shall comply
with ISO 12944.
The Contractor shall calibrate the underground fuel storage tanks after
the tanks have been installed in the tank chambers, by dipstick. The
measuring devices shall also be calibrated. After calibrating, the tank
shall be thoroughly dried out and applied with a thick coat of linseed oil
on the interior surfaces of the tanks to prevent rusting.

SECTION 4 EARTHING AND BONDING SYSTEM
GENERAL
The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test and commission a

complete Earthing and Bonding System. The works shall be as shown
on the Employer's Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Earthing and bonding systems for the Buildings, and all
exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts in
all buildings;
(b) Earthing and bonding systems for the building services and
plant equipment, metal works with exposed conductive parts,
and extraneous conductive parts within the Works including
water pipes, fuel pipes, steel beams, railings, checker plates,
etc.;
(c) Earthing and bonding systems for the road lighting and pillar
boxes;
(d) Clean earth for the Airport Systems equipment and the
Communication Rooms / Communication Cupboards; and
(e) Earthing for the lightning protection system of the Buildings.

complete Earthing and Bonding System within the Primary IAC Building,
Existing IAC Building, New Antenna Tower, Relocated Oil Separator and
Pumping Station No 2. The works are as shown on the Employer's
Drawings and shall be in accordance with the requirements below.
Unless otherwise stated below, the Contractor shall be responsible for

the complete design of the earthing and lightning protection systems in
accordance with the GMWS or amendments thereof.
As part of the detailed design, the Contractor shall carry out on site
earth resistivity measurements at the locations of the earthing points
and shall, where necessary provide ground treatment to ensure that
the earth fault will cause the protective device to operate effectively and
to comply EMSD Electrical COP. The detailed design and associated
earthing calculations shall be submitted to the Project Manager for
review without objection prior to installation.
The earthing system shall be a Terre-Terre (TT) system. The TT

system shall have separate neutral and protective conductors
throughout the system.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient earth pits and earthing
electrodes to give a resultant resistance for the earthing network based
on their own site earth resistivity measurements and detailed design.
The Contractor shall submit the site measurements report, calculations,
method statement, shop drawings and all necessary information of their
design of the earthing and lightning protection systems to the Project
Manager for review without objection prior to installation.
The maximum earthing resistance for the electrical distribution systems

and emergency generator systems shall be 0.2 ohm. The maximum
earthing resistance for the telecom and communication systems (i.e.
clean earth) shall be 0.2 ohm. Clean earthing shall be provided for
Communication Rooms/Cupboards, CAD Equipment Room and Police
Equipment Room etc. as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
Separate earthing systems shall be provided and installed for the main
earth system and clean earth system respectively.

SECTION 5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
GENERAL

complete lightning protection system for the Primary IAC building and
New Antenna Tower. The lightning protection system works shall be as
shown on the Employer's Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) The Primary IAC Buildings, which are above ground, shall be
protected by a conventional air termination network formed by
copper tape complying with BSEN 62305 and mounted onto
the roof level of the building.
(b) Early Streamer Emission lightning protection system are used

in New Antenna Tower only.
(c) All positioning and design of the air termination lightning rod
shall comply with the Airport Height Restrictions Plan.
(d) All electrical equipment shall be protected by lightning surge

arrestors as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
Unless otherwise stated below, the Contractor shall be responsible for

the complete design and installation of the lightning protection systems
in accordance with the GMWS or amendments thereof. The detailed
design and associated lightning calculations shall be submitted to the
Project Manager for review without objection prior to installation.
Lightning protection shall be provided to protect the equipment in

accordance with BS EN 62305 or NFC 17-102.
All air termination networks indicated on the Employer’s Drawings are

for design intent only, the Contractor shall be responsible for verification
and to propose the complete lightning protection system covering for
protecting the whole building including all the future building services
equipment installed on the roof.
Each down conductor shall be in the form of a dedicated reinforcement

steel bar with continuous welding connection from the roof level to the
testing point at ground level. Copper tape/cables shall be connected
between the testing point and the earth electrode in an earth pit as
indicated in the Employer’s Drawings.

Electrodes in 100 mm diameter bored holes as shown on the Employer’s
Drawings. 16mm diameter round steel bar shall be welded and
connected together for the length required until they reach the bottom
end of the bored holes.
Lightning earth pits shall connect with 80mm dia. uPVC cable ducts for
enclosure of lightning conductors connecting to lightning down conductor
from roof level. The locations of lightning earth pits indicated on the
Employer’s Drawings are for reference only. The Contractor shall verify,
coordinate and propose on the site the locations of lightning earth pits
as appropriate.
A plastic sandwich plate with the words “Lightning Earth Connection –

Do Not Remove” engraved on the surface of the plate shall be clamped
to the electrode firmly inside each earth pit for the lightning system;
dimensions of the letters shall refer to the Employer’s Drawings.
Test points of the lightning system shall be provided at positions in line

with the relative down conductors and shall be easily accessible for
carrying out testing and periodical inspection after practical completion
of the installation. To prevent human contact with the surface of the
conductors, the section of conductor linking test point and the earth
electrode shall be surrounded by an uPVC sleeve as the detail shown in
the Employer’s Drawings.
The system shall also be installed in the way that any surge current
induced by lightning strikes shall discharge directly to the earth, but not
to the structure, via the nearest lightning earth pits.
The maximum earthing resistance for the lightning protection system

shall not be greater than 10 ohm. The test results shall be submitted
within 7 days after the test has been conducted on site to the Project
The Contractor shall carry out on Site earth resistivity measurements at

the locations of the earthing points and shall, where necessary provide
ground treatment.
For New Antenna Tower, early streamer emission lightning air rod is
used. The early streamer emission lightning rod shall be connected to
lightning earth pits via two (2) 25mm x 3mm PVC sheathed down
conductors. This lightning protection system shall be a specialist design
system comprising one or more non-radioactive lightning control
terminal(s) connected to the lightning earth pits by PVC sheathed copper
tapes and cables.

MATERIALS
Lightning Control Terminal of Early Streamer Emission lightning

protection system
(a) The lightning protection system shall be of proven job reference

completed for 5 years at least.
(b) The terminal shall be a passive device which conduct lightning

current from the air terminal to the earth termination system.
(c) The terminal, or a combination of terminals, shall be able to

cover the complete Site and at least 10m beyond the site
boundary.
(d) The terminal shall be mounted at least two meters above the
highest point of the structure. The supporting mast shall be
provided with suitable surface treatment against corrosion.
(e) The lightning control terminal shall fully comply with standard NF
C 17-102.
Support of Lightning Control Terminal of Early Streamer Emission

lightning protection system
(a) The upper support structure shall be an insulating fiberglass

tube with the upper end size, which shall directly and neatly fit
the air terminal. The inside diameter of the support tube shall
not be less than 60mm and easily pass through the down
conductor.
(b) The lower support structure shall be capable of withstanding the

most severe typhoon conditions which occur in Hong Kong.
Down Conductor of Early Streamer Emission lightning protection system
(a) The down conductors shall be provided as shown on the

Employer’s Drawings and shall follow the most possible direct path
between the air and the earth terminations.
(b) The down conductors shall comply with BSEN62305.
(c) The down conductors shall be fixed on the antenna tower

supported at regular intervals not exceeding 1m by means of
suitable spacer saddles or clamps.
Lightning Stroke Counter of Early Streamer Emission lightning protection

system

(a) A self-powered, non-resetable stroke counter from the same
manufacturer shall be able to slip over the lightning carrier, at a
location that is reviewed without objection.
(b) The minimum operating current of the counter shall be

1,500Amp. on a 1.5 micro second impulse. The lightning stroke
counter shall be digital type with six digits readout to display the
number of lightning strikes that have hit the system.
For early Streamer Emission lightning protection system, the lightning

stroke counter shall be water resistant and installed in a readily
accessible manner so that the reading can be taken at regular intervals.
SUBMISSIONS
The relevant submissions shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

amendments thereof.
For early streamer emission lightning protection system, as a minimum,

submit the following for review at the appropriate stages of the Works:-
(a) Detailed schedule of equipment and components and

manufacturer’s data;
(b) Detailed drawings of the location of lightning control terminal(s)

and the routing of PVC sheathed copper tapes and cables;
(c) Detailed drawings of the lightning control terminal supporting

mast; and
(d) Builder’s work requirements.

SECTION 6 GENERAL LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER
GENERAL

complete General Lighting System. The works shall be as shown on the
Employer's Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Lighting installation including the installation of the interior

lighting, exterior lighting, and lights as shown on the Employer's
Drawings.
(b) Preparing the Contractor’s Drawings showing the exact

locations, mounting levels together with the mounting details of
the luminaires for the Project Manager’s review without
objection prior to the actual installation.
(c) The cable changing boxes should the cable for the lighting
circuit be too large to be terminated in the light fitting.
(d) Conduit wiring system comprising cables, trunkings, conduits,

electrical accessories and flexible conduits where necessary
for the complete lighting installation.
(e) Control for the complete lighting installation including the on/off
switches with integral time switches, photo-electric control
switches, etc. in accordance with the Employer's Drawings.
The lighting installations in all plant rooms shall be controlled
by lighting switches.
(f) Lighting fittings, electrical devices, flashing devices, the

associated accessories, and the sign boxes to the Exit Signs,
flashing Exit Signs, and Directional Signs.
(g) Control boxes complete with contactors, relays, wiring, cable

containments and necessary accessories for the lighting
installation to perform the operation requirements specified in
MCB board schedules.
(h) Plug connection for power and control cables shall be provided
for each lighting fixture for ease of maintenance and
replacement of the lighting fixture.
(i) All necessary provision for control interface with Other

Contractors complete with dry contacts, control cables and
marshalling boxes. For Airfield SCADA lighting control applied
at Back of House area covering staff toilet, the lighting control
circuit and components such as LATCH relays or other
compatible means of operation device shall be designed such
that the BOH lighting could be maintained ON condition in case
of any failure to the lighting control and Airfield SCADA circuits.
ARCHITECTURAL FRONT OF HOUSE LIGHTING
The Architectural Front of House Lighting works shall be as shown on

the Employer’s Drawings and this PTS requirement and shall include,
but not limited to:
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply, installation,

connection, testing and commissioning of the complete
architectural FOH lighting installation detailed on the
Drawings and the Specification. FOH areas mean those
Public Areas within the building where users can gain access;
(b) The Contractor shall be responsible to provide their own

supports for lighting installation from ceiling soffit and/or from
structural framework and submit a set of installation and
assembly drawings showing the exact locations, mounting
levels together with the mounting details of the luminaires to
the Project Manager for review without objection;
(c) The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply and

installation of cable changing boxes in the event the cables
for the lighting circuit are too large to be terminated in the light
fitting;
(d) The Front of House lighting shall be controlled by a

centralised lighting control system and provide high level
interfaces with Airfield SCADA for lighting control system
status monitoring.
(e) The Contractor shall supply and install the luminaires, lighting
system accessories for the architectural FOH lighting and
lighting control system installation. These shall include but not
limited to the following:
(1) Light fittings, ballast / driver, lighting cable accessories,

cable change boxes, local override panel, light sensors,
provisions and interface for the lighting control system
device etc. in accordance with the drawings
(2) For the avoidance of doubt, the lighting luminaires type

with the relevant lighting circuitries design shown in the
distribution panel-board assembly schedule and marked
as e.g. LI-001a LI-001a, LI-002, LI-003, LI-004, LI-005, LI-
006, LI-007, LI-008, LI-008a, LI-009, LI-010. LI-011, LI-
012, LI-013, LI-100, LI-101, LI-102, LI-103, LI-104, LI-105,
LI-106, LI-107, LI-108, LI-109, LX-001, LX-002 and LX-
100 controlled and/or monitored are classified as FOH
Lighting.
(f) The lighting control system shall be installed for the control of
the lighting system within the FOH public area. According to
the Schedule specified in the following Clauses, the lighting
control system shall be completed with contactors, relays,
control wirings, light sensors, switches converters, gateways,
controllers and all necessary accessories as required for the
complete installation and commissioning of the system;
(g) The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of lighting

design and installation to achieve required lux level. The
uniformity and glare control requirements are detailed in
section 6.4.1. including but not limited to the following:
(1) Light fitting aiming angles design and the design

submission for demonstrating the compliance of design
and performance criterion specified in Section 6.4.1;
(2) Lighting installation and on-site calibration works of the

mounting aiming angle; and
(3) Testing; Inspection and Commissioning.
(h) Commissioning of the lighting system shall be completed in

three stages; Pre-Commissioning, Main Commissioning, and
Final Commissioning as described in section 6.8.
(i) The Contractor shall be responsible for all works provisions

and allow for any night works, labour, working platform
arrangements and all necessary tools in the execution of the
on-site aiming angle adjustment works
(j) The Contractor shall verify all ceiling types and light fitting
quantities and locations and submit installation drawings for
review without objection by the Project Manager. The
Contractor shall also submit samples to the Project Manager
for review without objection. Unless integrated, the lamps
sources shall be supplied and installed for all light fittings.
(k) The Contractor shall arrange a mock-up for one of each

specified light fitting types on site or in an agreed location by
the Project Manager, for the purposes of testing and to
establish the parameters for the remainder of such fitting
types.
(l) The mock-up fittings shall be provided in sufficient time to

enable testing to be carried out prior to manufacture. The
completed mock-ups shall be used as a basis for the
construction and installation of all other fittings of the same
type. The Contractor shall allow for all necessary site
adjustments to the mock-up fittings as reviewed by the
Project Manager without objection in order to complete the
mock-ups.
(m) All fittings shall be inspected before delivery to site. Any

fittings exhibiting defects shall be replaced by the Contractor.
(n) All fittings installed in the false ceiling of the Primary IAC Main
Hall shall be plug-in connection type. The plug-in connection
shall comply with BS 6972 and BS5733:2010 and shall be
plugged and unplugged under on-load condition. The socket
and plug shall be dedicated for light fitting connection and
non-compatible with other application. Socket outlets,
connection plug, ceiling rose and cover shall be low smoke
halogen free type fixing on standard BESA box. The flexible
cord connecting to luminaire shall comply with BS EN 50525-
3-11. The ceiling rose cover for emergency lights shall be in
red colour.
Design and performance criteria associated with the lighting systems

shall be in accordance with the GMWS or amendments thereof.
Unless otherwise specified, the design lux and maintenance of the lux
performance for different functional areas shall comply with the values
stated in the table below.
Location Base Average Task Uniformity

Illumination level (minimum
(Lux) Capacity illuminance to
average illuminance)
Primary IAC
MEP Plant Room (e.g.,
Mechanical Plant
Rooms, Fuel Tank
Room, Pipe Duct Risers, 200 0.6
Elect Room, Genset
Room, LV Switchroom,
& etc.)
Pre-Action Valve
Cabinet, Check Meter 200 0.6
Cabinet

Toilets, Showers, Locker
Room/Changing Room,
200 0.4
Service Ducts (For
Toilets)
Lobby 200 0.4
Comms Room CR79 &
500 0.7
Comms Cupboard
Follow Approved
CLP Transformer
CLP Tx Room
Rooms
Layout
FS Control Room 300 0.6
Sleeping Quarters 100 0.4
Store, Filing Room 200 0.7
Corridor, Protected
100 0.4
Corridor and Staircase
Lift Shaft 200 0.6
Police Equipment Room 200 0.6
Police Observation
300 0.6
Room
CAD Equipment Room 200 0.6
Backup IAC
AEC Hall, Main Hall,
As Existing As Existing
ADM
AEC Support, PA Room,
CCD Room, SOCC, 300 0.6
CMT
Comms Room CR78 As Existing As Existing
Comms Cupboard
500 0.6
CC78A
The lighting design shall meet the requirements specified in the

recommendations of CIBSE Lighting Codes and Code of Interior Lighting.
The uniformity shall generally follow the CIBSE Lighting Code and Code
of Interior Lighting.
The Contractor shall confirm the minimum reflectivity values based on

final finishes selected.
At least 10% of the general lighting in the plant rooms shall be

maintained by essential lighting sources during a loss of main power. At
least 10% of the general lighting shall be Category 1 circuit with back-up
source from the emergency generator. Emergency light fitting are fed
from central battery system (CBS) with 3 hours batteries back-up shall
be applied for emergency luminaires, exit signs and fire fighting signs as
assigned at the Primary IAC.
The lighting design shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the
Code of Practice of Energy Efficiency of Building Services Installation
issued by EMSD.
An interleaving circuitry arrangement shall be applied in the lighting
layout as shown on the Employer's Drawings such that there is no total
blackout in the event of single power supply failure. The lighting circuits
shall be in a staggered arrangement.
Local manual bypass shall be provided where shown on the Employer’s

Drawings.
The selection of light fittings shall consider energy efficiency,

maintenance frequency and spare part availability. The selection of light
fittings shall be based on the latest technology and high energy efficiency.
LED lights shall be used in Plant Rooms.
Armoured cable with PVC ducting protection shall be adopted for cables
embedded in soil for lighting installation in external landscape areas.
The lighting and control system shall be designed with flexibility in the
circuit arrangement to allow for future optimization of operation schedule
to achieve energy saving.
Unless otherwise specified, the colour temperature of the lighting shall

primarily be designed as 4000K in Plant Rooms.
Emergency lighting shall be positioned within 2m of life safety equipment

such as break glass unit, hose reel, etc. as per BS5266: Part 1 and shall
follow the relevant FSD requirements.
Photo-electric controller shall be provided to sense the luminance

variation as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit the
detailed drawings showing the photo-electric controller installation
arrangements for the review without objection by the Project Manager.
DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (ARCHITECTURAL

FRONT OF HOUSE (FOH) LIGHTING)
Unless otherwise stated, different areas in the Primary IAC shall be

illuminated to meet the following average illuminance and uniformity
values shown in the summary table below:
Target Max. Glare Target

Target aver.
Lamp Uniformity Level min. IP
Area Lighting Concept Illuminance
Source (Uo) (UGRL) Colour Rating
(Eav)
Rendering
INTERIOR

Target aver.
(Eav)
Rendering
Recessed
AVSECO LED
downlight for 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
DSM Office 4000K
general lighting.
Barrisol Ceiling
and recessed
downlights for
Ground
general lighting.
Floor LED
Decorative linear 200 0.4 22 80 IP20
Entrance 4000k
luminaires at
Lobby
staircases and
window for accent
lighting.
Recessed
LED
Main Hall downlight for 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
4000K
general lighting.
Recessed linear
luminaire and
recessed downlight
LED
AEC for general lighting. 300 0.6 19 80 IP20
4000K
Linear luminaires
at wall for accent
lighting.
Recessed
downlight for
AEC LED
general lighting. 500 0.6 22 80 IP20
Reception 4000K
Cove luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed
downlight for
Toilets general lighting. LED IP5X /
200 0.4 25 80
(Floor/Sink) Linear luminaires 3000K 4X
at mirror for
accent lighting.
Recessed
downlight for
Toilet general lighting. LED IP5X /
200 0.4 25 80
Cubicle Decorative cove 3000K 4X
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed
downlight for
general lighting.
Breast-
Decorative cove LED IP5X /
feeding 200 0.4 25 80
luminaire and 3000K 4X
Room
linear luminaire at
mirror for accent
lighting.
Recessed Linear
luminaire for
general lighting. LED
CMT Room 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
Decorative cove 4000K
luminaire for
accent lighting.

Target aver.
(Eav)
Rendering
Recessed Linear
luminaire for
general lighting. LED
CCD Room 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed
LED
PA Room downlight for 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
4000K
general lighting.
Recessed
LED
POV Room downlight for 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
4000K
general lighting.
Pendant light and

recessed downlight
for general lighting. LED
Pantry 200 0.4 22 80 IP20
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed
downlight and LED
Corridor 100 0.4 28 80 IP20
linear luminaire for 4000K
general lighting.
Surface mounted
LED
Staircase luminaire for 100 0.4 25 80 IP20
4000K
general lighting.
Recessed linear
luminaire, pendant
light and recessed
Resting downlight for LED
300 0.4 22 80 IP20
Area general lighting. 3000K
Decorative linear
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed
downlights for
First Floor general lighting.
LED
Entrance Decorative linear 200 0.4 22 80 IP20
4000K
Lobby luminaires at
staircases for
accent lighting.
Recessed Linear
ADM
luminaire and LED
Support 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
downlight for 4000K
Room
general lighting.

Target aver.
(Eav)
Rendering
Recessed Linear
Briefing LED
luminaire for 500 0.6 19 80 IP20
Room 4000K
general lighting.
Recessed
downlight for
Viewing general lighting. LED
300 0.4 28 80 IP20
Gallery Decorative linear 4000K
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Recessed linear
luminaire, pendant
light and recessed
Staff
downlight for LED
Common 200 0.4 22 80 IP20
general lighting. 3000K
Room
Decorative linear
luminaire for
accent lighting.
Surface mounted
LED
Staircase luminaire for 100 0.4 25 80 IP20
4000K
general lighting.
EXTERIOR
Recessed linear
Canopy and recessed LED
35-50 0.4 50 80 IP54
Walkway luminaire for 4000K
general lighting.
The lighting design shall meet the requirements specified in the

recommendations of CIBSE Lighting Codes and Code of Interior Lighting,
but shall be able to be dynamically controlled to match the architectural
mood and achieve energy efficient for normal operation through the
lighting control system. Unless otherwise agreed by the Project Manager,
the task illuminance uniformity shall generally follow the CIBSE Lighting
Code and Code of Interior Lighting and those listed in the GMWS.
The Contractor shall submit lighting calculations to demonstrate their

selected light fittings and associated photometric data will achieve
compliance with the lighting design criterion as stated in Section 6.4.2.
The lighting design shall meet the Glare Limit requirements as specified
in BS EN 12464 Light and lighting - Lighting of work places - Part 1:
Indoor work places. In case of deviation from this the Contractor shall
submit calculations based on their selected light fittings and associated
photometric data to verify the compliance of the Glare Limit requirements.
Unless otherwise specified or reviewed without objection by the Project
Manager, 30 degree is the maximum tilt angle that should be used.
The Contractor shall confirm the minimum reflectivity values based on

final finishes selected.
The Lighting control system should provide automatic and dynamic

adjustment of predefined lighting scenes to counteract influence of
changing day lighting conditions and optimize energy savings.
The lighting scenes shall include minimum requirements as shown in the

table below:
Interior Lighting
Control Intent
SCENE 1 SCENE 2
Area Comments/Notes
Day Night
(dawn to dusk) (dusk to dawn)
Fixture Near Windows

All Fittings Are
Entrance Lobby Daylight Sensor Are Switched OFF
Switched ON
During Daylight Hours
All Fittings Are All Fittings Are

Breastfeeding Room
Occupancy Sensor Switched ON When Switched ON When
Corridor
Area Is In Use Area Is In Use
Toilets
Occupancy Sensor.
Resting Area All Fittings Are All Fittings Are
Additional Manual Local
POV Room Switched ON When Switched ON When
Control (By-Pass) By
ADM Office Area Is In Use Area Is In Use
Occupants.
Main Hall
Functional AEC Reception

General CMT Room Occupancy Sensor
Lighting PA Room Time Schedule. All Fittings Are All Fittings Are
CCD Room Additional Manual Local Switched ON When Switched ON When
AVSECO DSM Office Control (By-Pass) By Area Is In Use Area Is In Use
ADM Support Room Occupants.
Briefing Room
Occupancy Sensor.
Daylight Sensor.
Additional Manual Local
Staff Common Area
Control (By-Pass) By All Fittings Are All Fittings Are
AEC Hall
Occupants. Switched ON When Switched ON When
Viewing Gallery
Viewing Gallery To Have Area Is In Use Area Is In Use
An Additional Manual
Local Control For 3rd
Party Controller.
Staircase All Fittings Are All Fittings Are

-
Pantry Switched ON Switched ON
Exterior Lighting
Control Intent
SCENE 1 SCENE 2
Area Comments/Notes
Day Night
All Fittings Are
Functional
Time Clock & Daylight Switched OFF All Fittings Are
Lighting Canopy Walkway
Sensor To Be Provided During Daylight Switched ON
General
Hours

Emergency – For luminaires backed-up by the CBS system in the event
of normal power supply failure, the provisions of emergency lighting shall
meet FSD requirements and be designed to BS5266. Luminaires under
dimming control status before the occurrence of mains power failure
shall be facilitated to be full on, i.e. 100% lumen output shall be provided
to light up the affected area; and the associated luminaires shall quickly
return to scheduled levels after use;
Light sensors shall be supplied and installed for the Lighting Control
System according the Employer’s Drawings and the Specification. Light
sensor locations are indicated on lighting plans and shall be reviewed
during commissioning for actual site conditions.
Substantial time shall be allowed during the commissioning stage to

review, coordinate and programme all FOH lighting to actual building
conditions. Light sensors shall be supplied and installed to control the
Architectural Lighting System according to the scenarios specified in the
Section.
Emergency lighting provisions shall integrate with and form part of the
Front of House architectural lighting. The provisions of emergency
lighting shall meet the local FSD requirements and be designed to
BS5266.
ARCHITECTURAL FRONT OF HOUSE LIGHTING CONTROL

SYSTEM
OVERVEIW
The lighting control system for the Primary IAC should allow for
grouping of physical circuits into logical areas/ rooms. Lighting control
groups typically divide into general and feature lighting which are likely
to operate together during everyday use.
The equipment used to deliver this control should be capable of

distributed installation around the building, with units interconnected
with data wiring to form a single large system. The loss of any single
piece of equipment or single interconnection should not cause the
entire system to cease functioning – loss of functionality should be
restricted to local circuits directly connected to the failed equipment.
Failure of the lighting system should still allow lighting control to work
and not cause lighting installation to be switched. Unless in areas
where physical and logical groups are defined by hard-wiring or the
lighting system, logical groups, lighting scenes, control panel functions,
etc. should be configurable through a laptop-based software package.
Occupancy Sensors:
(a) Certain areas are controlled by passive infra-red presence
sensors and the sensors control shall be integrated into the
lighting control system. The sensors should allow a dedicated
configuration to “stay-on” (when the fixtures remain turned on)
times as required by the operator.
All logical groups, lighting scenes, control panel functions, etc. should
be configurable through a laptop-based software package.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
General
(a) The Networked Control System (NCS) shall be a state of the
art micro-processor addressable lighting management
solution, providing flexibility through independent, distributed
control of any circuit within the building. The NCS shall use
advanced windows based graphical programing to enable the
lighting operation to be centrally programmed and configured.
Location of the main control room may be off-site and in
adjacent building with a local sub-control room on site to
connect to the main control room.
(b) The NCS shall natively support on the ‘control network’ a

wide range of load and interface control devices, including:
1. Keypads
2. Sensors…..PIR, US, PE
3. Integration and networking gateways to other systems
such as BACnet interface via RS-485 or Ethernet
(c) The system shall be capable of creating virtual wiring links of

circuits for control through software and presets or switching
patterns, which may be instantly altered via the configuration
PC without the need to access equipment or carry out
disruptive wiring alternations.
COMMPLIANCE
6.5.2.2.1 In accordance with CE compliance requirements, the network

control system shall comply with the applicable European EMC
Directive, Low Voltage Directive, Radio Equipment Directive, ROHS
Directive, REACH Directive and other relevant international
standards including but not limited to the following:
(a) Low Voltage Directive: 2014/35/EU
(b) Essential (safety) requirements for electrical equipment and
components designed for use with a voltage rating of
between 50 and 1000 V AC and between 75 and 1500 V DC.
(c) EMC Directive: 2014/30/EU
(d) RoHS Directive: EU RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
(e) REACH Directive: EC No. 1907/2006
(f) EN 62386 Digital addressable lighting interface (DALI):
6.5.2.2.2 The NCS manufacturer shall also have in place and demonstrate
active waste minimization and CO2 footprint minimization work
practices.
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
6.5.2.3.1 All network devices are to be configured from the same

communications port as their operation port. Systems requiring
additional device communications ports for configuration will not be
accepted. A single communication port for both configuration and
operation is required to ensure that configuration changes to the
control system can be performed by a commissioning engineer
quickly and easily without the need to use multiple protocols, change
the network cabling, or having direct access to a network device.
This also allows for changes to the system from the user headed
software.
6.5.2.3.2 The control system shall be a network type providing distributed

control, with user interfaces communicating directly with load
controllers, without requiring the intervention of a central processing
unit. This is required so that the system is not dependent on a single
device which could create a central point of failure. Control systems
that require a central processing unit will not be considered.
6.5.2.3.3 The control system shall achieve the required functionality by using
a distributed intelligence network architecture. In the event of a
network cable being severed, the system will automatically continue
to operate as two independent lighting control networks. Systems
that require operator intervention or where one or both networks
cease to operate in the event of a network cable cut shall not be
accepted.
6.5.2.3.4 The control system shall use advanced Windows based graphical
programming to configure all network devices and define the
behaviour and relationship between network devices. The software
must be capable of configuring any device within the system from
any location on the network. The software shall not be dependent on
extra plugins or drivers to enable configuration of devices.
6.5.2.3.5 The control system shall use a PC running intuitive and user-friendly
software for the remote programming of all devices on the control
network. It shall be possible to connect the PC to any point on the
network, for access to the entire system. The performance of the
system shall not be affected when the PC is disconnected. The
ability to interrogate the system and save the uploaded configuration
information to disk shall be included. The ability to log all network
messages to a file for later analysis while the PC is connected to the
network shall be included.
6.5.2.3.6 All load controllers and user interfaces shall be supplied with a basic
configuration that allows the control system to operate in a default
way immediately upon installation. This allows for user interfaces to
send on, off and preset selection commands onto the network. All
load controllers correctly connected to the network will respond to
these messages appropriately. Achievement of this functionality
shall not require any commissioning.
6.5.2.3.7 All configuration information downloaded from the configuration PC

to devices on the network shall be stored in the relevant device,
contained within non-volatile EEPROM or FLASH memory. This data
shall remain secure for an indefinite period, upon loss of supply.
Devices that use battery or supercapacitor backed up RAM will not
be considered. When supply is restored, the system shall
automatically return to the same state as when supply was lost,
without requiring any user intervention.
6.5.2.3.8 Within the system configuration software, the system shall be able to
be viewed in logical groups, so that preset scenes and states can be
easily configured for each logical area. This is required so that
during project commissioning the control system can be viewed from
the same perspective as the physical project layout. Systems that
can only be viewed or configured with reference to a physical
controller or channel will not be accepted.
6.5.2.3.9 The control system network power can be supplemented by an

external power supply to meet the requirements of devices that are
dependent on network power.
NETWORK PHYSICAL LAYER
6.5.2.4.1 Every load controller must contribute power to the communications

network. Systems completely dependent on external network power
supplies will not be accepted. The control system should allow for a
single load controller to directly power at least four control system
UIs without the need of an external power supply.
6.5.2.4.2 All load controllers must internally support the required resources
such as mains power supply, micro-processor, memory, direct
communication port, and internal logic so that devices are
independently responsible for their functionality. This is required so
that there are no hidden extra accessories that are required for
network devices to operate. Control systems which are dependent
on external network accessories for devices to achieve their core
functionality will not be accepted.

6.5.2.4.3 The Control Network shall utilize an RS-485 multi-drop control bus.
Data connections between devices on the network shall be of a four
conductor type, with two conductors dedicated for distribution of a
Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) DC supply only, to power keypads
and sensors. There shall be an integral SELV DC power supply
contained in each Load Controller. The failure of a single Load
Controller shall not affect the SELV DC Power Supply, or the
performance of the network. Except for industry standard
subnetworks, control systems that multiplex data and SELV DC
Supply on the same conductors or systems that require external,
standalone SELV DC power supplies will not be considered. Devices
shall be connected to the control network via pressure pad type
screw terminals, RJ45 or RJ12 connectors.
6.5.2.4.4 The control system manufacturer shall also offer a range of

appropriate network interfaces to enable Ethernet to be used for
connecting network segments.
NETWORK TOPOLOGY
6.5.2.5.1 Accessories shall be available from the system manufacturer to

enable the creation of a trunk and spur network topology. Individual
network spurs shall be galvanically isolated from trunks, with devices
that enable message filtering so as to minimize unnecessary trunk
and spur network traffic. It shall be possible for controllers or
gateways to connect to networks of luminaires, sensors and user
interfaces.
PROTOCOL
6.5.2.6.1 All control system devices must be capable of operating on a single

network using the same protocol. Control systems that do not allow
all products from the same manufacturer to be connected together in
a single network, or are designed so different component types
operate on different protocols shall not be accepted. The system
protocol shall support an area addressing layer to which multiple
physical channels and UIs can be assigned. The area addressing
can change from one scene to another with a single network
message. Changes to the addressing area where a physical channel
or UI belongs, can be made with commissioning software without the
need for making changes to the physical power or network cabling.
The control system area addressing shall allow for multiple areas to
be linked together. This allows dynamic changes to a live network to
be made without additional UI configuration. The protocol shall
support network messages to control a logical addressing area with
a single message. This network message should contain all the
information to instigate a scene change. Information within this
message shall contain:
(a) The logical area address that is being controlled.
(b) The scene that is being selected.
(c) The fade time to transition between selected scenes
6.5.2.6.2 Control systems that require multiple channel level messages to

instigate a scene change will not be accepted. This is required to
reduce commissioning complexities and avoid inconsistent
responses when transitioning between scenes.
6.5.2.6.3 All UIs that belong in an area will update and synchronize their
indicator status automatically from the same network message that
instigated the scene change. Control systems that require a
dedicated or separate network message to synchronize their
indicator status will not be accepted as this adds commissioning
complexities and introduces a high risk of system indicators
becoming unsynchronized.
6.5.2.6.4 All network devices are to support the same network structure,
development method, and firmware type. This is to ensure seamless
and fully supported functionality between all network devices.
6.5.2.6.5 All network devices should be fully capable of directly

communicating to each other and triggering all supported
functionality. Control systems that are dependent on centralized
logic processors to perform basic system functionality will not be
accepted.
6.5.2.6.6 The network protocol shall be an event based message packet type.
6.5.2.6.7 The output state of load controllers shall recall preset levels stored
within the controller’s memory for each relevant network message.
To ensure network traffic is minimized, the system shall be capable
of recalling a preset scene or state involving all controller channels
bound to the same logical area from a single network message
associated with that area. Control systems that require multiple
network messages, or a message for each control channel to recall
a preset scene or state, will not be accepted.
6.5.2.6.8 The control system shall be capable of supporting 65530 separate

logically addressed areas, and at least 64 preset states within each
area. Each area shall be able to contain 65530 logical output
channels and an unlimited number of physical channels. The system
shall be capable of executing fade times ranging from 0 seconds to
23.3 hours, adjustable in 0.02 second increments, within a single
network message.
6.5.2.6.9 The network protocol shall also support variable length packets and
incorporate a file transfer control to allow over-the-network upgrades
of device firmware and other settings. The protocol shall also
support message source identification.

NETWORK GATEWAY
6.5.2.7.1 The Network Gateway shall meet the following specifications as a

minimum:
Network Gateway
Protocol TCP/IP
Supported
No. of Network At least 3 (one for system, one for IAC Thin Client
Interfaces Network (via Server Farm Switch)
• Ethernet 1Gbps on Single Mode fibre (for typical
Apron/Airfield/Airport Systems Server)
Connection Types
• Ethernet 40Gbps on Single Mode fibre (for CCTV
System Server)
• At least 1Gbps (for typical
Throughput Apron/Airfield/Airport Systems Server)
• At least 40Gbps (for CCTV System Server)
Routing Protocol Static Route / OSPF
IP Address Support IPv4 and IPv6 (for Future Use)
Resilience Support VRRP or HSRP
Required to perform Network Address Translation
NAT between system IP address with AA 168.106.0.0 IP
(if not using 168.106.0.0 IP)
Support Simple Network Management Protocol
Alarm Monitoring (SNMP) for Real-Time Alarm Monitoring and
Reporting
CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY
6.5.2.8.1 The control system shall be capable of readily deploying all

functionality outlined within this section, with configuration software
using intuitive mouse click and drag, drop down dialogue box, or
other similar intuitive user programming methods.
6.5.2.8.2 Occupancy Control:
(a) Through sensor based occupancy detection, enable management of

the artificial lighting level required at any given time for vacant and
occupied areas. This feature shall be capable of functioning at the
same time as light level detection, especially in areas that experience
high levels of daylight i.e. adjacent to windows.
(b) Daylight Override: When motion is detected in an area with natural light
it shall be possible to configure the control system to only operate the
luminaries if the light level is below a certain threshold.
LIGHT LEVEL CONTROL
6.5.2.9.1 Switching:
(a) The control system must be capable of implementing basic

switching control to turn lights on and off from a flexible choice
of networked user interfaces.
6.5.2.9.2 Dimming:
(a) The system must be capable of implementing dimming control

of lighting from a flexible choice of networked user interfaces.
This shall be achieved by a protocol (or signal) to a lamp driver
(Digital Addressable Lighting Interface Lighting Control
System, Digital Addressable Lighting Interface Broadcast, DSI,
or 1-10V) or by power control of phase control dimmers.
6.5.2.9.3 Daylight Harvesting/Maintained Illuminance:
(a) Through sensor based light level detection, it shall be possible

to implement level management of artificial lighting to maintain
task illuminance at optimum targets. This provision shall
minimize energy consumption by preventing over-illumination
at any given time, especially in areas that experience high
levels of daylight i.e. adjacent to windows.
6.5.2.9.4 Scene Setting Task Tuning:
(a) To ensure that lighting levels and colour temperature are

appropriate for the intended task in a particular area, the
control system shall provide means for users and operators to
readily and intuitively create and adjust light intensity levels
and/or preset scenes across any lighting circuit/channel
associated with the area/space.

6.5.2.9.5 Corridor-Row Offset:
(a) The system shall utilize closed loop light level management to
control extra lighting rows offset from the window rows, for at
least two extra rows. Zones adjacent to windows receive more
daylight than those closer to the core of the building including
corridors in open space offices. The system must be capable
of implementing:
1. Light level control of luminaires in the window areas and
the core areas to be defined by a ratio.
2. Window area luminaires to be dimmed to a lower level
than the luminaires in corridor or core areas.
3. The area in-between dimmed to a pre-defined percentage
in reference to both window and core area levels.
PERSONAL CONTROL
6.5.2.10.1 Manual Light Control:
(a) The system shall have provision to enable manual user controls to be
implemented where appropriate. Manual controls shall also be able to
change the behaviour of automated functions such as daylight
harvesting, occupancy detection or illumination management.
6.5.2.10.2 Dedicated User Interfaces:
(a) The system shall enable manual control to be implemented via the
provision of keypads or touchscreens typically installed at the point of
entry into areas or zones, where appropriate.
LOAD CONTROLLERS
6.5.2.11.1 General:
(a) Controllers with fixed outputs shall be completely pre-

assembled and factory tested by the control system
manufacturer. Modular controllers shall have
interchangeable control modules tested by the control
system manufacturer available for assembly.
(b) It must be possible to individually configure channels within

all load controllers to unique areas that can be separately
controlled.
(c) Dimming channels must have the ability to be software

configured to provide either dimmed or switched output. It
must be possible to set minimum and maximum output

levels for all channels. Each dimmer shall contain
selectable dimming curves.
(d) Configuration data relating to individual area names,

individual channel names, preset levels, toggle levels and
panic level must be stored within the non-volatile memory
of each respective controller. The controller must also
support device names, area names and channel names
each up to 40 characters in length. The controllers must
also be capable of supporting up to 170 presets. These
settings must be downloadable with the vendor’s software.
Any system that does not provide or can restrict access to
the settings will not be accepted.
(e) All load controllers shall incorporate a dry contact ‘AUX’

input. The AUX input shall be located next to the network
terminals. The AUX input shall incorporate de-bouncing
and requires a minimum of 200μs contact closure for a
valid activation. The AUX input shall be capable of
performing the following minimum functions:
1. Keypad Disabled / Panic / Program Disable
(f) Load controllers shall be available with various individual

channel output capacities, ranging from 1A to 20A. Up to
12 channels shall be available in a single enclosure.
(g) Each load controller shall have a configurable start up

delay that defines the time from when power is restored to
a load controller, to when the load controller sends out its
sign-on message and starts to initialize outputs. This
setting is useful for staggering the startup of multiple load
controllers, or preventing multiple load controllers from
cluttering the network with sign-on messages when the
system is first energized, thus leaving the network clear for
other peripherals to configure the load controllers before
they revert back to their previous state.
(h) Load controllers with dual serial control ports shall be

available, for the duplication of control network cabling, to
guard against the failure of one data cable. The Load
Controller shall be configurable to:
(1) Obey control signals from either port
(2) Obey the secondary port
(3) Obey the highest level received from either port
(i) On start-up after loss of power, it shall be possible to

configure load controllers to revert to one of the following
output conditions:
(1) All circuits full on
(2) All circuits off
(3) All circuits to previous condition prior to power loss
(4) All circuits to a specific scene
(j) Load controllers shall respond to a global ‘panic’ network

message. Once in panic mode, the load controllers shall
turn all circuits to 100% until they receive an ‘un-panic’
message. Disabled devices shall not be able to send
network messages whilst in panic mode. Load controllers
shall monitor the network for loss of communications by
listening for a network watchdog message. When a load
controller has not heard a network watchdog message for a
user-defined period of time (loss of communications), the
load controller must revert to one of the following load
conditions:
(1) All circuits full on
(2) All circuits off
(3) All circuits to previous condition prior to
communication loss
(4) All circuits to a specific preset
(k) Load controllers shall incorporate a service diagnostic

indication LED. The LED shall operate in the following
modes:
(1) Normal Operation - The Service LED should blink on
briefly, approximately once per second when the
dimmer is operating correctly on a quiet network or
with no data cable connected.
(2) Network Activity Detected - When network activity is
detected, the Service LED will blink on and off at
approximately twice the normal speed for a few
seconds and then revert to normal speed.
(l) Load controllers shall incorporate a service switch. The

Service Switch, when pressed momentarily, shall cause a
sign-on message to be transmitted onto the network. If the
transmission is successful, the Service LED will indicate
network activity detected. The sign-on message shall
contain information about the device, such as: box number,
device type and embedded firmware version. If the Service
Switch is pressed and held for four seconds, the device will
perform a reboot. If the service switch is pushed three
times in close succession the controller will drive all outputs
to 100%
(m) It shall be possible to upgrade the firmware of all load

controllers from any network access point over the control
network.
All controllers shall be field serviceable and shall not be a
permanently sealed device requiring replacement as the
only option for servicing.
SWITCHING CONTROLLERS
6.5.2.12.1 Switching controllers shall be used for lighting circuits and

general electrical loads where automated on/off operation is
required. Controllers shall incorporate relays of appropriately
rated capacity for typical lighting loads.
6.5.2.12.2 Relay contact ratings shall be 2A, 5A, 10A, 16A or 20A
continuous AC3 ratings.
SIGNAL DIMMING CONTROLLERS
6.5.2.13.1 DALI Universe Controllers:
(a) DALI addressable controllers must be used where

independent control of each individual luminaire is
required. Each DALI universe shall control a maximum of
64 individually addressable luminaires per DALI loop.
(b) DALI universe controllers shall incorporate all required

circuitry to connect directly to each DALI loop without the
use of third-party products. They shall be self-contained
and support:
(1) Controller unit power supply
(2) DALI network power supply
(3) DALI network interface
(4) Scene controller
(5) Direct network connection to vendors network
(c) Control systems that require controllers with external or

separate power supplies, external DALI transmitter or
external DALI network interfaces, external scene
controllers and integration devices to vendor’s network will
not be accepted. Furthermore, systems that require the
introduction of multiple interface connections through
assembly of individual components for DALI universe
adaptation will not be accepted.
(d) The DALI lighting system components shall be connected

initially comprising fifty (50) DALI devices per loop. Each
loop shall be expandable to incorporate a total of sixty-four
(64) DALI devices if required. Loop wiring shall comprise
three (3) power (active, neutral and earth) and two (2)
data/control cables following the same route. Cables shall
comply with the circuiting requirements of the
Specification. DALI loops may be connected in a daisy
chain, star, or bus topology or a combination of these.
Ring topologies are not acceptable.
DALI loops shall be installed in a logical manner. The
addressing sequence for individual DALI devices within a
DALI loop is by way of the IEC standard address
randomization process. In applications where DALI device
short addresses have been pre-assigned, the lighting
control system shall be capable of preserving the short
address assignments when enumerating the universe. The
lighting control system shall be capable of utilizing the 16
native scene groups within the DALI system specification
IEC 62386-101.
(e) Individual DALI universes shall be controlled together via

the DALI universe controllers. The control system will have
the capacity to manage each individual DALI universe
over multiple controllers together as one system. Any
network user interface will have the capacity to send a
single network massage that when required can affect
multiple DALI universes to respond. The lighting control
system must be able to manage one logical control area or
lighting group over multiple DALI universes and over
multiple DALI universe controllers. This is required so that
the physical lighting looms do not need to follow the
project layout and that the NLCS can be updated and
changed with new lighting groups without the need for
adjusting the cabling. Any system that requires the
physical DALI loop to be wired in the same configuration
as the logical areas will not be accepted.
(f) The DALI interface shall be able to communicate with

each ballast individually (short address mode) or with the
DALI group addresses (group and scene mapping mode).
This should happen automatically. This choice will
overcome the limitations of 16 group addresses, and the
slow speed of the DALI protocol specifically relating to
avoiding a Mexican wave effect of different ballasts
arriving at target levels at different times.
(g) Controllers shall also be capable of interrogating DALI

luminaires to provide the following diagnostic information;
(1) Lamp failure
(2) Ballast failure
(3) Ballast run time tracking for each ballast and lamp
output
(4) Device Online / Offline status
(h) A user service switch must be available allowing the

universe controller to be set to DALI broadcast test mode,
allowing installation testing and verification of all DALI
network wiring by slowly flashing correctly terminated
DALI luminaires.
(i) Commissioning of the DALI luminaires shall be undertaken

by the Control System Supplier. The system must also
have provision for either off-site or on-site commissioning.
A system that requires off site enumeration of
ballasts/drivers is not acceptable. Single universe DALI
controllers shall automatically enumerate ballasts when
powered on. This automatic enumeration shall constantly
run during normal operation to allow one for one DALI
ballast replacement without the need for any
commissioning.
(j) The control system must be directly capable of supporting

DALI replacement functionality via auto enumeration or
headend software. This method must be intuitive and strait
forward not requiring knowledge of the NLCS or DALI
addressing architecture. This functionality is required so
that the end-user is self-dependent on managing the
NLCS.
(k) The control system DALI solution must support an

automatic recovery function were if a single driver fails and
needs to be replaced, The control system will
automatically detect the change and make the required
adjustments within the network to accommodate the new
driver. There should be no need to manually trigger the
control system to replacement the updated driver.
(l) DALI universe controllers shall support both normal and

emergency DALI fittings. Control systems that require
separate DALI controllers for normal and emergency DALI
fittings will not be accepted. The control system shall also
be capable of testing and reporting on the lamp status and
battery condition of DALI emergency luminaires. The
system shall be able to report outcome of
functional/duration tests.
USER INTERFACES
6.5.2.14.1 A range of compatible user interfaces options shall be available

from the same manufacture of the control system for direct
connection to the control network, including:
(a) Pushbutton Keypads
(b) Fader Potentiometers
(c) Mechanical key switches for disabling or triggering
restricted functionality or LCD Display for menu
navigation and option selection
6.5.2.14.2 Keypad common features
(a) Keypads shall be of the correct size to suit locally

available wall boxes. They shall be available in various
fascia finishes including stainless steel, gold, brass,
chrome, painted, or any common flat architectural surface
finish medium to suit the client’s requirements.
(b) Button caps of pushbutton keypads must be able to be
labeled or engraved. These shall be readily
interchangeable with custom engraving available if
required.
(c) The keypad shall communicate directly to the control
system using the core protocol.
(d) All keypads shall be ‘universal’ in that any button or key-
switch input can initiate the following events:
(1) Select a preset
(2) Set a channel to a level
(3) Start a task
(4) Stop a task
(5) Link / unlink areas
(6) Send any valid user-defined network message, or
sequence of messages
6.5.2.14.3 Keypads must contain an internal macro control facility that will
allow them to perform conditional and sequential logic. Systems
that rely on an external logic processor or centralized logic
processor shall not be acceptable.
6.5.2.14.4 Keypads shall provide an immediate, local status LED response

upon button activation or detection of a network message with
the same command function to indicate the corresponding
change in system state. The status LEDs shall also be
independently controllable across the control network.
6.5.2.14.5 All Keypads shall be completely configurable via the control

system protocol and commissioning software. There should be
no requirement for direct connection to the keypad for
configuration and the commissioning software will not require
additional drivers or plugins to complete the configuration.
Control system keypads that require direct connection and
additional commissioning software drivers or plugins will not be
accepted.

6.5.2.14.6 It shall be possible to upgrade the firmware of all keypads over
the control network.
6.5.2.14.7 Keypads shall incorporate a service mode. The service mode,

when activated momentarily, shall cause a "sign-on" message to
be transmitted onto the network. The sign-on message shall
contain information about the device, such as: box number,
device type and embedded software version.
SENSORS
6.5.2.15.1 Sensors shall be installed in appropriate locations to minimize

energy consumption, through daylight harvesting and occupancy
detection control. The multifunctional sensors shall contain a
photoelectric (PE) sensor, a motion detector (PIR) and an IR
receiver in the same package. The sensor must be capable of
supporting all three detection elements at the same time. For
example the sensor will detect occupancy through the PIR which
will recall a light level, the occupant can then select a preset via
an IR remote to give the sensor a LUX range to manage. The
PIR sensor will continue to detect the occupant until the area is
vacant.
6.5.2.15.2 The sensors IR receive must support industry standard RC5

commands. Supplier of the sensors shall also have available
within its range, compatible handheld remote IR controllers that
are capable of the following functionality
(a) Preset select
(b) Ramping of lighting
(c) Toggle on / off
6.5.2.15.3 Sensors shall incorporate at least 8 preset control modes for

motion detection and 8 preset control modes for illuminance
control, to provide effective occupancy and daylight harvesting
control.
6.5.2.15.4 PE monitoring shall be incorporated in all occupancy sensors as

a standard feature and must be independent of the occupancy
detection function. PE trending shall be available via the control
system software, where sensitivity can also be adjusted.
6.5.2.15.5 PE sensor must be capable of operating in a closed loop

function where they are directly measuring the natural daylight
and the contribution from the artificial lighting. Additionally the
sensor should support open loop daylight regulation where they
directly measure only the natural daylight. One PE sensor in
open loop configuration should be able to adjust every load
controller on the entire network.

6.5.2.15.6 Sensors shall be easily configurable to achieve daylight
dependent (harvesting) regulation. The sensor should be
capable of providing PID illuminance control for applications
where continuous regulation is preferred. It shall be possible to
dynamically enable and disable the sensor by sending a network
message.
6.5.2.15.7 During the commissioning process the sensor can be set to

stream current PE levels back to the commissioning software.
This information is to be presented in a graphical format so that
the commissioning engineer can assess the conditions and set
the thresholds for triggering actions in the control system.
6.5.2.15.8 For rapid deployment of basic illuminance management control,

the sensors shall incorporate a function that enables them to be
auto calibrated. It shall be possible to initiate auto-calibration
across a complete site or section thereof, from within the
commissioning software with a few simple mouse clicks without
the need to modify or enter new configuration data individually
for each sensor. Systems that require configuration data to be
modified on a sensor-by-sensor basis to implement auto-
calibration, will not be accepted.
6.5.2.15.9 The sensor must support direct communication to the core

network utilizing the same protocol. This functionality is required
so that the sensor can send data information back on the current
environmental conditions that it is detecting.
6.5.2.15.10 The sensor is to be directly powered by the core network.

Sensors that require an external power supply will not be
accepted.
6.5.2.15.11 All sensor configuration settings shall be made from

commissioning software via the control network. Sensors which
incorporate manual adjustments such as potentiometers to set
luminance thresholds levels are prohibited. All configuration data
required for normal operation including area, illuminance
thresholds, motion detect actions etc. should reside in the
sensor’s non-volatile memory.
NETWORKING AND INTEGRATION
6.5.2.16.1 Ethernet Gateways:
(a) Ethernet network gateways shall be available to establish

trunk and spur topology with an Ethernet trunk, to provide
remote control of sites, to collect system operation data and
to interface to a range of IP based protocols and third-party
systems.

(b) Ethernet network gateways shall support IPv4 and IPv6
protocols, with static or DHCP assigned IP addressing and
configurable routing
(c) Ethernet network gateways shall include an integral
webserver for browser based control scenarios, an action
scheduler and a Programmable Logic Controller that can
process comprehensive conditional and sequential logic and
arithmetic functions.
6.5.2.16.2 Remote TCP/IP Access Interface:
(a) A remote access interface shall be available which will allow

an end-user or manufacturer representative to ‘tunnel in’ to
the lighting control system to control, configure, or
commission the system over TCP/IP via a 100 BaseT
Ethernet network. It shall be possible to perform all functions
across the 100 BaseT interface that can be performed whilst
connected directly to the lighting control network. The
interface shall also incorporate an embedded web server
which enables system control pages to be authored and
stored on the device which can be viewed across a TCP/IP
network from any connected PC, tablet or smart phone using
a standard web browser.
6.5.2.16.3 TIMECLOCKS:
(a) Network timeclocks shall be utilized where local adjustment

to automated lighting control events is required via a direct
connection to the control network, without requiring a
separate power supply. The timeclock shall incorporate a
calendar, and shall have the ability to calculate the
theoretical sunrise and sunset times, at any time of the year,
for any geographical location.
(b) The Timeclock shall be able to perform various functions at

designated times on designated days, including: select
specific preset scenes in specific areas, lock or unlock
keypads, activate or de-activate sensors and motion
detectors, execute sequences of network control messages.
The timeclock shall be capable of initiating events or
sequences of events at a specific time or time difference
from sunrise or sunset on a:
(1) Day of the week
(2) Day of the month
(3) Calendar date
(c) Miniature dry contact interface devices shall be used to

connect third-party sensors, custom switches, to the lighting
control network. The miniature dry contact interface shall be
no larger than 53mm x 30mm x 15mm suitable for mounting
within compact wiring enclosures. The interface shall have 8
inputs and 8 outputs for LED indicators, and shall be capable
of initiating any of the following events on a change of state
of the contact:
(1) Select a preset scene
(2) Set a channel to a level
(3) Link / unlink areas
(4) Send any valid user-defined network message
(5) Emulate the operation of a motion detector
(d) Miniature dry contact interfaces shall be available which

connect directly to a DALI bus on a MultiMaster controller.
The device must also be software configurable and firmware
updatable over the DALI bus from the control network.
MATERIAL
High efficiency electronic control gears and dimmable ballast / driver

shall be supplied and installed with the luminaires for the required
performance.
The details of the lighting fittings shall be scheduled in Section 6 of this

PTS.
SUBMISSIONS
Unless otherwise stated below, the relevant submissions shall be in

The Contractor shall submit isolux diagrams and false colour renderings
to demonstrate compliance of final lighting proposals of the equipment
selected with the design. Upon request the Contractor shall submit the
editable simulation model, in case detail settings cannot be documented
in the isolux diagrams and false colour renderings.
The Contractor shall submit computerized lighting calculations and

simulations using the proposed light fitting model including the design
aiming angle information as to demonstrate the compliance of the
specified lux levels, uniformity and glare control requirements.
The Contractor shall submit full details of selected wiring accessories,

light fitting model including relevant luminaire cut-sheet, photometric
data and technical specification from the proposed manufacturers.

COMMISSIONING
The Contractor shall be required to carry out Pre-Commissioning, Main

Commissioning and Final Commissioning stage of Lighting System.
Pre-Commissioning means the Contractor is responsible for ensuring all

luminaires full functionality, grouping and addressing for the Main
Commissioning stage and aiming all luminaires as per the designed
calculations submitted by the Contractor as reviewed without objection
by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall be responsible for
providing the configuration of the grouping and addressing for the FOH
luminaire and produce the relevant DALI control point schedule,
submitting the information and for review without objection by the Project
Manager. Focusing and aiming of all light fittings should be carried out
after the Contractor has completed testing and commissioning of the
complete electrical services installation Including Front of House lighting
and Lighting Management System.
Main Commissioning is carried out together with Project Manager's

Representative to adjust for site constraints and unforeseen
circumstances. The Contractor shall demonstrate and achieve the
illumination and light effect via lux measurement such that the average
lux level, uniformity and glare requirements listed in Clause 6.4.1 are met.
The Lighting Management System shall be further programmed and
adjusted during this stage to allow for changes and rectifications. The
Contractor shall be responsible and allow for any night works, labour,
working platform arrangements and all necessary tools in executing this
site adjustment works on calibrating the aiming angle for the light fitting
works. The Project Manager should be consulted for review without
objection prior to the Final Commissioning.
Final Commissioning will take place after lux measurements have been
taken to ensure that the required lux, uniformity and glare limits
requirements are met and this is the stage where minor adjustments of
the lighting system takes place. The Contractor shall be responsible to
fine tune the aiming angles and programme lighting levels as per
comments from the Project Manger before final commissioning is
deemed to be completed.
DALI Commissioning
The control system and DALI ballasts are to be commissioned via a

common graphical commissioning software interface providing
graphical representation of all DALI fixtures and control system
products.
DALI load controllers must support setting and reconfiguring DALI

addresses, group addresses and scene level settings. Systems that
require third-party commissioning software to set DALI addresses,
group addresses and scene level settings will not be acceptable.
Initial programming shall be via graphical icon positioning and grouping,
writing data to products and a single database simultaneously. Systems
where DALI ballasts must be pre-configured causing intermediate
commissioning layers shall not be acceptable.
LIGHTING FITTING AND CONTROL SPECIFICATION
Lighting fitting and control specification shall refer to the details as given
in:-
(a) Appendix C1.3 (Luminaire & Lighting Control Datasheets); and
(b) Appendix C1.4 (Control Zone Schedule);

SECTION 7 CABLE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM
GENERAL
The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply and

installation of a complete cable containment system for the use by the
wiring system. The wiring system shall include electrical services items
such as lighting and small power, Mechanical Service control, FS cables
and Communication cabling etc. The cable containment system shall
include all cable support means such as underground cable ducts,
trenches, cable ladders, cable trays, all main trunkings and secondary
trunking, conduits, draw wires, hangers and the associated wiring
accessories, fixing and support provisions.
The Contractor shall supply and install cables as shown on the cable
schedules and Employer’s Drawings. Separate cable containment shall
be provided and installed for LV and ELV cables.
The routings and locations of cables, accessories, equipment, terminal

boxes and/or connections to Plant and Equipment, as shown on the
Employer's Drawings, are indicative only. The Contractor shall
coordinate the final locations of wiring accessories, equipment, terminal
boxes and/or connections on site and submit to the Project Manager for
review without objection.
The cable containment system shall also include surface cable conduit
system works for power & lighting and provisions of cast-in & concealed
conduits within the buildings. Co-ordination with builder's works is
required among different discipline trades.
Unless otherwise specified, the hidden conduit works and concealed

conduit works for lighting and small power shall be co-ordinated with the
architectural and builder requirements. Painting shall also be provided in
accordance with relevant architectural PTS scope. Conduit System for
other trades such as fire services, Mechanical Service control, and
COMM system etc shall be provided as shown in the relevant systems
scope.
Where cable routes are not specifically shown on the Employer's

Drawings or the cable routes are obstructed by others, the Contractor
shall take the shortest possible route for the cable run. Details shall be
All underground cables and earthing tapes shall be installed inside

underground cable ducts completed with draw wires.

Design and performance criteria associated with the cable containment

systems shall be in accordance with this Particular Technical
Specification and the GMWS or amendments thereof.

criteria, the Contractor shall base the design on recognized international
standards including the Hong Kong Code of Practice for Electrical (wiring)
Installations and/or IET Wiring Regulations and Guidelines.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the sizing and coordination of the
cable containment works including, but not limited to, the underground
cable ducts, trenches, cable ladders, cable trays, trunkings and conduits,
etc., to suit the power distribution requirements. Detailed cable
containment sizing and calculations shall be submitted to the Project
The Contractor shall supply and install all necessary cable containment,
cable change boxes as well as all necessary accessories for the
completion of power distribution system.
All cable containment connected to equipment shall be fitted with flexible

connections.

SECTION 8 POWER QUALITY
GENERAL
The Contractor shall ensure that the power quality requirements of CLP
as stipulated in the CLP Supply Rules, shall be met.
The Contractor shall take note of salient items relating to power quality
such as voltage depression caused by frequent / infrequent machine
starting, power factor and harmonics requirement and incorporate
means to mitigate disruption to crucial operation equipment when
carrying out system design and equipment selection.
Unless otherwise stated above, the requirements of Power Quality shall

VOLTAGE DIP-RIDE THROUGH CAPABILITY
The Contractor shall provide provisions to cope with the requirement of

voltage dip ride through arrangement for each critical system. The
requirements include but are not limited those in the following table
summary:

Item Equipment Voltage Dip Ride Through Capability Requirement
1. Chiller Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
circuit to prevent interruption from voltage dip occurrence. (Remaining 40% rated
voltage within 170m sec)
2. Chiller Units 1. Chiller units will be remote manually re-started by workstation after power resume.
3. Chilled Water Pump Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
4. Chilled Water Pumps 1. The system operation shall follow the chiller system starting procedure to resume
normal operation.
5. AHU/PAU Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
2. Time delay circuits shall be added and the remote reset of the AHU/PAU control
panel via MBMS will be designed.
3. DDC will be provided with battery for 1 hour back-up to overcome the voltage dip.
6. AHU / PAU Units 1. The system operation shall resume normal automatically after voltage dip.
7. Potable Water Pump Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
8. Potable Water Pump 1. The pump operation shall resume normal automatically after voltage dip.
9. Flushing Water Pump Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
10. Flushing Water Pump 1. The pump operation shall resume normal automatically after voltage dip.
11. Cleansing Water Pump Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
voltage within 170m sec).

12 Cleansing Water Pump 1. The pump operation shall resume normal automatically after voltage dip.
13. Drainage Sump Pump Control Panel 1. Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
voltage within 170m sec).
14. Drainage Sump Pumps 1. The pump operation shall resume normal automatically after voltage dip
15. Fire Control System The AFA panel shall be equipped with backup battery to overcome the voltage dip.
16. Fire Links, AFA, NOVEC Systems The AFA and NOVEC system shall be equipped with backup battery to overcome the
voltage dip.
17. Static Smoke Vent Control System The control panel shall be equipped with backup battery to overcome the voltage dip.
18. Lift Control Lift Control Equipment with ride-through capability, e.g., control power backup by kinetic
energy buffering and /or regenerate power drive. Enhanced type VSD shall be deployed
for lift control.
19. Lift Motor The lifts will land in the designated floor and lift doors open to discharge the
passengers. After power restoration, the lifts would resume to normal operation.
IEC61000-4-11 shall be referred.
20. Lighting Control Panel Voltage dip ride through device equipped with capacitor will be provided for control
21. Front of House Area Lighting (Cat. 2) 1. Lighting control gear with wide input voltage window will be specified. (110V – 240V)
2. Power supply for lighting circuit in interleaving arrangement, with power supply
sourced from two different CLP supply sources to prevent total black-out from
voltage dip / failure of one supply source.
3. Voltage dip effect on LED lighting is minimal as compare with conventional HID
Lamp.
22. Essential Lighting (Cat. 1) Backup battery pack and emergency generator in the Cat 1 light fitting to overcome the
voltage dip condition.

23. LV switchgears (e.g. under volt relays, overcurrent/eart Two under volt relays connected in parallel shall be installed in LV switchboard and the
h fault relays, trip and control supervisory relays, chargi under voltage relay shall be true off delay time type to meet the voltage dip requirement.
ng motors for circuit breakers, etc.)
24. Airfield SCADA 1. Headend equipment is backed up by UPS.
2. Each SCADA PLC and/or I/O panel shall be provided with a local battery backup
power for 15 minute to prevent from data loss
25. MBMS 1. Headend equipment is backed up by UPS.
2. Each DDC provided with built-in battery power for 1 hour to prevent from data loss.
26. Closed Circuit Television Headend equipment at the Comms Rooms are backed up by UPS. Individual camera
will be auto-resumed after power dip.
27. Access Control System Headend equipment at the Comms Rooms are backed up by UPS. All field equipment
such as DIUs and PLC are backed up by battery to ride through the voltage dip.
28. Trunked Mobile Radio The headend equipment is backed up by UPS to ride through the voltage dip.
29. Public Address Headend equipment at the Comms Rooms are backed up by UPS.
30. All Communication System/System Equipment Inside C The equipment is backed up by UPS to ride through the voltage dip.
ommunication Rooms / Cupboards

Unless otherwise stated above, the requirements of Voltage Dip-Ride
Through Capability shall be in accordance with the GMWS or
amendments thereof.
ACTIVE HARMONICS FILTERS
The Contractor shall submit information to the Project Manager to review

without objection for the equipment offered to show clearly whether the
filter is of true close loop design or open loop design.
The rated operational voltage and frequency shall be 3 phase and

neutral 4 wire 380/220V ±6%, 50Hz ±2% source neutral earthed system
The following technical requirements shall also apply:-
(i) No. of phases : 3 phase without/with neutral, ¾

wires;
(ii) Unit capacity : as specified in the Employer’s
Drawings;
(iii) Harmonic orders : 2nd order to 25th order or more
compensation;
(iv) Filtering efficiency : 85% or more;
(v) Power factor correction : up to 0.98 lagging or more;
(vi) Steady state response : 40ms or less;
(vii) Ventilation : Forced air cooled;
(viii) Noise level : 65 dBA or less, and
(ix) Heat losses : 8% of rated capacity or less
Active harmonic filter (AHF) shall be used to eliminate harmonic currents

circulating across the installation so that the Total Harmonic Distortion
(THD) may be limited to a given percentage as specified in the Building
Energy Code or Particular Specification.
AHF shall conform to IEC 61000-4-2: 2008, IEC 61000-4-3:2010, IEC

61000-4-4:2012, IEC 61000-4-5:2014, IEC 61000-6-2:2016, IEC
61000-6-4:2011 or other similar recognised international standards on
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) compliance for industrial or
commercial applications and shall be manufactured to ISO 9001:2015.
AHF shall be manufactured by a reputable manufacturer which has

continuously manufactured AHF for at least 5 years and their
manufacturing facility shall have a local agent to provide full technical
support which includes adequate spares holding and technical
expertise in testing, commissioning and troubleshooting.
AHF shall use power semiconductors with isolated gate bipolar

transistor (IGBT) or better technology shall be used which to modulate
output to cancel detrimental harmonic.
The active harmonic filter shall include DC bus to store power for the
power semiconductor switching and current limiting function to protect
the semiconductors.
Current transformer (CT) shall be provided on each phase of the

system. All active harmonic filter connected at the LV switchboard
shall complete with CT connected at the capacitor bank side to let the
active harmonic filter read the reactive current generated in order to
avoid resonant between capacitor bank and the filter. The Contractor
shall design and provide all necessary provisions for completing the
whole harmonic filtering system.
The operating principle of AHF shall be based upon the injection of a

harmonic current with appropriate phase shift corresponding to the
harmonic current drawn by the load which shall be analysed by the
AHF continuously. Consequently, the current supplied by the source
shall remain sinusoidal under the effective operating range of the AHF.
AHF shall be compatible with any type of load, and shall guarantee
efficient compensation, even when changes are made to the
installation. The AHF shall also be capable of delivering its rated output
harmonic current to the point of connection irrespective of load
condition.
The compensation of neutral harmonic current is required in the neutral

conductor. The AHF shall be capable of compensating the harmonic
current three times greater than the phase current, particularly to
compensate harmonic current of order 3 and its multiples.
Start-up and shut down of AHF shall be initiated by control push buttons
or other means. After a main power break-down, start-up of AHF shall
be automatic.
Should the AHF be overloaded during transient operation of certain

loads or permanently, this should not affect the reliability of its operation.
Under such circumstance, the AHF shall operate in a current limiting
mode an still deliver to the network its rated harmonic current.
For better adaption to any installation, the AHF shall be capable of

operating in association with other harmonic reduction systems. For
ease of expansion, it shall be modular type or it shall be possible to link
2 or more AHF’s in parallel to increase the compensation capacity and
to enhance dependability, i.e. redundant operation.
The AHF shall be provided with monitoring facilities to monitor the

improvement of the power quality graphically (e.g. LCD screen).

EMERGENCY GENERATOR INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall implement the operation setting at site and submit
final setting record to the Project Manager for review without objection.
The setting shall be able to distinguish voltage dip and true supply
interruption. Unwanted operation of generator set caused by short
voltage dip less than 1 second shall be avoided.
Unless otherwise specified, D.C. supply for the change-over scheme

shall be used to avoid control relays and contactors dropping off under
voltage-dip condition.

SECTION 9 WATER LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEM
GENERAL

complete Water Leakage Detection System. The works shall be as
shown on the Employer's Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Water leakage detection sitemaps, control panels and all

necessary parts and accessories to complete the system;
(b) Provision of necessary builder’s work requirements for water

leakage detection system installation;
(c) Co-ordination of the water leakage detection system

installation details, final connection and testing and
commissioning of the equipment and overall system;
(d) Provide all necessary technical information in accordance with

the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The water leakage detection system shall be provided in communication

rooms, communication cupboards, bottom of pipe duct risers, lift pits, at
the drain pan under chilled water pipes at Main Hall raised floor void,
drip tray of fan coil unit at AEC Hall, etc as shown on the Employer’s
Drawings. The water leakage sensing cables in communication rooms
shall be laid underneath the raised floor. The water leakage sensing
devices shall be provided at the bottom of pipe ducts risers.
The water leakage sensing alarm at each communication room shall be

hardwired and transmitted to an integrated alarm panel located at
FRTMO in T1 and the Primary IAC. The integrated panel shall contain
the indicator for water sensing flooding alarm for respective plants and
communication rooms, the UPS common power failure alarm and
temperature alarm for the communication rooms. The Contractor shall
submit the installation and assembly drawings to the Project Manager
for review and obtain no objection.
The water leakage detection system shall include electronic audio and
visual alarm module, location module, sensing cable, graphic display
map and all necessary auxiliary equipment. The system shall be able to
detect multiple leaks simultaneously upon presence of water at any point
along the cable length, provide immediate warning and indicate the
location on a digital LCD/LED graphic display map of leak location.
The alarm and locator module of the water leakage detection system

shall be able to monitor up to 500 meters (1,500 feet) of sensing cable.
The alarm module shall indicate that water has contacted the sensing
cable by sounding an alarm, activating a visual alarm, actuating an
output relay, and displaying a digital readout of the distance from the
start of the sensing cable to the location of the first contact with water.
The location of the first water contact shall be retained on display until
the cable is dry and the module is updated. Details of the display panel
shall be submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection.
The alarm module shall continuously monitor the continuity of the

sensing cables and interconnecting cables. Any break in cable shall
activate an audible and visual alarm, actuating an output relay.
The entire system shall be able to connect in a fail-safe loop back

configuration. Thus, the system shall continue to perform water leakage
detection and activate an alarm even when there is a cable break point
in the detection circuit.
The sensing cable shall be fire retardant complying with applicable

standards for indoor usage. Sensing cable must be cut to exact length
required to meet the room requirement.
The sensing cable shall offer distributed sensing with the ability to detect
the location of water at any point along the cable’s length. The cable
shall be flexible, and carry less than 24 V DC under normal operating
conditions. The sensing cable shall be provided with factory installed
male/female connectors. The cable shall be fastened securely to the
floor surface with hold-down clips together with adhesive every 2.5
meters or as necessary. The cable shall be dried and reset at the control
unit within 15 seconds upon complete removal of leaked water. No air-
drying shall be required to dry the cable.
Each water leakage system serving an individual room shall be

connected to a combined leak measurement, leak detection display
module.
The alarm module shall include an event log with time and date stamp.
The event log shall be stored on a FIFO basis.
The Contractor shall provide the connection including cables and cable
containment for interfacing with the lift system at the terminal blocks near
lift control cabinet to receive a water leakage detection signal and flood
detection high water alarm from the lift pits.
Every water leakage measurement and leak detection display module

shall have an interfacing connection and all necessary interfacing
hardware and software for the connection to the Airfield SCADA. These
include but are not limited to the following:
(a) Comms Rooms

The monitoring signal to SCADA shall include:
(i) Power Supply Availability Failure;
(ii) System Fault alarm; and
(iii) Flood Detection High Water Level alarm.
(b) Comms Cupboards
(c) Bottom of Pipe Duct Risers
(d) Lift Pits
(e) Drain Pan under Chilled Water Pipes in Main Hall raised floor
void and Drip Tray under fan coil unit at AEC Hall
(iv) Power Supply Availability Failure;
(v) System Fault alarm; and
(vi) Flood Detection High Water Level alarm.
Self -Contained Water Leakage Detection System shall be/provide:

(a) Powered by 220 VAC;
(b) Digital LCD/LED Readout of water location;
(c) Audible alarm indicator;
(d) Silence/Update pushbutton;
(e) System normal LED indicator (green);
(f) Water detected LED (red);
(g) Cable fault LED indicator (red); and
(h) LED indication of feet or meters on readout.
DIP switch selection of (un) latched display shall provide:
(a) Matched water sensing cables;
(b) Selection of cable length;
(c) Selection of up to three weighted cable length sections.

(simulating 15 feet each);
(d) Selection of indication in feet or meters;
(e) Relay output activated on detection of water;
(f) Relay output activated on cable fault;
(g) DIP switch selection of supervised relay output;
(h) 4 to 20 mA analogue output proportional to full cable length;
(i) Connection to additional displays through a single 2 wire cable.

Maximum distance 300 feet; and
(j) Connection to external site monitoring system through a single

2-wire cable, maximum distance 1000 meters.

SECTION 10 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING FACILITIES SYSTEM
GENERAL

complete Electric Vehicle (EV) charging facilities system. The works
shall be as shown on the Employer's Drawings and shall include, but not
limited to:
(b) EV charging facilities; and
(c) Associated power supply, cabling, cable containment system.
(d) The power supply for the EV charging facilities system shall
integrate with the electrical LV distribution system at the Primary
IAC, including LV switchgears, control facilities, metering devices,
SCADA interfaces, distribution equipment and boards, etc. so as
to facilitate the complete power supply for EV charging facilities
system.
Unless otherwise defined herein, the relevant Codes and Standards

applicable to the EV charging facilities system works shall be in
accordance with the Specification or amendments thereof.
General Requirements
The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete design and

installation of the EV charging facilities systems in accordance with
the Employer’s Drawings and the Specification. The detailed design
and associated calculations shall be submitted to the Project Manager
for review without objection.
The following additional codes and standards shall apply:
(a) Technical Guidelines on Charging Facilities for Electrical

Vehicles issued by EMSD.
(b) Code of Practice of Electrical Wiring Installation latest edition

issued by EMSD.
(c) IEC 61851-1:2010 Electric Vehicle Conductive Charging

System – Part 1: General Requirement.
(d) Japan CHAdeMO industry standard.
(e) COP, Supply Rules and other relevant requirements of CLP.

(f) Buildings Energy Efficiency Ordinance (Cap 610).
(g) IEC 62196 Plugs, socket-outlets, vehicle connectors and

vehicle inlets - Conductive charging of electric vehicles.

criteria, the Contractor shall base the design on recognized
international standards including IET Wiring Regulations and the
above specified codes and standards.
An operation instruction for the charging facility including essential

information of the rated voltage (V), frequency (Hz), current (A), and
number of phase shall be displayed at a prominent location at each of
the parking spaces of the EV charging facility.
The EV charging facilities system shall be a computer based

management system providing absolute flexibility through
independent control of EV charging facilities.
The system shall use advanced Windows-based graphical

programming to enable the EV charging facilities operation to be
centrally programmed and adapted to suit various situations.
The system shall allow monitoring and control the entire system in real
time.
The system shall include the octopus card system and the interface
with the fee payment equipment system and car park management
system.
EV Charging Facilities
The Contractor shall be responsible for design, supply, install, testing

and commissioning of the semi-quick EV charging facilities including,
but not limited to, all necessary power supply, charging panel, display,
electronic energy meter, charging cables, compatible connectors,
sockets, enclosure, cable containment, wiring and associated
electrical, control and fixing accessories to complete the EV charging
facilities system installation.
The EV charging facilities shall comprise pole mounted 32A single

phase weatherproof charging outlet for mode 3 EV charging.
Weatherproof enclosure shall be provided for charging facilities
located in outdoor areas.
For mode 3 charging, a 32A single phase socket outlet complying with
international standard IEC 62196 EV type 2 shall be used.

For mode 3 charging, a dedicated charging cable assembly with a
control pilot cable allowing communication between the normal
charging facility and the electric vehicle shall be provided. The
communication via the control pilot cable shall perform the functions
of verification that the EV is connected, checking continuous
protective earth conductor integrity, energization and de-energization
of the supply, and selection of charging rate.
The Contractor shall submit its proposed construction details for the
normal EV charging facility to the Project Manager for review without
objection.
For mode 3 charging, the charging cable shall be detachable from the
socket and will be kept by the Project Manager for maintenance
purposes.
The exact location and arrangement of the EV normal charging

facilities shall need to be carefully coordinated with the layout of other
equipment and the actual environment, etc. and shall be designed and
Unless otherwise specified, the following technical requirements for

220V 1-phase normal EV charging facilities shall be followed:
a) Operating 0°C to +50°C

temperature
b) IP Protection Min. IP54
c) Input voltage 220V 1-phase
d) Input current 32A
e) Input frequency 50 Hz plus or minus 2%.
f) Socket outlets for 220V 1-phase 32A
EV charging
g) Overcurrent 32A
protection
h) Integral earth 30mA
leakage protection
i) Charging Mode Mode 3
(per standard IEC
61851-1:2012)
j) Charging IEC 61851-22
communication
protocol standard
k) Charging plug IEC 62196
standard
l) Number of pins of 5
plug
m) Logging meter The logging meter shall include
the functions as follows:-

i) Applicable 220V 1 phases 2
wire system
ii) Data archive – date, time,
energy consumed
iii) Minimum Storage at least
300 logs
n) Display The display shall show the
following status or equivalent
i) Ready for charging
ii) Charging
iii) Out of service
iv) Charging completed
o) Warranty 3 years after the issue of the
Completion Certificate.
EV Charging Facilities Operations
Charger Operation and Control Interface
(a) The display shall allow selecting English language to be

viewed-on the screen.
(b) The display shall be back-lit monitor type for easy viewing,
display shall also be anti-glare and scratch resistant.
(c) The display shall be touch screen monitor type and constructed
by material compatible with the ambient temperature at Hong
Kong International Airport
(d) LED lamps shall be adopted for all push button and indicator
lamps.
(e) Door lock mechanism with door sensor, emergency stop

installed at a prominent and easily accessible position shall be
provided to allow instantaneous shutting down the charging
operation and isolation of any internal electrical fault to
safeguard the user.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
The Contractor shall provide all necessary tools and equipment with
valid calibration certificates to demonstrate the chargers are in
compliance with the requirements of the Specification. In the event
that an EV of respective charging type cannot be provided, the
Contractor shall provide simulation tools to emulate the vehicle on
board communication module in order to carry out the tests as
required. The Contractor shall provide full FAT report and perform
SAT during the commissioning of charger on site to verify the
following items as a minimum. The tests shall include, but not limited
to, the following:
(1) Single phase and DC circuits - phase and neutral or positive and
negative identification;
(2) Earth continuity and earth loop impedance tests;
(3) Operation of protection devices and discrimination against

upstream facilities;
(4) Dummy load test (Factory test only) with measurements for the
following parameters:
• Full load current
• Overload setting and protection function
• Charging profile in coordination with the vehicle on board
controller
• Temperature rise and alarm (if applicable)
(5) Functional test on complete operation of chargers including

authentication, connection of connectors, charging operation,
completion .of charging, removal of connectors and restoration
to initial charger status;
(6) Communications with gate computer and notebook computer, or

approved equivalent network equipment;
(7) All mechanical and electrical protection tests including, but not
limited to, door interlocks, plug interlocks and emergency stop.
SUBMISSIONS
Unless otherwise stated below, the relevant Submissions shall be in

The Contractor shall submit details of EV charging facilities complete

with the outline dimensions, internal associated equipment
arrangement, detailed wiring and control diagram, mounting and
fixing details, etc. for the Project's Manager's review without objection.
The Contractor shall submit testing certificates showing the

compliance with the relevant standards.
The Contractor shall submit operation and maintenance instructions

for the EV charging facilities.
The Contractor shall submit safety precautions for operation and

maintenance, under normal, raining and thunderstorm conditions, for
the EV charging facilities.

The contractor shall submit Charger operation, control interface and
material of display to the Project Manager for review without objection.

SECTION 11 MCB BOARD SCHEDULES
The Contractor shall submit MCB board schedules/details to the Project

Manager for review without objection. The existing MCB board
schedules as attached or shown on the Employer’s Drawings are for
reference only. The Contractor shall perform their own site survey to
verify and complete the necessary MCB board schedules and
modifications for the works.
The Contractor shall also provide all necessary control components &
accessories such as contactors, relays and wirings etc. where necessary
to complete the functional requirements of the whole lighting and small
power system even if these components are not shown on the MCB
board schedules as attached or the Employer’s Drawings. Details shall
be submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection.
Circuits description and relative requirements and provisions shall refer

to the details as given in the attached MCB Board schedule, name of
MCB Boards that shall be are listed below:
(a) Appendix C1.1 – 14A – MCB Board Schedule at the Primary IAC
(b) Appendix C1.2 – 14B – MCB Board Schedule at the Backup IAC

SECTION 12 CLP TRANSFORMER ROOM REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
building services electrical works as shown on the CLP transformer room
drawings.

SECTION 13 DIVERSION AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SERVICES/
FACILITIES
ALTERATION, ADDITION AND RE-PROVISION OF BUILDINGS AND

FACILITIES
General
Modification of existing IAC to Back Up IAC, fence lighting, external

road lighting and etc. are required.
The Contractor shall carry out detail site survey and measurement to
identify all necessary existing power information to facilities such as
existing IAC, fence lighting, external road lighting and etc.
The Contractor shall apply for the necessary Work Permit to carry out
the required site survey work and in no circumstance shall this survey
work interrupt airport operations.
Upon completion of the on-site survey, the Contractor shall submit a

survey report detailing their findings on the existing services to the
Project Manager for review without objection prior to the
commencement of relocation and demolition work. The survey report
shall include but not limited to the following:
(a) Details of their size and material, fixing method and their
mounting level shown on plans, sections and elevations;
(b) Supply source or upstream tee-off location of the identified

installations;
(c) Dimensions / size or rating / capacity of the source or

upstream provision and;
(d) Continuous routing of the existing installations and equipment.
The Contractor shall re-submit a revised survey report for the Project
Manager’s review without objection if the survey report is rejected by
the Project Manager.
Prior to and during the execution of works, the Contractor shall liaise
and coordinate with the Project Manager and the Authority’s
maintenance department (TSD), government user department and
other concerned parties to set up and hold briefing meetings to
discuss the planned stages, agreed duration of the planned diversion
works and all other related matters for any facilities that are likely to
be affected by the works for the agreed duration of the planned
diversion and demolition work.

MODIFICATION WORKS OF EXISTING IAC TO BACK UP IAC
System description
Addition of 100kVA UPS system for critical equipment in CR78. The

UPS and its associated equipment (MCCB boards, ATS, harmonic
filter, & etc.) shall be installed in the UPS room. The existing LV
switchboard shall be modified to connect these new UPS.
A new air handling unit need to be installed to serve comms cupboard

CC78A. Its power shall be fed from existing LV switchboard.
The existing PA room and CSU 1 room are to be combined and

changed to CMT room. The socket outlets and power points inside
these two rooms shall be rearranged to suit the revised room layout.
The PA room shall be relocated next to CCD room. Additional lighting
and small power points shall be provided in this room.
The console tables in AEC hall are added to and rearranged in the
existing IAC. The corresponding power points for console tables shall
be added and rearranged to suit the revised room layout.
The existing CSU 2 room shall be demolished to be part of AEC Hall.

The lighting and small power in this room shall be rearranged to suit
the revised layout.
The SOCC room at G/F shall be changed to CCD room. Additional

socket outlets shall be provided for additional console desk. The
SOCC room shall be relocated to 1/F. The existing lighting shall be
rearranged and additional socket outlets shall be provided in this room.
The Filing Room at 1/F shall be changed to Comms Cupboard CC78A.

Lighting shall be rearranged and added to suit the revised layout.
Additional 32A socket outlets shall be provided for equipment rack
inside this room.
The existing CMT room is changed to AEC Support Room. The

lighting and socket outlets/power points need to be rearranged to suit
the revised room layout.
The Contractor shall ensure the modification of LV switchboards,

distribution boards, lighting and small power points, cables and cable
containment will not have any implication on the daily operation of the
existing IAC.
The Contractor shall submit all necessary information such as the

associated LV switchboards, distribution boards, lighting and small
power points, outgoing cables which are sufficient for the required
diversion works to the Project Manager for review without objection.

DIVERSION OF SECURITY FENCE LIGHTING
The existing security fence lighting needs to be relocated to suit the

revised security fence layout as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
The Contractor shall provide for all necessary information such as the
associated cables, cable draw-pits, cable ducts and any manholes
which are sufficient for the required diversion works and submit to the
Project Manager for review without objection.
Temporary lighting including temporary power shall be provided to

maintain the lighting level at the affected security fence lighting.
DIVERSION AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ROAD LIGHTING
The existing road lighting needs to be relocated / demolished to suit the

revised road layout as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary information such as the

associated cables, cable draw-pits, cable ducts and any manholes
which are sufficient for the required diversion works to the Project
DEMOLITION OF EXISTING C&ED VEHICLE TRAFFIC CONTROL

KIOSK, POLICE ANTENNA OBSERVATION PLATFORM AND
ASSOCIATED STRUCTURES
Prior to commencement of Works, the Contractor shall coordinate with

all relevant utility companies such as telephone services, CLP etc. for
termination of utilities services and equipment of electricity supply to the
existing C&ED Vehicle Traffic Control Kiosk, Police Antenna
Observation Platform and associated structures & removal of the
relevant buried electricity supply cables. The Contractor shall assign
qualified parties such as Registered Electrical Contractor (REC) and
Registered Electrical Worker (REW) and Registered Fire Services
Contractor etc. to complete the demolition and removal of the existing
E&M installations in the area.
ALTERATION AND ADDITION WORKS FOR OIL SEPARATOR AND

PUMPING STATION NO. 2 (OSPS 2)
power supply system for OSPS 2 including distribution board, MCB,
conduits, socket outlets, lighting fixtures, lighting switches, cables,
cable containment and associated accessories.
The Contractor shall carry out the termination of incoming cables and

all outgoing cables at the MCB board.
Unless otherwise stated, design and performance criteria shall be in

associated with relevant installations and in accordance with this PTS
and the GMWS or amendments thereof.
Extreme care shall be taken by the Contractor to protect existing

services during re-installation or when providing new services; it is the
Contractor’s responsibility to report and carry out remedial works to any
damaged installations right after an incident has occurred. Should the
Contractor fail to carry out the required rectification work within one hour
after the incident is reported, the Project Manager is entitled to employ
a third party to execute the remedial works.
In addition to the above, the following requirements shall be addressed

in relation to the relevant diversion works.
The Contractor shall responsible for re-provision of any identified

existing installation with similar material, size and ability to perform the
same functions for serving the existing connected equipment.
Unless agreed by the Project Manager, no joint will be accepted for

any cable and wiring re-provision. That is, the entire length of
replacement cables or wirings shall be in one continuous length
without joint(s) starting from the supply source to the terminals of the
equipment to be connecting to.

APPENDIX C1.1 – 14A - PART A – MCB BOARDS AT PRIMARY IAC

3133 - Primary IAC
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD ASSEMBLY SCHEDULE-SUBSTATION REF.
DB REFERENCE L&P-02b/0,A2-Q,EDB1
DB TYPE 10-way, TPN BUSBAR RATING: 63A TPN A
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02b MAIN SWITCH 63A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LEVEL G/F LOAD (kVA) L1 L2 L3
LOCATION LV SWITCH ROOM 2.80 3.89 4.95 3.90
Cct. Min. Cable Cable Connected Load Phase Control
Ref. Phases MCB (A) (mm2) Type Description Load (VA) L1 L2 L3 Remarks Code
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in External Walkway 123.20 0.56 Lighting Contactor Group No. A1 Time Schedule and Photocell Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Genset Room 201.00 0.91 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Genset Room 201.00 0.91 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Water Pump and Tank Room 183.00 0.83 Local Timer Switch
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Chiller Plant Room 335.00 1.52 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Chiller Plant Room 335.00 1.52 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in LV Switch Room 134.00 0.61 Local Timer Switch
3 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 1 167.50 0.76 Lighting Contactor Group No. A2 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in MCC Chiller Room 134.00 0.61 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CR 79

268.00 1.22 Lighting Contactor Group No. A3 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CR 79

234.50 1.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. A4 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Locker Room 69.60 0.32 Lighting Contactor Group No. A5 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Locker Room 87.00 0.40 Lighting Contactor Group No. A6 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Covered Walkway 72.00 0.33 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Covered Walkway 39.00 0.18 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
Note 1: Separate circuit protective conductor in accordance with the EMSD's COP for the Electricity (Wiring) Regulations shall be provided. The material of the protective conductor shall be as that of the phase conductor.
C3403
MCB BOARD/ PANELBOARD SCHEDULE PAGE 1
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE L&P-02b/0,A7-P,EDB1
LOCATION ELECTRICAL ROOM 1 (A7-P) 1.37 1.78 2.81 1.66
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 3 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. B1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 4 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. B2 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Pantry 52.40 0.24 Lighting Contactor Group No. C1 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 34.00 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 32.50 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-Q) 42.50 0.19 Lighting Contactor Group No. B8 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Breastfeeding Room 19.50 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. B9 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Breastfeeding Room 4.00 0.02 Lighting Contactor Group No. B9 Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Hall 216.00 0.98 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Hall 288.00 1.31 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in High Level Canopy 80.00 0.36 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Low Level Canopy 90.00 0.41 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Carpark Shelter 100.00 0.45 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Pantry 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. C1 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Canopy 12.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. C2 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Canopy 12.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. C3 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 4.00 0.02 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 32.50 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-Q) 19.50 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. C5 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Breastfeeding Room 132.00 0.60 Lighting Contactor Group No. B9 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in High Level Canopy 80.00 0.36 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Low Level Canopy 40.00 0.18 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Carpark Shelter 100.00 0.45 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
10 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
13 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE L&P-02b/0,A9-S,EDB1
LOCATION ELECTRICAL ROOM 2 (A9-S) 0.92 1.06 1.40 1.71
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Lobby (A9-S) 13.40 0.06 Lighting Contactor Group No. D1 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-T) 56.00 0.25 Lighting Contactor Group No. D2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Toilet (A9-T) 13.00 0.06 Lighting Contactor Group No. D3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Resting Area 30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. D4 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Resting Area 50.00 0.23 Lighting Contactor Group No. D4 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in POV Room 10.00 0.05 Controlled by DALI
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CCD Room 230.00 1.05 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CCD Room 230.00 1.05 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall Corridor 167.00 0.76 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall 10.00 0.05 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall 10.00 0.05 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall 20.00 0.09 Controlled by DALI
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall Corridor 0.00 0.00 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CMT Room 20.00 0.09 Controlled by DALI
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Reception 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. D6 Local Push Button
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A4-S) 10.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. D7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Lobby 30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. D8 Daylight Sensor
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Lobby 10.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. D8 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A3-T) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D9 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A3-S) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D10 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A3-S) 19.50 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. D10 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance 18.80 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. D11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-T) 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. D2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-T) 30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. D2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Resting Area 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. E1 Occupancy Sensor
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Toilet (A9-T) 13.00 0.06 Lighting Contactor Group No. D3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Resting Area 25.50 0.12 Lighting Contactor Group No. D4 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in POV Room 25.50 0.12 Controlled by DALI
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CCD Room 93.60 0.43 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CCD Room 42.50 0.19 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall Corridor 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall 210.00 0.95 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Hall 336.00 1.53 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in ADM Office 21.00 0.10 Lighting Contactor Group No. E2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in PA Room 7.50 0.03 Lighting Contactor Group No. E3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AEC Reception 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D6 Local Push Button
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A4-S) 6.50 0.03 Lighting Contactor Group No. D7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Lobby 59.50 0.27 Lighting Contactor Group No. D8 Daylight Sensor
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Lobby 120.00 0.55 Lighting Contactor Group No. D8 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A3-T) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D9 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet (A3-T) 6.50 0.03 Lighting Contactor Group No. D9 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A3-S) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D10 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance 18.80 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. D11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
11 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/0,A2-Q,FDB1
LOCATION LV Switch Room 1.87 1.87 3.34 3.28
Cct. RCCB/ Min. Cable Cable Connected Load Phase Control
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Fuel Filling Cabinet and Fuel Tank Room 56.80 0.26 Local Timer Switch
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Fuel Filling Cabinet and Fuel Tank Room 56.80 0.26 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Fuel Pump Room and Mobile Genset Socket Panel Room 61.90 0.28 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Fuel Pump Room and Mobile Genset Socket Panel Room 61.90 0.28 Local Timer Switch
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in FS Control Room, Genset Room and Lobby 134.00 0.61 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 1 100.50 0.46 Lighting Contactor Group No. A2 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pre-action Valve Chamber and Genset Room Lobby 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Water Pump and Tank Room 91.50 0.42 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in FS Control Room and Chiller Plant Room 100.50 0.46 Local Switch (FS Control Room)
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in MCC Chiller Room and Gas Bottle Cabinet 100.50 0.46 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in LV Switch Room and Pipe Duct (A2-P) 100.50 0.46 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CR 79 234.50 1.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. A3 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CR 79 268.00 1.22 Lighting Contactor Group No. A3 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cable Lead-in Cabinet 2 33.50 0.15 Local Timer Switch
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cable Lead-in Cabinet 2 33.50 0.15 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Locker Room 69.60 0.32 Lighting Contactor Group No. A6 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Locker Room Changing Room 1 17.40 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. F1 Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Locker Room Changing Room 1 17.40 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. F1 Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Locker Room 17.40 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. A5 Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Locker Room Changing Room 1 17.40 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. F3 Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Locker Room Changing Room 2 30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. F4 Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Exit Signs 9.00 0.04 Always On
10 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Covered Walkway 40.00 0.18 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Covered Walkway 70.00 0.32 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
13 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/0,A7-P,FDB1
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 3 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. B1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pantry 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. C1 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Hose Reel 7.00 0.03 Non-maintained
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room 1 and TBE Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room 1 and TBE Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 33.50 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet (A9-P) 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. B7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CC79A and Pipe Duct (A9-S) 80.00 0.36 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CC79A and Pipe Duct (A9-S) 30.50 0.14 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-Q) 30.50 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. B8 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-Q) 80.00 0.36 Lighting Contactor Group No. B8 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet Lobby (A9-P) 10.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. G1 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet Lobby (A9-P) 10.00 0.05 Lighting Contactor Group No. G1 Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Hose Reel 10.00 0.05 Non-maintained
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet Lobby (A9-Q) 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. G2 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet Lobby (A9-Q) 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. G2 Occupancy Sensor
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 7 0.00 0.00 Lighting Contactor Group No. B6 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-Q) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. C5 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-Q) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. C5 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Breastfeeding Room 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. B9 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A9-Q) 0.00 0.00 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cable Lead-in Cabinet 1 and CC79B 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cable Lead-in Cabinet 1 and CC79B 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AVSECO DSM Office 21.00 0.10 Lighting Contactor Group No. G3 Timeclock, Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
10 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AVSECO DSM Office 21.00 0.10 Lighting Contactor Group No. G3 Timeclock, Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
11 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Covered Walkway 100.00 0.45 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in High Level Canopy 60.00 0.27 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
12 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Low Level Canopy 60.00 0.27 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Low Level Canopy 20.00 0.09 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Carpark Shelter 80.00 0.36 Lighting Contactor Group No. A7 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Exit Signs and Directional Signs 12.00 0.05 Always On
14 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
16 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
C3403
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
17 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
18 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/0,A9-S,FDB1
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A9-S) 80.40 0.37 Lighting Contactor Group No. D1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room (A9-S) 13.40 0.06 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Main Hall 34.00 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A7-T and A5-T) 61.00 0.28 Local Timer Switch
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room 2 25.50 0.12 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room 2 51.00 0.23 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A9-Q) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Resting Area 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. E1 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Toilet (A9-T) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Toilet (A9-T) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Resting Area 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D4 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in POV Room 17.00 0.08 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CCD Room 46.80 0.21 Controlled by DALI
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Hall Corridor 25.50 0.12 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Hall 63.00 0.29 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Hall 84.00 0.38 Controlled by DALI
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Hall 63.00 0.29 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in ADM Office 42.00 0.19 Lighting Contactor Group No. E2 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A7-T and A5-T) 26.80 0.12 Local Timer Switch
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Hall Corridor 34.00 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. D5 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in PA Room 15.00 0.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. E3 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in CMT Room 46.80 0.21 Controlled by DALI
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Hose Reel 7.00 0.03 Non-Maintained
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AEC Reception 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D6 Local Push Button
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A4-T) 61.00 0.28 Local Timer Switch
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Disabled Toilet (A4-S) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D7 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Main Lobby 42.50 0.19 Lighting Contactor Group No. D8 Daylight Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A3-T) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. H1 Occupancy Sensor
10 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A3-T) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. H1 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A3-S) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. H2 Occupancy Sensor
11 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet (A3-T) 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. D9 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet (A3-S) 25.50 0.12 Lighting Contactor Group No. D10 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Main Hall 34.00 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Daylight Sensor and Time Clock
12 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A3-S) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. H3 Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A3-S) 30.50 0.14 Local Timer Switch
14 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Exit Signs and Directional Signs 0.00 0.00 Always On
15 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Exit Signs 6.00 0.03 Always On
16 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
C3403
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
17 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
18 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
19 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
20 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor, and Male Locker Room 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in AVSECO DSM Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Female Locker Room, and Cable Lead-in Room 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in CR79 5000.00 22.73 Ring Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for DALI Control in CR79 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for DALI Control in CR79 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in LV Switch Room 500.00 2.27 Ring Circuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Chiller Plant Room, and Water Pump and Tank Room Ring Circuit
1500.00 6.82
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in FS Control Room 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Chiller MCC Room, and Corridor 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
4 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13A S/O for Fuel Filling Cabinet, Fuel Tank Room, Fuel Pump
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH Ring Circuit
Room, and Mobile Genset Panel Room 2000.00 9.09
5 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Genset Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for DIU 160.00 0.73
6 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for DIU 40.00 0.18
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for CCTV 120.00 0.55
L1 2.27
7 L2 32 4x6 1C LSOH 32A TPN Isolator for Roller Shutter 1500.00 2.27
L3 2.27
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Summation Metering Cubicle in LV Switch Room 1000.00 4.55
9 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
11 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Main Hall Desk 3000.00 13.64 Radial Circuit
1 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Main Hall Desk 3000.00 13.64 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Hall Desk 2400.00 10.91 Radial Circuit
8 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Hall Desk 3000.00 13.64 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor, Breastfeeding Room, and Disable Toilet 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in LV Switch Room 500.00 2.27 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Male Toilet, and Female Toilet 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor, EL Room, and TBE Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Pantry 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Pantry 1500.00 6.82
13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in
3 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH
Breastfeeding Room and Female Toilet 60.00 0.27
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Water Tap in Female Toilet 1200.00 5.45
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Female Toilet 1500.00 6.82
4 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor in Female Toilet 160.00 0.73
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in Male Toilet
160.00 0.73
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Male Toilet 1500.00 6.82
5 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in Male Toilet
160.00 0.73
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Sliding Door in IAC Hall 200.00 0.91
6 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
7 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
11 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Lobby 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Male Toilet, and Female Toilet 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Disable Toilet 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Reception 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor, AEC Hall, and CMT Room 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Smart Glass 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in AEC Hall, and ADM 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in ADM Desk 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in AEC Hall, Corridor, and CCD Room 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in CCD Room Desk 4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
4 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in POV Room, and Resting Corner 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Toilet, and Disable Toilet 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in EL Room, Cable Lead-in Cabinet, and CR79B 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
5 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Resting Corner 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for CCTV 80.00 0.36
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Male Toilet 1500.00 6.82
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Female Toilet 1500.00 6.82
13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in Male Toilet
7 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH
and Female Toilet 1800.00 8.18
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Disable Toilet 1500.00 6.82
13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in Disable
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH
Toilet 400.00 1.82
13A FSU for Auto-Flushing Sensor, and Water Tap in Resting
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH
Corner, Toilet, and Disable Toilet 1400.00 6.36
9 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Toilet 1500.00 6.82
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for DALI Device 800.00 3.64
10 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02a/0,A2-Q,FDB2
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02a MAIN SWITCH 63A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
13A FSU for Preaction Valve Control Panel and Air Compressor in
L1 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH
Preaction Valve Cabinet 4500.00 20.45
13A FSU for Preaction Valve Control Panel and Air Compressor in
1 L2 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH
Preaction Valve Cabinet 4500.00 20.45
L3 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for Instrinsically Safe Detector Panel in Genset Room
500.00 2.27
L1 #32 4x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A S/O for FS Workstation in FS Control Room 500.00 2.27 Ring Ciruut
2 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for AFA Panel in FS Control Room 500.00 2.27
3 L2 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for NOVEC1230 Panel for CR79 500.00 2.27
L3 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for Control Panel Heater 500.00 2.27
L1 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for Alternator Heater 500.00 2.27
4 L2 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for Engine Heater 500.00 2.27
L3 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for Battery Charger 500.00 2.27
L1 20 Spare 0.00
5 L2 20 Spare 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00
L1 2.27
6 L2 32 4x6 1C LSOH 32A TPN Isolator for Fire Roller Shutter 1500.00 2.27
L3 2.27
L1 2.27
7 L2 32 4x6 1C LSOH 32A TPN Isolator for Fire Roller Shutter 1500.00 2.27
L3 2.27
L1 Space 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/0,A2-Q,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-006 for Pantry 370.00 1.68
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-009 for LV Switch Room 1100.00 5.00
L3 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-010 for Water Tank and Pump Room 1650.00 7.50
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-011 for Genset Room 550.00 2.50
2 L2 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 0.00 6.67
3 L2 32 4x16 1C LOSH LCP(M)-008 for Chiller MCC Room 4400.00 6.67
L3 0.00 6.67
L1 20 2x4 1C LOSH 13A FSU for FCU 450.00 2.05
4 L2 20 2x4 1C LOSH 13A FSU for FCU 750.00 3.41
L1 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/0,A7-P,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-002 for Nursing Room 370.00 1.68
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-003 for CC79A 370.00 1.68
L3 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-004 for EL Room 1 370.00 1.68
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-005 for TBE Room 370.00 1.68
2 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-015 for Male Toilet 3000.00 13.64
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
L1 Space 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/0,A9-S,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-001 for CC79B 370.00 1.68
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-012 for Resting Area 370.00 1.68
L3 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-013 for Male Toilet 1500.00 6.82
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-014 Accessible Toilet 740.00 3.36
2 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-016 EL Room 2 370.00 1.68
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-04/0,A3-Q,UDB1
FEEDER SUBSTATION 04 MAIN SWITCH RATING: 200A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LOCATION CR79 66.10 100.45 100.00 100.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CR79 2000.00 9.09
1 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CR79 2000.00 9.09
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
C3403
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP in CR79 100.00 0.45
13 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
16 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-04/0,A3-Q,UDB2
LOCATION CR79 66.10 100.45 100.00 100.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
C3403
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Airfield SCADA 100.00 0.45
13 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
16 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-04/0,A7-P,UDB1
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79A 2000.00 9.09
1 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79A 2000.00 9.09
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79B 2000.00 9.09
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79B 2000.00 9.09
2 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 20A FSU for AP in Corridor 100.00 0.45
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Printers 360.00 1.64
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 2085.00 9.48
3 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 2085.00 9.48
C3403
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
16 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-04/0,A7-P,UDB2
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79A 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
1 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79A 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79B 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CC79B 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
2 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 20A FSU for Airfield SCADA 100.00 0.45
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
3 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
C3403
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
16 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-04/0,A9-S,UDB1
6 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in CCD 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
7 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in CCD 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
8 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in CCD 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Printers 360.00 1.64 Radial Circuit
9 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
6 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in POV 2085.00 9.48 Ring Circuit
7 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O in POV 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O in POV 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-02a/0,A3-Q,UDB1
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02a MAIN SWITCH RATING: 32A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LOCATION CR79 15.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
13A FSU for Low Level Fuel Alarm Panel in Genset
L1 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH
Room 100.00
1 L2 20 Spare 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C FR/LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CR79 2000.00
2 L2 #32 2x6 1C FR/LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CR79 2000.00
L1 #32 4x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 1800.00
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in Main Hall 1800.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
L1 Space 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE COMMS-02a/0,A3-Q,UDB2
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02a MAIN SWITCH RATING: 32A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LOCATION CR79 16.80 0.00 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00
1 L2 #32 Spare 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
2 L2 #32 2x6 1C FR/LSOH 32A S/O for Comms Rack in CR79 2000.00
L1 Space 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
L1 Space 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE L&P-02b/1,A3-R,EDB1
LEVEL 1/F LOAD (kVA) L1 L2 L3
LOCATION ELECTRICAL ROOM 3 (A3-R) 2.61 3.96 4.03 3.88
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in UPS Room 268.00 1.22 Local Timer Switch
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in UPS Room 435.50 1.98 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staircase (A2-R) 53.60 0.24 Time Schedule
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in A/C Space 183.00 0.83 Local Timer Switch
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighitng in FS Pump & Tank Room 183.00 0.83 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AHU Room 569.50 2.59 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in AHU Room 268.00 1.22 Local Timer Switch
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 2 134.00 0.61 Lighting Contactor Group No. I1 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 1 167.50 0.76 Lighting Contactor Group No. I2 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in SES Control Room and Gas Bottle Room 60.30 0.27 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CAD Equipment Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in CAD Equipment Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Filing Room

92.10 0.42 Lighting Contactor Group No. I3 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighitng in Male Toilet Corridor 100.50 0.46 Lighting Contactor Group No. I4 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
Local Switch, Time Schedule and Occupancy
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Male Toilet
30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. I5 Sensor
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
7 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 3 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. J1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staircase (A8-P) 48.00 0.22 Time Schedule
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in MAF Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
Occupancy Sensor, Local Push Button,
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staff Resting Area
17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. J2 Daylight Sensor
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staff Resting Area
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 3 157.20 0.71 Lighting Contactor Group No. J1 Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Hall 600.60 2.73 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Main Hall 686.40 3.12 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
7 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staircase (A8-P) 48.00 0.22 Time Schedule
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in MAF Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
5 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
7 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 4 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in EL Room 5 13.40 0.06 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-T)
15.00 0.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. K2 Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet Corridor 26.40 0.12 Lighting Contactor Group No. K3 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Viewing Gallery 143.00 0.65 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Viewing Gallery 182.00 0.83 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Briefing Room 280.80 1.28 Controlled by DALI
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Briefing Room 8.50 0.04 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Viewing Gallery Corridor 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K6 Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Lobby 52.40 0.24 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Lobby 51.00 0.23 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in ADM Support Room

84.00 0.38 Lighting Contactor Group No. K5 Local Push Button and Occupancy Sensor
6 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Maintenance Walkway 213.50 0.97 Locak Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Maintenance Walkway 213.50 0.97 Locak Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Maintenance Walkway 213.50 0.97 Locak Switch
8 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Corridor 4 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Staircase (A9-S) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-T)
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Female Toilet Corridor 13.10 0.06 Lighting Contactor Group No. K3 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Briefing Room 8.50 0.04 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Viewing Gallery Corridor 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K6 Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Lobby 70.74 0.32 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Entrance Lobby 34.00 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in ADM Support Room

L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
7 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/1,A3-R,FDB1
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
1 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in UPS Room 134.00 0.61 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A2-R) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A2-R) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Check Meter Cabinet 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in FS Pump and Tank Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in AHU Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A3-S) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A3-S) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 2 67.00 0.30 Occupancy Sensor
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 1 100.50 0.46 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Gas Bottle Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room (A3-R) 33.50 0.15 Local Timer Switch
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room (A3-R) 33.50 0.15 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in SES Control Room 26.80 0.12 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Filing Room

61.40 0.28 Lighting Contactor Group No. I3 Local Timer Switch and Occupancy Sensor
7 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A3-P) 26.80 0.12 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A3-P) 26.80 0.12 Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A6-P) and Pipe Duct (A4-P) 61.00 0.28 Local Timer Switch
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Local Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet
30.00 0.14 Lighting Contactor Group No. I5 Sensor
11 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Disabled Toilet
15.00 0.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. N1 Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Disabled Toilet
C3403
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Male Shower
12 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Male Shower
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Male Toilet Corridor 100.50 0.46 Lighting Contactor Group No. I4 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Pipe Duct (A5-P) 13.40 0.06 Local Timer Switch
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
16 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
17 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
18 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/1,A7-P,FDB1
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 3 85.00 0.39 Lighting Contactor Group No. J1 Occupancy Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Hose Reel 7.00 0.03 Non-maintained
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in EL Room 4 33.50 0.15 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Store 33.50 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. L1 Occupancy Sensor, Local Timer Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Store 33.50 0.15 Lighting Contactor Group No. L1 Occupancy Sensor, Local Timer Switch
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A8-P) 24.00 0.11 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A8-P) 24.00 0.11 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in MAF Room 67.00 0.30 Local Timer Switch
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH
Emergency Lighting in Staff Resting Area 76.50 0.35 Lighting Contactor Group No. J2 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staff Resting Area
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staff Resting Area
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH
Emergency Lighting in Staff Resting Area 17.00 0.08 Lighting Contactor Group No. J2 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Main Hall 257.40 1.17 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
6 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Maintenance Walkway 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Maintenance Walkway 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02b/1,A9-S,FDB1
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Corridor 4 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K1 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A9-S) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Staircase (A9-S) 26.80 0.12 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Pipe Duct (A9-T) 61.00 0.28 Local Timer Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet (A9-T)
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Disabled Toilet
15.00 0.07 Lighting Contactor Group No. M1 Sensor
3 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Disabled Toilet
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Shower
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Shower
4 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cleaner's Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Cleaner's Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Local Switch
5 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Lighting Contactor Group No. L2 Local Switch
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Sleeping Quarters 52.20 0.24 Lighting Contactor Group No. L3 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Female Toilet Corridor 42.00 0.19 Lighting Contactor Group No. M3 Time Schedule and Occupancy Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Viewing Gallery 104.00 0.47 Controlled by DALI
8 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting for Hose Reel 7.00 0.03 Non-maintained
9 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Briefing Room 93.60 0.43 Controlled by DALI
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Briefing Room 25.50 0.12 Controlled by DALI
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A4-S) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. M4 Occupancy Sensor
10 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Lobby (A4-S) 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. M4 Occupancy Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Entrance Lobby 8.50 0.04 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Viewing Gallery Corridor 51.00 0.23 Lighting Contactor Group No. K6 Occupancy Sensor
11 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Entrance Lobby 68.00 0.31 Lighting Contactor Group No. K4 Daylight Sensor
L3 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in ADM Support Room

12 L2 10 2x2.5 1C FR/LSOH Emergency Lighting in Main Hall 257.40 1.17 Lighting Contactor Group No. B11 Local Push Button, Occupancy Sensor
C3403
14 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
15 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
16 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
17 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
18 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE L&P-02b/1,A3-R,EDB2
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Sleeping Quarters 3000.00 13.64 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Sleeping Quarters 3000.00 13.64 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Sleeping Quarters 3000.00 13.64 RIng Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Male Toilet and Disable Toilet 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in AHU Room 2000.00 9.09 RIng Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Filing Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
13A S/O in Gas Bottle Room (UPS), EL Room 3 and SES Control
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH
Room 1500.00 6.82 RIng Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in UPS Room 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
4 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in FS Pump & Tank Room 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor 1000.00 4.55 RIng Circuit
5 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in CAD Equipment Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Male Toilet 1500.00 6.82
13A FSU for Water Tap and Auto Flushing Sensor in Male Toilet
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH
and Disable Toilet 1600.00 7.27
7 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for CCTV 20.00 0.09
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 63 2x35 1C LSOH 63A SPN Isolator in CAD Equipment Room for Battery Charger
2500.00 11.36
8 L2 63 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Common Area 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Common Area 3000.00 13.64 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in MAF Room, Store and EL Room 4 2000.00 9.09 RIng Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Maintenance Walkway 2500.00 11.36 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Maintenance Walkway 2500.00 11.36 RIng Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Common Area 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
3 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 63 2x35 1C LSOH 63A SPN Isolator in CAD Equipment Room for Battery Charger
2500.00 11.36
4 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Sleeping Quarters 3000.00 13.64 Ring Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Female Toilet and Disable Toilet 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Viewing Gallery 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Briefing/Lecture Room 3000.00 13.64 Ring Circuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in 1/F Lobby 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in ADM Support Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in ADM Support Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
4 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in ADM Support Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Corridor and EL Room 5 1500.00 6.82 Ring Circuit
13A FSU for Water Tap and Auto Flushing Sensor in Female Toilet
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH
and Disable Toilet 1200.00 5.45
5 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for Hand Dryer in Female Toilet 1500.00 6.82
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for CCTV in Viewing Gallery 20.00 0.09
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for DALI Device 800.00 3.64
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Smart Glass 1000.00 4.55
7 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Smart Glass 1000.00 4.55
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EL&P-02a/1,A3-R,FDB2
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02a MAIN SWITCH 63A TP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
L1 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for NOVEC1230 Panel in Gas Bottle Room (UPS Room)
500.00 2.27
1 L2 20 2x4 1C FR/LSOH 13A FSU for NOVEC1230 Panel outside CAD Equipment Room 500.00 2.27
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
2 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/1,A3-R,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-105 for Accessible Toilet 1100.00 5.00
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-107 for El Room 3 740.00 3.36
L3 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-109 for FS Pump and Tank Room 2600.00 11.82
L1 } } } } 0.00 0.00
2 L2 32 4x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-112 for AC Space 3000.00 13.64
L3 } } } } 0.00 0.00
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-113 for CAD Equipment Room 370.00 1.68
3 L2 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
5 L2 20 2x4 1C LOSH 13A FSU for FCU in CAD Equipment Room 450.00 2.05
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/1,A7-P,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-102 for Staff Common Room 370.00 1.68
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-104 for EL Room 5 370.00 1.68
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE MS-02b/1,A9-S,EDB1
L1 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-101 for Accessible Shower Room 370.00 1.68
1 L2 32 2x10 1C LOSH LCP(M)-108 for EL Room 4 370.00 1.68
L3 32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
5 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
LOCATION UPS Room 36.76 0.06 0.06 0.06
13A S/O for TV, Laptop and Phone Conference in CMT
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH
Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Projector in CMT Room 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in PA Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in PA Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in ADM Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in ADM Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in AVSECO Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in AVSECO Room 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in AEC Support 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
4 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in AEC Support 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
5 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in AEC Support 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
6 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in Lecture/Briefing 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Comms Equipment in Lecture/Briefing 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L1 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP 100.00 0.45
7 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP 100.00 0.45
8 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Printers 360.00 1.64
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00
9 L2 #32 Spare 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00
10 L2 #32 Spare 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
L1 Space 0.00
11 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
C3403
L1 Space 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00
L3 Space 0.00
# With 30mA RCD
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in Main Hall 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in Main Hall 2000.00 9.09 Ring Cirucuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Reception 500.00 2.27 Ring Cirucuit
5 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
6 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
7 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP 100.00 0.45
8 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
6 L2 #32 Spare 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in AEC Hall 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
7 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in AEC Hall 2085.00 9.48 Radial Circuit
9 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in AEC Hall 1620.00 7.36 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall and Central Table in AEC Hall
1620.00 7.36 Radial Circuit
L1 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP in AEC Hall 100.00 0.45
L3 20 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Printers 240.00 1.09 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in AEC Hall Work Bench 500.00 2.27 Radial Circuit
C3403
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
6 L2 #32 Spare 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00
9 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in AEC Hall 1620.00 7.36 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall and Central Table in AEC Hall
1620.00 7.36 Radial Circuit
L1 20 2x6 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP in AEC Hall 100.00 0.45
10 L2 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Worksation in AEC Hall Work Bench 500.00 2.27 Radial Circuit
C3403
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Printers 0.00 0.00 Ring Circuit
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
C3403
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
C3403
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE HKPF-02b/1,A1-T,NDB1
LOCATION Police Equipment Room 16.43 31.76 19.06 27.58
Lighting Contactor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Police Equipment Room
134.00 0.61 Group No. C16 Local Switch and Photocell Sensor
1 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Police Equipment Room 160.00 0.73 Local Switch
L3 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Police Equipment Room 68.00 0.31 Local Switch and Photocell Sensor
L1 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Police Observation Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
2 L2 10 2x2.5 1C LSOH Lighting in Police Observation Room 33.50 0.15 Local Switch
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
3 L2 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 10 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Police Equipment Room and Police Observation Room
4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
4 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Police Equipment Room and Police Observation Room
4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Police Equipment Room for Comms Equipment 6000.00 27.27 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O in Police Observation Room for Comms Equipment 2000.00 9.09 Ring Circuit
5 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 16 2x4 1C LSOH LCP(M)-106 for Police Equipment Room 370.00 1.68
6 L2 16 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 16 Spare 0.00 0.00
7 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
8 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE CLP-A1/0,A1-P,NDB1
FEEDER SUBSTATION Transformer A1 MAIN SWITCH 60A 4P SW 20-Mar-2019
LOCATION Transformer Room A 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Refer to CLP Code of Practice 101
# With 30mA RCBO

C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE CLP-B1/0,A2-P,NDB1
FEEDER SUBSTATION Transformer B1 MAIN SWITCH 60A 4P SW 20-Mar-2019
LOCATION Transformer Room B 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Refer to CLP Code of Practice 101
# With 30mA RCBO

C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE CAD-02b/1,A3-R,EDB1
DB TYPE 6-way, SPN BUSBAR RATING: 100A SPN A
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02b MAIN SWITCH 63A DP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LEVEL 1/F LOAD (kVA)
LOCATION CAD Equipment Room 8.00 36.36
Ref. MCB (A) (mm2) Type Description Load (VA) Remarks Code
1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 32A S/O for Battery Charger at Equipment Rack 2000.00 9.09 Radial Circuit
5 #32 Spare
6
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE CAD-02b/1,A3-R,EDB2
DB TYPE 6-way, SPN BUSBAR RATING: 100A SPN A
FEEDER SUBSTATION 02b MAIN SWITCH 63A DP AI SW 20-Mar-2019
LEVEL 1/F LOAD (kVA)
LOCATION CAD Equipment Room 8.00 36.36
Ref. Phases MCB (A) (mm2) Type Description Load (VA) Remarks Code
5 #32 Spare
6
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Primary IAC
DB REFERENCE EV-02b/0,A9-S,EDB1
LEVEL G/F LOAD (kVA)
Ref. MCB (A) (mm2) Type Description Load (VA) Remarks Code
L1 #32 1x10 2C XLPE/SWA/LSOH 32A 5 Pin S/O for EV Charger 7000.00 31.82
1 L2 #32 1x10 2C XLPE/SWA/LSOH 32A 5 Pin S/O for EV Charger 7000.00 31.82
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
APPENDIX C1.2 – 14B - PART A – MCB BOARDS AT EXISTING BACK UP
IAC

3133 - Backup IAC
DB REFERENCE UPSPC3
DB TYPE 10WAY, TPN BUSBAR RATING: 100A TPN A
FEEDER SUBSTATION LV Switchboard at LV Switchroom MAIN SWITCH RATING: 100A TPN AI SW 12-Mar-2019
LOCATION CC78A 42.20 63.64 64.09 64.09
L1 20 Spare 0.00 0.00
8 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP in SOCC 100.00 0.45
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for SCADA in UPS Room 100.00 0.45
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Backup IAC
DB REFERENCE UPSPC4
FEEDER SUBSTATION LV Switchboard at LV Switchroom MAIN SWITCH RATING: 100A TPN AI SW 12-Mar-2019
LOCATION CR78A 43.00 65.91 64.09 65.45
8 L2 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for AP in SOCC 100.00 0.45
L3 20 2x4 1C LSOH 13A FSU for MBMS in A/C Plant 400.00 1.82
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
9 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
10 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
11 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
12 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Spare 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Backup IAC
DB REFERENCE UPSPMW5
DB TYPE UPS 200A TPN A

BUSBAR RATING:
FEEDER SUBSTATION 4WAY, TPN MAIN SWITCH RATING: 12-Mar-2019

160A TPN AI SW
LOCATION CR78 11.40 15.45 18.18 18.18
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in AEC Support Room 1800.00 8.18 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Workstation in AEC Support Room 4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Workstation in AEC Support Room 4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 2x6 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in Main Hall 1600.00 7.27
2 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Backup IAC
DB REFERENCE UPSPMW6
DB TYPE UPS 200A TPN A

BUSBAR RATING:
FEEDER SUBSTATION 4WAY, TPN MAIN SWITCH RATING: 12-Mar-2019

160A TPN AI SW
LOCATION CR78 7.40 15.45 18.18 0.00
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in AEC Hall 1800.00 8.18 Ring Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Workstation in AEC Support Room 4000.00 18.18 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Video Wall in Main Hall 1600.00 7.27 Ring Circuit
2 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
3 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
4 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
3133 - Backup IAC
DB REFERENCE PG2
FEEDER SUBSTATION LV Switchboard at LV Switchroom MAIN SWITCH RATING: 12-Mar-2019

100A TPN AI SW

L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Main Hall 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
1 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for Main Hall 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
2 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for ADM Office 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for ADM Office 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for ADM Office 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
3 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Hall 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Hall 1000.00 4.55 Radial Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for CMT Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
8 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Support 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Support 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
9 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for AEC Support 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for PA 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
10 L2 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for CCD Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L3 #32 4x4 1C LSOH 13A S/O for CCD Room 1000.00 4.55 Ring Circuit
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
11 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
12 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L1 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
13 L2 #32 Spare 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
L1 Space 0.00 0.00
C3403
14 L2 Space 0.00 0.00
L3 Space 0.00 0.00
# With 30mA RCBO
C3403
APPENDIX C1.3 – LUMINAIRE & LIGHTING CONTROL DATASHEETS

Project Name TRC - HKIA Third Runway Concourse - IAC Contract 3133
LI-001
Area IAC Main Hall
Luminaire Name Fixed Recessed Downlight
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with C.O.B. technology. Fixture with 30° beam angle and the LED unit in neutral
white colour 4000K. Fxture to be tilted, related to the horizontal plane, at 0°. Including remote electronic ballast. Ballast to be
located at maintenance catwalks at dry, ventilated and accessible location.
Lamp Specification Architectural

• Lamp Type LED COB • Dimensions/Cutout ø226mm x (H) 150 mm / ø212,
• Lamp Wattage 42.9 W • Materials die-cast aluminum
• Beam Angle 30° • Colour Finish to match with ceiling
• Base/Socket - • Weight 2 kg
• Luminaire/System Lumen 4730 lm (lamp) • Mounting Recessed
• Colour Temperature/CRI 4000K / 80 • IP Rating IP20
• Lifetime 50,000h - L80 - B10 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• Colour Consistency 2 MacAdams Ellipse
• UGR <10
Accessories Electrical
• Brackets/Mounting Structure torison spring • Voltage/V AC 100-240V
• Glare Protection no glare reflector • System Load/W 42.9 W
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver Remote
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 80%
Control • Ballast Lost/W 2.9 W
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:
• Fixture to be connected with plug connector between fixture and driver for quick maintenance
• Luminaire to be mounted in customade cases and must be maintainable from behind the ceiling.
• Contractor shall provide installation detail and to coordinate with interior designer and lighting consultant
• Contractor shall include cables, connection and accessories as site situation requires.
• Fixture require fire certification to comply with FSD PPA/104. Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable.
• Customised cable length to be ~5-6 meter to reach remote located drivers.
Contract 3403_Particular Specification page 1 AA 25

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works
LI-001a
Area IAC Main Hall
General Description
white colour 4000K. Fxture to be tilted, related to the horizontal plane, at -15°/ 15°. Including remote electronic ballast. Ballast to
be located at maintenance catwalks at dry, ventilated and accessible location.

• Lamp Type LED COB • Dimensions/Cutout ø226mm x (H) 150 mm / ø212,
• Lamp Wattage 42.9 W • Materials die-cast aluminum
• Base/Socket - • Weight 2 kg
• UGR <10
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 80%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:
• Luminaire to be mounted in customade cases and must be maintainable from behind the ceiling.
• Customised cable length to be ~5-6 meter to reach remote located drivers.

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-002
Area POV room, entrance lobby, AEC reception, AEC, corridor
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 40o and the LED unit in
neutral white colour 4000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout ø49mm x (H) 111 mm / ø40mm
• Lamp Wattage 8.5 W • Materials extruded aluminum
• Base/Socket - • Weight 0.15 kg
• Colour Temperature/CRI 4000K / >80 • IP Rating IP20
• Lifetime - • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• Colour Consistency -
• UGR 16.4
• Glare Protection Non Glare Reflector • System Load/W 10 W
• Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming); on/off
• LOR 72%
• Ballast Lost/W 1.5 W
Illustration Control
• Dali Dimmable 1-100%
POV Room
• On/Off ADM Office

Corridor
AEC Reception
Entrance Lobby
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-003
Area Toilet, staff lounge, resting area, nursing roon, corridor
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 40o and the LED unit in warm
white colour 3000K. Including remote electronic ballast.

• UGR 16.4
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 72%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-004
Area Toilet
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 20o and the LED unit in warm
white colour 3000K.

• UGR 16.4
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 77%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
LI-005
Area Staff common room Tagora Suspension 80 - Led 36° 3
Luminaire Name Suspended Light
DESIGN BY
General Description
S./R.
Suspended luminaire in different two-colored. Steel suspension cables allowing quick adjustment, 2 metre length. Fixture with 20o Cornelisse
and the LED unit in warml white colour 3000K.
DESCRIPTIO
Lamp Specification Architectural Series of suspe
• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout ø80mm x (H) 330 mm output LEDs, R
• Lamp Wattage 10 W • Materials aluminum available in dif
• Beam Angle 20° • Colour Finish to match with ceiling black/blue.Stee
• Base/Socket - • Weight 1.1 kg high-output sp
• Luminaire/System Lumen 1027 lm (lamp) • Mounting Suspended 270 LED uses a
• Colour Temperature/CRI 3000K / >90 • IP Rating IP20 to create defin
• Lifetime - • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed come with a PM
• Colour Consistency - sources.Monoc
• UGR - electronic pow
Accessories Electrical lighting availab
• Brackets/Mounting Structure IP20 cables • Voltage/V
Steel suspension Dimmerable: 220V-240V and 970 fluore
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 14 W
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver Integrated
• Dimming on/off
• LOR -
Control
TECHNICAL DRAWINGS FEATURES
 • Ballast Lost/W 4W
• ON/OFF PRODUCT DATA SHEET Article Code:
PRODUCT CODE:
Colour:
Illustration Tagora Suspension 80 - Led 36° 3000K - Grey/White - Dimmable Dali
Installation:
DESIGN BY
S./R. Cornelissen
DIMENSION
DESCRIPTION
Height:
Series of suspended luminaires available in 4 diameters (80 mm, 270 mm, 570 mm, 970 mm), usi
Weight:
output LEDs, Retrofit LEDs, 12V halogen lamps, metal halide and fluorescent sources.Aluminium
available in different two-coloured versions: beige/white, grey/white, black/orange, black/vert and
Base Diamete
black/blue.Steel suspension cables allowing quick adjustment, 2 metre length.Tagora 80 and 270
high-output spot light with aluminium optics. 2 beam angles for LED versions and 3 for HIT versio
Max Height fr
270 LED uses a proprietary system based on a hybrid combined lens and reflector optic. This syst
to create defined narrow beams using high-powered LED modules of large dimensions.Tagora 57
come with a PMMA diffuser, offering a comfortable diffused light. LED versions use high-output
INCLUDED
sources.Monochromatic LED option with warm white (3000 K) and neutral white (4000 K) tones.In
electronic power supply, dimmable or non-dimmable options, depending on the version. Emerge
lighting available on Tagora 570 fluorescent option.Option of double light emission available on T
IP20 Dimmerable: Category:
and 970 fluorescent modules.Compliant with standard EN60598-1 and other specific standards.
Additional Notes: Number:

• Fixture to be connected with plug connector between fixture and driver for quick maintenance Watt:
• Contractor shall provide installation
TECHNICAL detail and to coordinate with interior
DRAWINGS designer and lighting consultant
FEATURES
Type:
• Contractor shall include cables, connection and accessories as site situation
Article requires.
Code: AB04156 Material: Aluminium
• Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable. Colour: Gray/White Series: Class: Indoor
Installation: Suspension
DIMENSIONS LUMINAIRE
Height: cm 33 Glow Wire Test: 960
Weight: kg 1.1
Contract 3403_Particular Specification 6
pageDiameter:
Base cm 10 AAPower
25
08 // 02 19Supply
03 // 19
Max Height from ceiling: cm 200 Trasformer av
INCLUDED SOURCES Watt:
Category: LED Voltage:
Color temperature (K): 3000K
LI-007
Area Staff common room
Luminaire Name Suspended Light
General Description
Suspended luminaire in different two-colored. Steel suspension cables allowing quick adjustment, 2 metre length. Fixture with 40o
and the LED unit in warm white colour 3000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout ø570mm x (H) 190 mm
• Lamp Wattage 40 W • Materials aluminum
• Luminaire/System Lumen 3593 lm (lamp) • Mounting Suspended
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure Steel suspension cables • Voltage/V 220V-240V
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 58 W
• Dimming on/off
• LOR -
Control • Ballast Lost/W 18 W
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-008
Area AEC
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with C.O.B, technology. Fixture with 42° beam angle and super comfort reflec-
tor. LED unit in neutral white colour 4000K. Including remote electronic ballast. Ballast to be located at maintenance catwalks at
dry, ventilated and accessible location.

• Lamp Wattage 21 W • Materials die-cast aluminium
• Luminaire/System Lumen 2247 lm • Mounting Recessed
• UGR <10
• Brackets/Mounting Structure torison spring • Voltage/V -
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 75%
Illustration Control
AEC
Briefing Room
• On/Off ADM
AVSECO DSM OFFICE
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-008a
Area AEC
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Customised to mounting box. Recessed in customized mounting box (byArchitects) Luminaire
complete with C.O.B, technology. Fixture with 42° beam angle and super comfort reflector. LED unit in neutral white colour 4000K.
20 deg tilt

• Beam Angle 42° • Colour Finish to catch with ceiling
• Luminaire/System Lumen 2247 lm • Mounting Recessed
• UGR <10
• Brackets/Mounting Structure torison spring • Voltage/V -
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 75%
• Dimming (DALI) 1-100%
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-009
Area PA room
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 20o and the LED unit in
neutral white colour 4000K.

• Lamp Wattage 7.5 W • Materials aluminum
• UGR <13
• Glare Protection Non Glare Reflector • System Load/W 8.5 W
• Dimming on-off
• LOR 95%
Control • Ballast Lost/W 1W
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-010
Area Viewing gallery
Luminaire Name Adjsutable Recessed Downlight
General Description
Recessed mounted adjustable downlight. Fixture to be tilted, relative to the horizontal plane at -30°/ 30°. Luminaire complete with
Non Glare Reflector technology. Fixture with 30° beam angle and the LED unit in neutral white colour 4000K.

• Lamp Wattage 13 W • Materials aluminium
• Lifetime - • Adjustable/Fixed Adjustable
• Colour Consistency - • Tilt/Rotational Angle -30°/+30°
• UGR -
DOWNLIGHT O SERIES
• Brackets/Mounting Structure
• Glare Protection
torison spring
no glare reflector
• Voltage/V
• System Load/W
11311
AC 100-240V
16 W
PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming)
• LOR 34%
Control • Ballast Lost/W 3W
Illustration
11311
DRAWING DATA
l luminaire, O3 series.
rovides strong heat dissipation.
hnology providing comfort and

White optional)
Product ordering number 11311C-827H-015-030

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
11311C-830H-015-030
11311C-840H-015-030
Additional Notes:
SMPS
DATA
mm Contract
Ø96 X H86 3403_Particular Specification page 11 AA 25
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Kg 0.3Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification
V AC 100~240V
NOTES
W 16 (with power supply unit)
W 13 Attention Read carefully before installing.
The safety of this fixture is guaranteed only if you comply with these instructions. Save these instructions for future use.
LI-011
Area Staircases
Luminaire Name Surface Mounted Spotlight
General Description
Surface mounted luminaire with 1 miniaturised adjustable spotlights. Fixture to be tilted and rotated by 90°and 360°. Luminaire
complete with Non Glare Reflector technology. Fixture with 42o and the LED unit in warm white colour 3000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 175mm x (W)47mm x (H) 112 mm
• Luminaire/System Lumen 584.8 lm • Mounting Surface Mounted
• Lifetime 49,000h - L80 - B10 • Adjustable/Fixed Adjustable
• Colour Consistency 2 MacAdams Ellipse • Tilt/Rotational Angle 90°/360°
• UGR < 19
• Brackets/Mounting Structure n/a • Voltage/V -
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 15.8 W
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver Intergrated
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 68%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-012
Area Toilet, breast feeding room
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 25° beam angle and the
LED unit in warm white colour 3000K.

• Lamp Wattage 2W • Materials extruded aluminum
• UGR 18.1
• Glare Protection Non Glare Reflector • System Load/W 3.5 W
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 65%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:
• Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable.

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-013
Area CCD room, CMT room, ADM support room, AVSECO DSM office, briefing room, corridor
General Description
Recessed mounted downlight. Luminaire complete with Non Glare Refelctor technology. Fixture with 55° beam angle and the
LED unit in neutral white colour 4000K.

H11150
• UGR 16.4
• Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming); on/off
• LOR 70%
Control
H11150
Illustration
CMT Room
CCD Room
Briefing Room
• On/Off AVSECO DSM Office

system.
ADM Support Room
nd
Corridor
Product ordering number H11150C-827C-010-055

H11150C-830C-010-055
H11150C-840C-010-055
IONS
Additional Notes:
SMPS • Fixture require fire certification to comply with FSD PPA/104. Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable.

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
unit) Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification
LI-100
Area Corridor
Luminaire Name Surface Mounted Linear Fixture
General Description
Surface mounted LED Linear fixture, iIncluding integrated electronic ballast. Luminaire complete with LED unit neutral white colour
4000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 305mm x (W)42mm x (H) 50.5 mm
• Lamp Wattage 13.1 W/m • Materials extruded aluminum
• Beam Angle 15°x 65° • Colour Finish N/A
• Base/Socket - • Weight 2.26 kg/m
OV ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R | L 50 G R A ZE
• Luminaire/System Lumen 987 lm/m (lamp) • Mounting Surface Mounted
• Colour Temperature/CRI
D AT E PROJECT
4000K / >80 • IP Rating
FIRM
IP54 TYPE
• Lifetime OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 70,000h - L70 - C50 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed

Masking Plates
• Colour Consistency
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 12 inch,2L50
MacAdams Ellipse
& L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48
Masking Plates needed = One 12” lens is needed per 12” fixture and one 48” lens
is needed per 48” fixture.
I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R | L 50 G R A ZE
• UGR
V ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G
Landscape Stake
-
Accessories Landscape Stake, 12 inch, TROV, FSet
Landscape Stake, 6 inch, TROV, Set of 2 ..................................
Electrical
LS-L-STK-06 Landscape Stakes needed = 12” and 48” fixtures both need one set of 2.
TE PROJECT IRM TYPE
of 2 .................................. LS-L-STK-12
Landscape Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18
PTIONAL ACCESSORIES • Brackets/Mounting Structure flat head screw • Voltage/V AC 100-277V
asking Plates Wire Box
• Glare
asking Plate, 3 inch high, Protection
12 inch, L50 Conduit Connection, Wire
& L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12 Box, n/a
Masking Plates needed = One 12” lens • System
TROV, Interior Only, L50 is needed per 12”Load/W
...........CC-L-WIREBOX fixture and one 48” lens 13.2 W/m
Wire box can be used instead of a leader cable to start a run. 1/2” conduit
fitting can attach directly to the box on one end and the fixture to the other.
asking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48 is needed per 48” fixture.
• Lenses D I M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G n/a • Power Supply/Driver Integrated
andscape Stake
andscape Stake, 6 inch, TROV, Set of 2 .................................. LS-L-STK-06
• Dimming
Landscape Stakes needed = 12” and 48” fixtures both need one set of 2.
12 47.3
OV ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G
on/off I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R
[304.8] [1201]
andscape Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18
• LOR - D AT E PROJECT FIRM 2.59
Control
45° [65.9]
Wire Box
1.99 2.14
1.64 [50.5] [54.5]
onduit Connection, Wire Box, TROV, Interior Only, L50 ...........CC-L-WIREBOX [41.7] Wire box can be used instead of a leader cable to start a run. 1/2” conduit
fitting can attach directly toOPTIONAL the box onACCESSORIES
one end and the fixture to the other.
• ON/OFF Masking Plates 1.64
[41.6]
1.64
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 12 inch, [41.6]
L50 & L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12 2.21
Masking
[56.1]
Plates needed = One 12” lens is needed per 12” fix
M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G [ASYMMETRIC]
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48 is needed per 48” fixture.
Illustration 12
[304.8]
47.3
[1201]
2
[50.2]
Landscape Stake
90°
180°
LS-L-STK-06
180°
Landscape Stakes needed = 12” and 48” fixtures both need
2.25
[57.1]
Landscape Stake, 12 inch, TROV, Set of 2 .................................. LS-L-STK-12
I O N S • O R D ER I N G I NTER I O R + E X TER I O R | L 50 G RLandscape
A ZE 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18
Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2.59
45° [65.9] 1.38 1.53
1.99 2.14 [34.9] [38.9]
1.64 6.00 [50.5] [54.5]
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[41.7] [151.7] Wire Box

0. 2]
[
22
T FIRM TYPE 2.64 2.90

Conduit Connection, Wire Box, TROV, Interior
[67.0] Only, L50 ...........CC-L-WIREBOX
[73.7] Wire box2.90can be used instead of a leader cable to start a
[73.7]
fitting can attach directly to the box on one end and the fi
1.64 12.00 1.64
47.3
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[41.6] [41.6] 2.21 [ASYMMETRIC]

[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
D OPTICAL DESIG N THAT [56.1]
[ASYMMETRIC]
E OF B E AM ANG LE OPTIONS D I M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G
R A ZING , WALL WASHING
2 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01 180°
ONS[50.2]
. E XCLUSIVE FLIP TO [51.1] [25.4] 180°
12 47.3
90° [25.4] [51.1]
2.25 [304.8] [1201]
DES FLE XIBILIT Y WH EN [57.1]
AIL S . TROV OFFERS 41.3
[1049] 45°
MING DOWN TO 0% . 1.38 1.53 1.99 2.14
6.00 1.64 29.3 [34.9] 6.00 [38.9] [50.5] [54.5]
6.00 [151.7] [41.7] [744.6] [151.7]
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[151.7]
0. 2]
[
22
2.64 2.90
PHASE [67.0] [73.7] 2.90 1.64
1.64
[73.7] [41.6] [41.6] 2.21
12.00 47.3 [56.1
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[ASYMMETRIC] [ASYMMETRIC]
[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
2 180°
[50.2] * 4FT FIXTURE 90°
2.25
S 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01 0.27 0.13 [57.1]
[51.1] [25.4] [25.4] [51.1] [6.89 3.30]
TERIOR OPTIONS
1.38
[34.9]
41.3 6.00
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[1049] [151.7]
0. 2]
[
R/ LENGTH POWER CCT CRI VOLTAGE OPTICS

22
2.64 2.90
6.00 29.3 6.00 [67.0] [73.7]
R [151.7] [744.6] [151.7]
12.00 47.3
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[
[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
12" 02 WHITE MONO 80 MULT GRAZING WASHING 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01
48" AdditionalCCT
04 Notes:Fine
COLOR Adjustable
90* Bracket: (120-277V)
9x9
9 x 17
25 x 25
25 x 33
[51.1] [25.4] [25.4] [51.1]
06 22 GR**** Blank For Color

9 x 29 25 x 45
* 4FT FIXTURE 41.3
• Length
08 27
to beBL
coordinated by contractor as required 9 x 59
to match
0.27 0.13
15 x 15
lighting layout.
25 x 75
39 x 9 6.00
[1049]
29.3 6.00
[6.89 3.30] [151.7] [744.6] [151.7]
15 x 23 55 x 25
• Fixture to be connected with plug connector between
10 30 AM 15 x 35
15 x 65
fixture40and
40 x40
x 48
driver45°
for quick maintenance 75° 165°
12 35 RD*** 15° 2.78 40 x 60 2.66
• Contractor40 shall provide[62.8]installation detail and toCOVE
2.47
coordinate 40
[70.7]
120** with
45
x 90
x 15 interior designer
[67.5] and lighting consultant
50 Asym 70 x 40 2.30
• Contractor shall include cables, connection and 0.61

accessories
LINE OF LIGHT
LOL
as site situation requires.
70 x 70 [58.5]
* 4FT FIXTURE
15° 15° 15° 0.27 0.13 15°
[15.5] [6.89 3.30]
27-90-MULT-15x65 *90 CRi not • available
Fixture backed
in 2200K
able in 12W or 10W. ****Green is not available in 12W.
up by
or 5000K **120CBS
is onlywhere
available applicable.
with Exterior option. See L35 spec sheet for interior
ine Adjustable Bracket: 1.68

2.50
[63.4] 2.84
3.22
[81.9]
[42.8] [72.2]
WATTS OPTIC LUMEN OUTPUT EFFICACY
1.93
[48.9]
2W 9˚x 29˚ 110 Im/LF ( 361 lm/m ) 55 Im/W 165°
4W 9˚x 29˚ 302 Im/LF ( 1037 lm/m 45°
) 76 Im/W 75°
15° 2.78
2.47 ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC. ) 2.66
P• 310 . 496
80 .Im/W
6255 Fine Adjustable Bracket:
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
AA 3/
25
083// 02
03 // 19
6W 9˚x 29˚ [70.7] 482 Im/LF ( 1614 lm/m
Contract 3403_Particular Specification
VISIT ECOSENSELIGHTING.COM FOR THE MOST CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS.
[67.5]
page 15 19
FOR A LIST OF PATENTS VISIT ECOSENSELIGHTING.COM/IP-PORTFOLIO/
[62.8] 837 NORTH SPRING STREET F • 310 . 496
8W 9˚x 29˚ 675 Im/LF ( 2224 lm/m ) 84 .Im/W
6256 2.30
©2018 ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ECOSENSE, THE
ECOSENSELIGHTING .COM
10W Appendix 9˚x
F -29˚Particular
0.61
Technical Specification
SUITE785103 Im/LF ( 2644 lm/m ) T • 855 . 632
79 .Im/W
6736 [58.5]
ECOSENSE LOGO, TRoV, TROV AND ECOSPEC ARE REGISTERED TRADEMARKS
OF ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC.
1
Part F3.2 9˚x
- Electrical Works LOS ANGELES,
923 Im/LF CA 90012 855 . 677. ECOSEN RISE™, SLIM COVE™, FREEDOM TO CREATE™, MACRO™, FLIP-TO-FLAT™ ARE
12W 29˚ 15° ( 3109 lm/m
15° ) Im/W 15° 15°
[15.5] TRADEMARKS OF ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC.
15° 45° 75°
2.78 2.66
UMEN DATA IS FROM 4000K 80CRI FIXTURES. PLEASE SEE PHOTOMETRY SPEC SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL LUMEN DATA. 2.47 [70.7] [67.5] 20180817
[62.8]
2.50 3.22 2.30
R RENDERING INDEX 1.68 80+, 90+ 2.84
[63.4] [81.9] [58.5]
[42.8] [72.2]
R CONSISTENCY 2-STEP MACADAM ELLIPSE 0.61
15° 15° 15°
[15.5]
N DEPRECIATION / RATED LIFE
1.93 WATTS L70 @ 25C L70 @ 50C L90 @ 25C L90 @ 50C *CALCULATIONS FOR LED FIXTURES ARE BASED
[48.9] ON MEASUREMENTS THAT COMPLY WITH IES LM-80
2W-12W >150,000 >70,000 >50,000 >25,000 TESTING PROCEDURES AND IES TM-21 CALCULATOR 2.50 3.22
1.68
LI-101
Area Staff common room
Luminaire Name Surface Mounted Linear Fixture
General Description
Surface mounted LED Linear fixture, iIncluding integrated electronic ballast. Luminaire complete with LED unit warm white colour
3000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 305mm x (W)42mm x (H) 50.5 mm
• Lamp Wattage 13.1 W/m • Materials extruded aluminum
• Beam Angle 15°x 65° • Colour Finish N/A
OV ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R | L 50 G R A ZE
• Colour Temperature/CRI
D AT E PROJECT
3000K / >80 • IP Rating
FIRM
IP54 TYPE
• Lifetime OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 70,000h - L70 - C50 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed

Masking Plates
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 12 inch, L50 & L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48
Masking Plates needed = One 12” lens is needed per 12” fixture and one 48” lens
is needed per 48” fixture.
• UGR
V ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G
Landscape Stake
- I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R | L 50 G R A ZE
Accessories Landscape Stake, 12 inch, TROV, Set of 2 .................................. LS-L-STK-12

Electrical
TE PROJECT FIRM TYPE
Landscape Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18

PTIONAL ACCESSORIES • Brackets/Mounting Structure flat head screw • Voltage/V AC 100-277V
asking Plates Wire Box
• Glare
asking Plate, 3 inch high, Protection
12 inch, L50 Conduit Connection, Wire
& L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12 Box, n/a
Masking Plates needed = One 12” lens • System
TROV, Interior Only, L50 is needed per 12”Load/W
...........CC-L-WIREBOX fixture and one 48” lens 13.2 W/m
Wire box can be used instead of a leader cable to start a run. 1/2” conduit
fitting can attach directly to the box on one end and the fixture to the other.
asking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48 is needed per 48” fixture.
• Lenses D I M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G n/a • Power Supply/Driver Integrated
andscape Stake
• Dimming
12 47.3
OV ERV I E W • S P EC I FI C ATI O N S • O R D ER I N G
on/off I NTERI O R + E X TERI O R
[304.8] [1201]
andscape Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18
• LOR - D AT E PROJECT FIRM 2.59
Control
45° [65.9]
Wire Box
1.99 2.14
1.64 [50.5] [54.5]
onduit Connection, Wire Box, TROV, Interior Only, L50 ...........CC-L-WIREBOX [41.7] Wire box can be used instead of a leader cable to start a run. 1/2” conduit
fitting can attach directly toOPTIONAL
the box onACCESSORIES
one end and the fixture to the other.
• ON/OFF Masking Plates 1.64
[41.6]
1.64
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 12 inch, [41.6]
L50 & L35 ....................... MP-L50-3H-12 2.21
Masking
[56.1]
Plates needed = One 12” lens is needed per 12” fix
M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G [ASYMMETRIC]
Masking Plate, 3 inch high, 48 inch, L50 & L35 .................... MP-L50-3H-48 is needed per 48” fixture.
Illustration 12
[304.8]
47.3
[1201]
2
[50.2]
Landscape Stake
90°
180°
LS-L-STK-06
180°
Landscape Stakes needed = 12” and 48” fixtures both need
2.25
[57.1]
I O N S • O R D ER I N G I NTER I O R + E X TER I O R | L 50 G RLandscape
A ZE 2 ................................. LS-L-STK-18
Stake, 18 inch, TROV, Set of 2.59
45° [65.9] 1.38 1.53
1.99 2.14 [34.9] [38.9]
1.64 6.00 [50.5] [54.5]
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[41.7] [151.7] Wire Box

0. 2]
[
22
T FIRM TYPE 2.64 2.90

Conduit Connection, Wire Box, TROV, Interior
[67.0] Only, L50 ...........CC-L-WIREBOX
[73.7] Wire box2.90can be used instead of a leader cable to start a
[73.7]
fitting can attach directly to the box on one end and the fi
1.64 12.00 1.64
47.3
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[41.6] [41.6] 2.21 [ASYMMETRIC]

[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
D OPTICAL DESIG N THAT [56.1]
[ASYMMETRIC]
E OF B E AM ANG LE OPTIONS D I M EN S I O N S + M O U NTI N G
R A ZING , WALL WASHING
2 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01 180°
ONS[50.2]
. E XCLUSIVE FLIP TO [51.1] [25.4] 180°
12 47.3
90° [25.4] [51.1]
2.25 [304.8] [1201]
DES FLE XIBILIT Y WH EN [57.1]
AIL S . TROV OFFERS 41.3
[1049] 45°
MING DOWN TO 0% . 1.38 1.53 1.99 2.14
6.00 1.64 29.3 [34.9] 6.00 [38.9] [50.5] [54.5]
6.00 [151.7] [41.7] [744.6] [151.7]
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[151.7]
0. 2]
[
22
2.64 2.90
PHASE [67.0] [73.7] 2.90 1.64
1.64
[73.7] [41.6] [41.6] 2.21
12.00 47.3 [56.1
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[ASYMMETRIC] [ASYMMETRIC]
[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
2 180°
[50.2] * 4FT FIXTURE 90°
2.25
S 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01 0.27 0.13 [57.1]
[51.1] [25.4] [25.4] [51.1] [6.89 3.30]
TERIOR OPTIONS
1.38
[34.9]
41.3 6.00
Ø 5.5
[10.2]
0.40
[1049] [151.7]
0. 2]
[
R/ LENGTH POWER CCT CRI VOLTAGE OPTICS

22
2.64 2.90
6.00 29.3 6.00 [67.0] [73.7]
R [151.7] [744.6] [151.7]
12.00 47.3
[22.1]
1.64
0.87
[
[41.7] [304.7] [1201]
12" 02 WHITE MONO 80 MULT GRAZING WASHING 2.01 1.00 1.00 2.01
48" AdditionalCCT
04 Notes:Fine
COLOR Adjustable
90* Bracket: (120-277V)
9x9
9 x 17
25 x 25
25 x 33
[51.1] [25.4] [25.4] [51.1]
06 22 GR**** Blank For Color

9 x 29 25 x 45
* 4FT FIXTURE 41.3
• Length
08 27
to beBL
coordinated by contractor as required 9 x 59
to match25
0.27 0.13
15 x 15
[6.89 3.30]
lighting
39
x 75
x9 layout. 6.00
[1049]
29.3 6.00
15 x 23 55 x 25 [151.7] [744.6] [151.7]
• Fixture to be connected with plug connector between

10 30 AM 15 x 35
15 x 65 fixture40andx 48 driver
40 x40
45°
for quick maintenance 75° 165°
12 35 RD*** 15° 2.78 40 x 60 2.66
• Contractor40 shall provide[62.8]installation detail and toCOVE
2.47
coordinate 40
[70.7]
120** with
45
x 90
x 15 interior designer
[67.5] and lighting consultant
2.30
50 Asym 70 x 40
[58.5]
• Contractor shall include cables, connection 15°
and
0.61
accessories
LINE OF LIGHT
LOL
as site
70 x 70
situation requires. * 4FT FIXTURE
15° 15° 0.27 0.13 15°
[15.5] [6.89 3.30]
27-90-MULT-15x65 *90 CRi not • available
Fixture backed
in 2200K
able in 12W or 10W. ****Green is not available in 12W.
up by
or 5000K **120CBS
is onlywhere
available applicable.
with Exterior option. See L35 spec sheet for interior
ine Adjustable Bracket: 1.68

2.50
[63.4] 2.84
3.22
[81.9]
[42.8] [72.2]
WATTS OPTIC LUMEN OUTPUT EFFICACY
1.93
[48.9]
2W 9˚x 29˚ 110 Im/LF ( 361 lm/m ) 55 Im/W 165°
4W 9˚x 29˚ 302 Im/LF ( 1037 lm/m 45°
) 76 Im/W 75°
15° 2.78
2.47 ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC. ) 2.66
P• 310 . 496
80 .Im/W
6255 Fine Adjustable Bracket:
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
AA 3/
25
083// 02
03 // 19
6W 9˚x 29˚ [70.7] 482 Im/LF ( 1614 lm/m VISIT ECOSENSELIGHTING.COM FOR THE MOST CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS.
8W Contract 3403_Particular
[62.8]
9˚x 29˚ Specification 837 NORTH SPRING
675 Im/LF STREET
( 2224 lm/m )
[67.5]
F • 310 . 496
84 .Im/W
6256 2.30
©2018 ECOSENSE page 16
FOR A LIST OF PATENTS VISIT ECOSENSELIGHTING.COM/IP-PORTFOLIO/
LIGHTING INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ECOSENSE, THE
ECOSENSELIGHTING .COM 19
10W Appendix 9˚x
F -29˚Particular
0.61
Technical Specification
SUITE785103 Im/LF ( 2644 lm/m ) T • 855 . 632
79 .Im/W
6736 [58.5]
ECOSENSE LOGO, TRoV, TROV AND ECOSPEC ARE REGISTERED TRADEMARKS
OF ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC.
1
LOS ANGELES,
923 Im/LF CA 90012 855 . 677. ECOSEN
Part F3.2 9˚x
- Electrical Works
RISE™, SLIM COVE™, FREEDOM TO CREATE™, MACRO™, FLIP-TO-FLAT™ ARE
12W 29˚ 15° ( 3109 lm/m
15° ) Im/W 15° 15°
[15.5] TRADEMARKS OF ECOSENSE LIGHTING INC.
15°
45° 75°
2.78 2.66
UMEN DATA IS FROM 4000K 80CRI FIXTURES. PLEASE SEE PHOTOMETRY SPEC SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL LUMEN DATA. 2.47 [70.7] [67.5] 20180817
[62.8]
2.50 3.22 2.30
R RENDERING INDEX 1.68 80+, 90+ 2.84
[63.4] [81.9] [58.5]
[42.8] [72.2]
R CONSISTENCY 2-STEP MACADAM ELLIPSE 0.61
15° 15° 15°
[15.5]
N DEPRECIATION / RATED LIFE
1.93 WATTS L70 @ 25C L70 @ 50C L90 @ 25C L90 @ 50C *CALCULATIONS FOR LED FIXTURES ARE BASED
[48.9] ON MEASUREMENTS THAT COMPLY WITH IES LM-80
2W-12W >150,000 >70,000 >50,000 >25,000 TESTING PROCEDURES AND IES TM-21 CALCULATOR 2.50 3.22
1.68
LI-102
Area pantry, portal
Luminaire Name Surface mounted linear fixture
General Description
Surface mounted rigid linear LED fixture. Remote electronic ballast; ballast to be lcoated at a dry, ventilated and accessible
location. Luminaire complete with LED unit in cool white colour 4,000K. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to
match lighting layout.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 1008mm x (W)12mm x (H) 16 mm
• Lamp Wattage 13.1 W/m • Materials Aluminum, Polucarbonate
• Beam Angle 120° • Colour Finish N/A
• Lifetime 50,000h - L70 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure Multiclips • Voltage/V 24V DC
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 13.1 W/m
• Dimming on/off
• LOR -
Control • Ballast Lost/W -
• ON/OFF
silux series Luci silux K
Illustration Luci silux K 1008
2018.05.09
5-1 4 5-2
(80) 1008 ±2 (80)
9.2
9.2
12.0
2 3 ■ Side View
9.3
14
8.4
16
-Multiclip K Mounted
12 (Upward lighting)
14
19 24.2
2
7
1
Accessories・Option parts : Option parts : Outerclip for silux

Installation Dimensions (Side View) Multiclip K for silux (LSX-PTM-C) (3 or 5pcs / 1bag) (LSX-PT-A) (5pcs / 1bag)
Custom order
19.8 12 2.2 15.4
2
2 14
2
7 10
17.5
19
14
16
12 4.8
16
14
4.8 2
2
3
3.5
34 10
2
6 15.4 10
9
25.8
A) Multiclip K Mounted B) Multiclip K Mounted (screwed C) Outerclip Mounted D) Magnet Mounted 6.8
34
(downward lighting) on the side of main body) (downward lighting)

6.4
17.5
Option parts :
Power supply cable 3000mm for SL connector (CAD-3000-MCRN-I)
3000 +40
0
5
Additional Notes: Option parts :
Liftclip for silux (LSX-PTL) (2pcs / 1bag)
• Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout and site conditions
5-2 9 Check the label on the DC + side
Option parts :
for polarity.
44 4.8
14
Joint cable 1000mm for SL connector (CAD-1000-MCFC−I) 11

• Contractor shall provide installation detail and to coordinate with1000 interior designer and lighting consultant 8
27
±15
15.8
13
10.3
16
13
2
39.8 12 12
1.5
• Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable. 5-2 9 5-1 51.2
62.6
Installation Dimensions
(Side View)
Spec・Rating may be subject to change without announcements Unit Of Measure：mm

Par t Name Material Not e Drawing
1 Body Aluminum, alumite treatment Silver
2 Body Cover Polycarbonate Diffuser
3 Side cover Polycarbonate Diffuser
Contract 3403_Particular Specification 4 Lead wire page 17 UL1007 AWG22, black＋, white− AA 25
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification 5 Connector Nylon 5-1:SLP-02V(JST) White
5-2:SLR-02VF(JST) White
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works 6 Magnet Neodymium magnet Silver

7 Mounting Clip Polycarbonate Clear
8 Mounting Clip (Lift clip) Polycarbonate Clear
9 Lead wire UL1007 AWG20
10 Mounting Clip (Outer clip) Polycarbonate Clear
Spec Input voltage : DC24V Weight : 145g Light Source color : Item Number
LI-103
Area Toilet, resting area, breast feeding room, staff common room
Luminaire Name Surface mounted linear fixture
General Description
Surface mounted flexible LED tube. Remote electronic ballast; ballast to be lcoated at a dry, ventilated and accessible
location. Luminaire complete with LED unit in neutral white colour 3,000K. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) x (W)18.4mm x (H) 8 mm
• Lamp Wattage 6.5 W/m • Materials polycarbonate
• Base/Socket - • Weight 60 g/m
• Colour Temperature/CRI 3000K / - • IP Rating IP65
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure mounting clips • Voltage/V 24V DC
• Lenses diffuser • Power Supply/Driver Remote
• Dimming on/off
• LOR -
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:
• Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout and site conditions.

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-104
Area CMT room, CCD room, briefing room
Luminaire Name Recessed linear fixture
General Description
Linear LED fixture with aluminum channel and continuous opal PC optic. Fitted with a DALI controllable ballast. Luminaire com-
plete with LED unit in cool white colour 4,000K. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 1004mm x (W)45mm x (H) 71mm
• Lamp Wattage 23.4 W/m • Materials extruded alumnium
• Base/Socket - • Weight 2 kg/m
• Luminaire/System Lumen 1630 lm/m (lamp) • Mounting Recessed
• Lifetime 50,000h - L85 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR <25
• Brackets/Mounting Structure n/a • Voltage/V AC 110V
SLOTLIGHT SLOTLIGHTinfinity slim
infinityrecessed single luminaires
slim recessed IP20
single luminaires IP20 • Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming); on/off
SLOIN slim SL LED1800-840 LDE
SLOIN slim SL LED1800-840 LDE L1004 PC L1004 PC • LOR 42183860 42183860 100%
LED
ControllightLED
linelight line
DALI-dimmable LED light line with LED
• Ballast Lost/W
Times New Roman
Times New Roman-
DALI-dimmable LED light lineconverter;
with LED with cover to
converter; 42m
with fromtoone
cover 42mpiece;
from LED serviceLED
one piece; life service
lasts 50000 h before
life lasts 50000luminous
h before luminous
• Dimming
flux is reduced
flux to 85%(DALI)
of the
is reduced initialofvalue.
to 85% 1-100%
Chromaticity
the initial tolerance (initial
value. Chromaticity MacAdam):
tolerance 3. Luminaire
(initial MacAdam): 3.luminous
Luminaireflux: 1630 lm,
luminous
efficacy: 70 lm/W. Colour rendering Ra > 80, colour temperature 4000 K. Luminaire of aluminium, silver powder coated. Luminaire
Luminaire
flux: 1630 lm, Luminaire
efficacy: 70 lm/W. Colour rendering Ra > 80, colour temperature 4000 K. Luminaire of aluminium, silver powder coated. Luminaire
with completely uniform appearance
with completely due to polycarbonate
uniform appearance cover. Luminaire
due to polycarbonate cover.consists
Luminaireof consists
housing and continuous
of housing optic of
and continuous optic of
polycarbonate. Includes gear
polycarbonate. tray, wiring,
Includes and wiring,
gear tray, end-cap set.
and Luminaire
end-cap set.wired with halogen-free
Luminaire leads and covers
wired with halogen-free are covers
leads and due to norm
are due to norm
Illustration
classified as TP(a). Degree of protection: IP20. Dimensions: 1004 x 45 x 64 mm weight: 2 kg
classified as TP(a). Degree of protection: IP20. Dimensions: 1004 x 45 x 64 mm weight: 2 kg
ZS_SLI_F_slim_Einzelleuchte.jpg ZS_SLI_M_slim_Gerade_alle.wmf
ZS_SLI_F_slim_Einzelleuchte.jpg ZS_SLI_M_slim_Gerade_alle.wmf
Light Distribution
Light Distribution STD - standard
STD - standard
h: 100% • Light Source: LED
Additional150° Notes: 180° 180°
h: 100% • Light
• Luminaire•luminous
Source: LED
150°
150°
150° Luminaireflux*: 1630 flux*:
luminous lm 1630 lm
• Luminaire•efficacy*: 70 lm/W 70 lm/W
• Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to• Colour match lighting
Luminaire
Rendering layout
efficacy*:
Index min.: and
80 site conditions.
• Colour Rendering Index min.: 80
• 120°Fixture to be connected with plug connector between•• Correlated
120°
fixture
Chromaticity
colour temperature*:
•and driver
Correlated for
colour
tolerance (initial
quick4000 Kelvin4000 Kelvin
maintenance
temperature*:
MacAdam)*: 3
120° 120° • Chromaticity tolerance (initial MacAdam)*: 3
• Contractor shall provide installation detail and to coordinate • Rated median
with useful
• Rated life*:useful
interior
median designer
life*: and lighting consultant
50000h L8550000h
at 25°CL85 at 25°C
• Contractor shall include cables, connection and accessories • Ballast: as site situation
1x• LED_Con
Ballast: 1xTridonic
LED_Con requires.
DRV TR LCA
Tridonic DRV 50W
TR1.05A
LCA 50W 1.05A
50V D #O4A 50V lp DPRE
#O4A (28000656)
lp PRE (28000656)
90°• Fixture
300 200require fire100
certification to comply with
90° FSD PPA/104. Fixture backed Wup by CBS where applicable.
100 90° • Luminaire•input power*: 23.4 Lambda = 0.98
90° 300 200 Luminaire input power*: 23.4 W Lambda = 0.98
• Standby Power*:
• Standby 0.15 W
Power*: 0.15 W
• Dimming: •LDE dimmable
Dimming: LDEto 1%
dimmable to 1%
over DALI, over
DSI and DALI,switchDIM
DSI and switchDIM
DC level is DC
adjustable
level is adjustable
60° 60° • Maintenance category: Dcategory:
- Enclosed
60° 60° • Maintenance D -IP2X
Enclosed IP2X
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Appendix F - Particular
30° Technical Specification
30°
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works30°0° 30°
C180 | C0
C180 | C0
0° C270 | C90
cd/klm C270 | C90
cd/klm
D36769AA_SLOIN_slim_SL_LED1800-840_L1004_PC.ldt
D36769AA_SLOIN_slim_SL_LED1800-840_L1004_PC.ldt
LI-105
Area Main Hall
Luminaire Name Dotless LED strip
General Description
Side bendable dotless LED strip fitted with LED unit in cool colour 4,000K. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to

• Lamp Wattage 12 W/m • Materials -
• Base/Socket - • Weight -
• Luminaire/System Lumen 366 lm/m (lamp) • Mounting Surface mounted
P L P L
• Lifetime HORIZONTAL>30,000h
BENDABLE
HORIZONTALFLEX • Adjustable/Fixed
BENDABLE FLEX Fixed P L P L
• UGR Horizontal- Horizontal
Bendable Flex SeriesFlex
Bendable 8.0Series 8.0
Characteristics Characteristics
• Brackets/Mounting Structure mounting bracket • Voltage/V DC60W
· Rated power: 24Vper· Rated
3m power: 60W per 3m
· Voltage: DC24V · Voltage: DC24V
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 12 W/m
· CRI: >90
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver Remote· CRI: >90
· Color temperature · Color temperature
• Dimming 2400K to on/off
4000K 2400K to 4000K
• LOR 100% · Length: 3m/roll

· Length: 3m/roll
Control • BallastFLost/W
· Life time: >30,000hrs· Life time: >30,000hrs
-IP
RoHS F IP · Operation temperatures:
· Operation temperatures: -25°c
RoHS
-25°c
LVD EMC 67 LVD EMC
to to
67
• ON/OFF -25°C to +50°C -25°C to +50°C
+50°c +50°c
RoHS Ra IP
-25°c
P LIllustrationHORIZONTAL BENDABLE FLEX

F RoHS
P L
F Ra -25°c IP
LVD EMC 85
to
+50°c LVD
67 EMC · Ingress Protection:
to
85 +50°c 67 IP67/68
· Ingress Protection: IP67/68
· Drivers (sold separately)
RoHS F RoHS
Ra
F
-25°c IP Standard
Ra -25°cnon-dimmable
IP driver non-dimmable driver
Standard
Horizontal Bendable Flex Series 8.0
LVD EMC 90
to
LVD
67 EMC to
+50°c 90 +50°c 67
Dimmable 1-10V driverDimmable 1-10V driver
DMX driver DMX driver
Characteristics
Dimensions Dimensions · Rated power: 60W per 3m
· Accessories
· Voltage: DC24V · Accessories
· L: 5m/roll · L: 5m/roll
· W: 12mm · W: 12mm · CRI: >90
· Color temperature
· H: 22mm · H: 22mm 2400K to 4000K
· Length: 3m/roll
· Life time: >30,000hrs
RoHS F LVD EMC
-25°c
to
IP · Operation temperatures:
+50°c 67
-25°C to +50°C
RoHS F LVD EMC

Ra -25°c
to
IP
· Ingress Protection: IP67/68
Mounting clip Mounting clip
85 +50°c 67
RoHS F LVD EMC
Ra -25°c
to
IP Standard non-dimmable driver
90 +50°c 67
Luminous 0.5m Luminous 0.5m
Model CCTModel PowerDimmable 1-10V driver
DMX driverCCT Power
Flux Illumination Flux Illumination
Dimensions · Accessories
· L: 5m/roll
· W: 12mm
PLA5-A60CWA1-H3 PLA5-A60CWA1-H3
2400K 1675lm
2400K 460lux 1675lm 460lux
PLA5-A60CWA2-H3 PLA5-A60CWA2-H3
2700K 1775m 460lux 1775m
· H: 22mm
60W/5m 2700K 60W/5m 460lux
PLA5-A60CWW-H3 PLA5-A60CWW-H3
3000K 1775m
3000K 500lux 1775m 500lux
Additional Notes: PLA5-A60CWN-H3 PLA5-A60CWN-H3
4000K 1830m
4000K 500lux 1830m 500lux
Mounting clip
Luminous 0.5m
• Contractor shallModel
provide installation
CCT Powerdetail and to coordinate with interior designer and lighting consultant
Flux Illumination
• ContractorPLA5-A60CWA1-H3
shall include cables,
2400K connection1675lmand accessories
460lux as site situation requires.
PLA5-A60CWA2-H3 2700K 1775m 460lux
• Fixture require fire certification
PLA5-A60CWW-H3 3000K to comply
60W/5m with FSD
1775m 500luxPPA/104. Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable.
PLA5-A60CWN-H3 4000K 1830m 500lux

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Pro-Light Technology Ltd. 93 Ltd.

Pro-Light Technology 93
LI-107
Area Various
Luminaire Name Wall mounted indirect luminaire
General Description
Wall mounted luminaire with aluminium boday with linear profile with PC diffuser. Fixture IP68

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 500mm x (W)166mm x (D) 35mm
• Lamp Wattage 7W • Materials -
• Beam Angle - • Colour Finish TO MATCH WITH WALL
• Luminaire/System Lumen 650 lm • Mounting Surface mounted
• Lifetime >50,000h L70 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure n/a • Voltage/V DC 24V
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 7W
• Dimming on/off
• LOR -
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:
• Customised curved aluminmum channel with flexible LED where applicable.
• Maximum distance between driver and luminaire is 4 meter

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-108
Luminaire Name Surface mounted adjustable wash light
General Description
Surface mounted LED Linear fixture with integrated electronic ballast. Luminaire complete with LED unit neutral white colour
4000K.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 305mm x (W)42mm x (H) 50.5mm
• Lamp Wattage 13.2 W/m • Materials extruded aluminium
• Beam Angle 40°×48° • Colour Finish N/A
• Base/Socket - • Weight 0.69kg
• Luminaire/System Lumen 1037 lm/m • Mounting Surface mounted
• Lifetime >70,000h L70C50 • Adjustable/Fixed adjustable
• UGR -
flat head screw, • Voltage/V AC 100-277V
adjustable • System Load/W 13.2 W/m
• Brackets/Mounting Structure
bracket(by contrac- • Power Supply/Driver integrated
tor) • Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming)
• LOR -
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-109
Luminaire Name flexible LED strip
General Description
Flexible LED strip. IP67. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L) 3000mm x (W)14.5mm x (H)
• Lamp Wattage 8 W/m 4.5mm
• Beam Angle 120° • Materials -
• Base/Socket - • Colour Finish N/A
• Luminaire/System Lumen 640 lm/m • Weight -
• Colour Temperature/CRI 4000K / >90 • Mounting Surface mounted
• Lifetime >30,000h • IP Rating IP67
• Colour Consistency - • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure mounting clip • Voltage/V DC 24V
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 8 W/m
• Dimming DALI (1-100% Dimming)
• LOR -
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LI-110
Area Briefing Room
Luminaire Name Recessed Linear Profile
General Description
Linear LED fixture with rigid aluminum channel and continuous opal PC optic diffuser. Fitted with a DALI controllable ballast. Lumi-
naire complete with LED unit in cool white colour 4,000K. Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting
layout.

• Lamp Wattage 5 W/m • Materials -
• Luminaire/System Lumen 390 lm/m (lamp) • Mounting Surface mounted
• Lifetime >30,000h • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure mounting bracket • Voltage/V DC 12V
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 5 W/m Underscore15
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver RemoteDesign iGuzzini
• Dimming DALI Last information update
• LOR 100%
High recessed linear
• Dimming (DALI) 1-100% Underscore15 Product code

MXL1
Design iGuzzini iGuzzini
Illustration Technical description
Rigid aluminium profile
Last information update: February 2019 Ledstrips
monochrome
Finishes available: ano
translucid. The raised s
High recessed linear Frame profile for Ledstrip

Installation
recessed in prepared m
to facilitate drilling. If th
Product code pcs); fix the springs on
MXL1 leaflet), insert in the mi
Dimension (mm)
Technical description 2000x24.4x22
Rigid aluminium profile with contact tab edge for re
monochrome Ledstrips with front emission LEDs,
Colour
Finishes available: anodised grey - white.
White The pro
(01) | Aluminium
translucid. The raised section of the profile, couple
Weight (Kg)
0.55
Installation
recessed in prepared milled parts; with blind milled
Mounting
to facilitate drilling. If through milled parts are pres
wall recessed|ceiling re
pcs); fix the springs on the module (centre distanc
Additional Notes:
leaflet), insert in the milled part prepared. Accesso
• Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout and site conditions. Wiring
Carefully read the Leds
Dimension (mm)
• Contractor shall provide installation detail and to coordinate with interior designer and lighting consultant 2000x24.4x22 Notes
Carefully read the Leds
• Fixture require fire certification to comply with FSD PPA/104. Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable. Colour
White (01) | Aluminium (12)
Weight (Kg)
0.55
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works Mounting
wall recessed|ceiling recessed|ceiling surface
LX-001
Area entrance canopy
Luminaire Name Wall mounted downlight
General Description
Wall mounted luminaire. Fixture with 34° beam angle and the LED unit in neutral white colour 4000K. IP66.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L&W)81mm × (H) 86 mm / -
• Lamp Wattage 4.7 W • Materials aluminum
• Beam Angle 34° • Colour Finish to match with structure
• Luminaire/System Lumen 246 lm • Mounting surface mounted
• Lifetime 100,000h - L80-B10 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
• UGR -
• Brackets/Mounting Structure aluminium base • Voltage/V -
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver integrated
• Dimming on/off
• LOR 60%
• ON/OFF
Illustration
Additional Notes:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LX-002
Area entrance canopy
Luminaire Name Wall mounted downlight
General Description
white colour 4000K. Including integrated electronic ballast. IP66

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (L&W)140mm × (H) 163 mm / -
• Lamp Wattage 12 W • Materials aluminum iRound
Design Maurizio Varratta
• Luminaire/System Lumen 1367 lm • Mounting surface mounted
Last information up
• Lifetime 100,000h - L80-B10 • Adjustable/Fixed Fixed
Ceiling-mounted r
• UGR -
Product code
• Brackets/Mounting Structure aluminium base • Voltage/V -
BV28
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver integrated
iRound Technical descrip
• Dimming on/off
Downlighter design
Design Maurizio Varratta
• LOR 76%
iGuzzini output cable, and o
Control • Ballast Lost/W 1.5 W 46100LF aluminium
• ON/OFF Last information update: January 2019 fluorozirconation (a
primer and a liquid
Illustration sealing glass is tran
Ceiling-mounted recessed luminaire with IP66 protection rating,Neutr
monochrome smal
anodized surface a
special A2 stainles
Product code
with A2 stainless s
BV28
outer casing for con
threaded bar, to be
Technical description
Downlighter designed to use Neutral White COB Led lamps with a fixed Flo
output cable, and outer casing, to be ordered separately where necessary.
Installation
46100LF aluminium alloy and subjected to a multi-step, pre-treatment
Recessed in false procc
fluorozirconation (a protective surface film) and sealing (with a nano-struct
outer casing, to be
primer and a liquid acrylic paint, cured at 150°C, with a high level of weath
sealing glass is transparent, with customised serigraphy on the edge, 4 mm
monochrome Neutral White COB LED circuit and an Dimension
optic with a 99.93%
(mm) p
Additional Notes:
anodized surface and built-in electronic ballast. Supplied with an output ca
• Fixture to be connected with plug connector between fixture and driver for quick maintenance Ø140x163
special A2 stainless steel screws complete with black aluminium alloy and
with A2 stainless steel captive screws. There is a single tool (No. 3 Allen
outer casing for concrete ceilings is made of black-painted ready-galvanise
• Fixture backed up by CBS where applicable. Colour
threaded bar, to be ordered separately. All external screws used are made
Grey (15)
Installation
Weight (Kg)
Recessed in false ceilings 5 - 50mm thick. Hole for preparation of false ce
Contract 3403_Particular Specification page 26 to be ordered separately.
outer casing, AA 25
0.95 08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Dimension (mm) Mounting

Ø140x163
LX-100
Area Low canopy walkway
Luminaire Name Recessed linear fixture
General Description
Linear LED fixture with aluminum channel fior gerneral lighting. Luminaire complete with LED unit in cool white colour 4,000K.
Length to be coordinated by contractor as required to match lighting layout.

• Lamp Type LED • Dimensions/Cutout (W)42mm x (H) 62mm
• Lamp Wattage 10 W/m • Materials extruded alumnium
• Luminaire/System Lumen 590 lm/m (lamp) • Mounting Recessed
• Colour Temperature/CRI 4000K(Output) / >95
394 • IP Rating IP67
• Colour Consistency 3 MacAdams Ellipse ™
XOOLIGHT HYDRA White IP67
• UGR -
24 V linear LED luminaire in IP67 for general lighting. Full
Accessories Electrical polyurethane encapsulation with an opal polyurethane top
layer offering a premium water proof sealing (values), UV
• Brackets/Mounting Structure n/a • Voltage/V 24V resistance (no coloration or increase of absorption) chem-
ical stability against urban gazes and protection against
• Glare Protection n/a • System Load/W 10 W/m abrasion. The absence of air gap between the encapsulation
• Lenses n/a • Power Supply/Driver Remote material and the optics reduces the cleaning and mainte-
nance costs. Robust 42 mm x 62 mm (1.65" x 2.44") cross
• Dimming on/off section housing made from extruded and anodized alumi-
num profile and screwed aluminum end caps available in
• LOR 100% silver or white (white powder coated) color as recessed,
Control • Ballast Lost/W - surface-mounted or pendant version. Delivered with 2 m
394 (6.56') open end black cable. Light source assembled using
• ON/OFF state of the art automated Reel to Reel (R2R) production
process supporting LED Linear™ Tj Away® thin flexible circuit
Illustration XOOLIGHT ™ HYDRA White IP67 board Technology. In combination with ceramic LED pack-
Dimensions & available lengths

ages a thermal resistivity of 18.5 K/W is achieved for an
24 V linear LED luminaire in IP67 for general lighting. Full
42 mm / 1.65"
polyurethane encapsulation with an opal polyurethane top optimal heat dissipation (junction to profile) which guaran-
layer offering a premium water proof sealing (values), UV tees an outstanding lifetime of > 50,000 hrs L80/B10. Embeds
resistance (no coloration33 mmor/ increase of absorption) chem- high quality japanese LEDs with 3 step MacAdams (SDCM3)
1.3" View rotated by 90°
ical stability against urban gazes and protection Tc against binning centered on target CCT (One Bin Only) with an ex-
abrasion. The absence of air gap between the encapsulation tended photometric code of Wxxx/339 ensuring an excep-
Trimless
material and the(Hoptics
x L) reduces the cleaning and mainte- tional color consistency over the rated lifetime. Premium
Length (L) mm / ft
nance costs.65Robust
mm x 10042mmmm x 62 mm (1.65" x 2.44") cross color rendition with a CRI of 95 and TM-30-15 up to Rf = 91 /
2.65" x 3.94"
section housing made from extruded and anodized alumi- Rg = 100 ensuring a remarkable light quality. Consistent light
num profile and screwed aluminum end caps available 62 in
mm / intensity all along the luminaire length is obtained thanks
silver or white (white powder coated) color as recessed, 2.44" to active current regulation operated by dedicated inte-
surface-mounted or pendant version. Delivered with 2 m grated circuits (ICs) on each step. Protected against elec-
(6.56') open end black cable. Light source assembled using trostatic discharge ± 2,000 V and polarity miswiring. Fully
state of the art automated Reel to Reel (R2R) production PWM dimmable for frequency > 0 Hz up to 2 kHz (flicker free
process supporting LED Linear™ Tj Away® thin flexible circuit for frequency higher then 1.2 kHz according to IEEE P1789
65 mm / 2.65"
board Technology.Recessed
In combination with ceramicTrimless
LED pack- standard). Engineered and produced in Germany.
Finish: Anodized Al-Silver/White powder coated
Dimensions & available lengths Fixture build to length (not field cuttable):
Additional Notes: Lmin : 84 mm; Lmax : 4,021 mm (HD25: 3,021 mm); in 62.5 mm increments
42 mm / 1.65" Lmin : 3.31"; Lmax : 13.19' (HD25: 9.91'); in 2.46" increments
• Fixture to be 33 connected with plug connector between fixture and driver for quick maintenance
mm / Electrical & output data
• Contractor shall 1.3"
provide installation detail and to
Viewcoordinate
rotated by 90°with interior designer and lighting consultant
Tc Voltage 24 Volt (23 Vmin , 25 Vmax)
• Contractor shall include cables, connection and accessories
Trimless as site situation requires. Opal encapsulation Recessed
TemperatureB Tcmin = -25°C / -13°F, Tcmax (Table below)
• Fixture require
(H x L) fire certification to comply with FSD PPA/104. Fixture backed up by
Storage temperature
CBS where
Length applicable.
(L) mm / ft Ts = -30°C / -22°F, Ts = 70°C / 158°F 7 mm /
min max
65 mm x 100 mm 0.28"
2.65" x 3.94" Ambient temperature Tamin = -25°C / -13°F, Tamax = 40°C / 104°F
CRI / R9 up to 95 / up to 65
62 mm /
2.44" +
Contract 3403_Particular Specification XOOLIGHT™ HYDRA
page 27 HD6 HD10 AA 25
08 // 02 // 19
03HD1519
Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification Power (W/m / W/ft)
A
6 / 1.8 10 / 3.1 15 / –4.6
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works Efficacy (lm/W)A @ W850 83 83 89
max. length (m / ft) 4 / 13.1 4 / 13.1 4 / 13.1
65 mm / 2.65" Temperature Tc-point (Tcmax)B 55°C / 131°F 55°C / 131°F 55°C / 131°F 60
Recessed Trimless Finish: Anodized Al-Silver/White powder coated Tc-point (Case temp.) on the rear side of the module
LC-000
Function: Lighting Control Software
Control Equipment Name: System Manager 12NC SW913703089909
General Description
Windows based, multi-user software tool for centralized lighting management. Graphic based system for remote control, monito-
ring and programming of all devices on the control network. To be located in workstation LC-001.
Interface Client Machine Minimum Requirements:

LAN Interface: Ethernet - TCP/IP Hardware Platform: PC
DyNet Interface: One serial interface, via USB or RS-232 port Operating System: Windows 7 SP1 and Windows 8
Processor: 1 Inter Core i5 / i7 @ 2.30 GHz
Hardware Hard Disk: 10 GB min requirement for application
Server Hardware Requirements* System Memory: 4GB
Hardware Platform: PC Network: Ethernet network card
Operating System: Windows 7 SP2 Professional / Enterprise
64 Bit Security
Windows 8 / 8.1 Professional / Enterprise 64 Bit Windows Client Security: Integrates with and uses Windows Domain
Server 2008 R2 64 Bit Security Groups and Users. Rights configurable on a User and
Windows Server 2012 R2 64 Bit Group basis.
Windows 10 Enterprise 64 Bit
Note: Minimum requirements will vary depending on the

size of the site and the number of simultaneously connected
clients.
Illustration
are and Apps
Note:
hilips Dynalite System

- The contractor shall provide installation detail and coordinate with interior designer and lighting consultant.
- Contractor shall provide the cable, connection and accessories to match the site situation.
anager
em control, monitoring and management
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Appendix
s Dynalite SystemF Manager
- ParticularisTechnical Specification
a multi-user control system
gement and monitoring software tool. It provides users with full
ty of the lighting and energy management system status and
mance, while enabling simple local or global system adjustments.
Project Name Terminal 2 Expansion
LC-001
Function: Headend Workstation
Control Equipment Name: Lenovo™ ThinkCentre® M900 / M800 Tower & Small Form Factor LC-001
Function: Headend Workstation
General Description
Control
Windows Equipment
based work station to Name: Lenovo™
interface lighting control ThinkCentre®
software. To be locatedM900 / M800
in Operating Tower & Small Form Factor
Room
General Description
Windows based work station to interface lighting control software. To be located in CR79
PERFORMANCE Connectivity
Processor I/O (Input/Output) Ports Front, 2 x USB 3.0, 2 x
· 6th Generation
PERFORMANCE Intel® Core™ Celeron® Processor up USB 2.04, Card Reader4, 2 x Audio
Connectivity
to i7Processor
Processor I/O (Input/Output) Ports Front, 2 x USB 3.0, 2 x USB 2.04, Card
· 6th Generation Intel® Core™ Celeron® Processor up to i7 Rear: Reader4, 2 x Audio
Operating System
Processor M900:Rear: 6 x USB 3.0
· Windows 10 Pro
Operating System M800:M900: 4 x USB 6 x3.0
USB + 23.0x USB 2.0
· Windows 10 Home
· Windows 10 Pro DisplayPort™ 1.2 + DisplayPort™ 1.2 2.0 DisplayPort™ 1.2 +
M800: 4 x USB 3.0 + 2 x USB
· Windows 7 Professional
· Windows 10 Home SP1 (pre-installed through VGA
DisplayPort™ 1.2
· Windows
downgrade 7 Professional
rights SP1 (pre-installed
in Windows 10 Pro) through down-1 x Serial VGA
grade rights in Windows 10 Pro)
1 x Lenovo ThinkCentre® M900 / M800 Tower & Small Form Factor
™
· DOS · DOS LAN1 x Serial
GraphicsGraphics
3 x Audio 1 x LAN
· Intel®· Integrated Graphics
Intel® Integrated Graphics PS/24 3 x Audio
· NVIDIA®
· NVIDIA® GeForce®
GeForce® GT720GT720 2 GBVGA
2 GB VGA + + HDMI™
HDMI™· NVIDIA® Parallel4 PS/24
GeForce® GT720 1 GB 64-bit DP + DP · NVIDIA® Quadro® K420 2Enterprise-level
Parallel4 performance
· NVIDIA® GeForce® GT720 1 GB 64-bit DP + DP
GB DVI + DP Memory WLAN:
· NVIDIA® Quadro®
· M900 / M800:K420 2 GBupDVI
4 x DDR4 + GB
to 64 DPStorage Tower Desktop performance and productivity that’s ready for business
1 x 1 802.11 a/c WLAN + Bluetooth® 4.0
WLAN:
Memory · 2 x 3.5“ Bay for HD / SSD / SSHD The all new ThinkCentre M-series M900 and M800 Tower & Small Form Factor come in a sleek new ID
2 x offering
2 802.11 a/clevel
WLAN + Bluetooth®
®
4.0 Intel Core i processor and optional PCIe S
1 xenterprise
1 802.11 a/c WLAN
performance + up
with Bluetooth®
to 6 Generation4.0 th ® ™
· M900· SFF
/ M800: 4 x DDR4 up to 64 GB 2 x The
2 802.11
desktopsa/c WLAN
also feature + Bluetooth®
the ThinkCentre
2 x 2 802.11 a/c WLAN + Bluetooth® 4.0an+unique
Dust Shield, vPro™1
4.0 Lenovo solution, that reduces dust int
® ®
· 1 x 3.5“ / 2.5“ HD up to 57%2 reducing maintenance and extending the life of the machine.
Storage Tower 2 xis217%
The SFF 802.11
smallera/c WLAN
than its + Bluetooth®
predecessor 4.0an+integrated
whilst the tower has vPro™1handle and front accessibl
Power Supply Tower removable HDD delivering robust protection for your critical data.
· 2 x 3.5“ Bay400W
· 92% for HD / SSD / SSHD
Adapter For enhanced features the M900 and M800 offer PCI slot for expansion and Intel® Stable Image Platform P
Illustration
M900Illustration
also offers Intel® vPro™ for enterprise management.
· SFF · 85% 250W Adapter
· 85%
· 1 x 3.5“ 180W
/ 2.5“ HDAdapter6
SFF
Power Supply Tower
· 92% 210W Adapter
· 92% 400W
· 85% 210WAdapter
Adapter
· 85% 250W Adapter
· 85% 180W Adapter6
SFF
· 92% 210W Adapter
· 85% 210W Adapter
WHY YOU SHOULD BUY THE LENOVO™ THINKCENTRE® TOWER & SMALL FORM FACTOR
Supplier product info Free-up more desk space

The sleek compact 10L Small Form Factor
ThinkCentre® Dust Shield
ThinkCentre® Dust Shield, a unique Lenovo™
- Lenovo™ isor
17%equivalent.
will free-up valuable desk space and solution, is an easily removable and washable
ThinkCentre® M900
Supplier product info / M800 Tower & Small Form Factor smaller than its predecessor. filter that fits discreetly on the front chassis of the
system and reduces dust intake by up to 57%2.
- Lenovo™ ThinkCentre® M900 / M800 Tower & Small Form Factor.

Boosts performance Enterprise ready
Note: The range delivers the latest Intel® 6th Generation Intel SIPP provides a smooth transition
processors. Furthermore the M900 offers PCIe between platforms while in M900 also comes
- The contractor
Note: shall provide installation detail and coordinate with interior designer and lighting consultant.
SSD storage for a turbo boost. Optional PCI slot
is available for expansion.
with Intel vPro™1 for enterprise manageability.
- Contractor
- The shall provide
contractor theprovide
shall cable, connection
installationand accessories
detail to match
and coordinate the
with site situation.
interior designer and lighting consultant.
- Back-up PC Required
- Contractor shall provide the cable, connection and accessories to match
THE LENOVO ™
the site® situation.
THINKCENTRE TOWER & SMALL FORM FACTOR IS BEST SUITED FOR
LUMINAIRE- &
Back-up
LIGHTINGPC Required
1 2 3
Business looking for powerful Businesses looking for Businesses that need a
CONTROL DATASHEETS page 63 of 71 enterprise-level performance, AA 13 / 04 / 18
reliable machines in space-saving desktop form
with available enterprise dusty environments. factor to free up valuable
management and support desk space.
for legacy systems.
TENDER DESIGN
08 // 02
03 // 19
19
Appendix F - Particular Technical Specification 1
M900 only.
Part F3.2 - Electrical Works Testing simulated 3 year usage in an end-user environment using 400g of free-settling dust.
2
The test compared the amount of dust accumulated inside a ThinkCentre® tower with a dust filter
and a ThinkCentre® M900 Tower without.
LC-002
Function: DALI Controller
Control Equipment Name: DDBC320-DALI DALI Driver Controller
General Description
The DDBC320-DALI features three DALI outputs, allowing control of up to 192 DALI devices. It also features 3 x 20 A feed-through
switched cicuits for DALI driver mains supply.
Electrical diagnostics is dependent on drive type.

Input Voltage: 100 - 240 VAC 50 / 60 Hz Single Phase @ 0.5 A
IEC Overvoltage Category III (Max. 4 kV surge) Physical
DyNet DC Supply: 12 VDC @ 200 mA (supply for approx 10 user Supply Terminals: Line, Neutral, Earth 1 x 4 mm² maximum
interfaces) conductor size
Outputs: 3 x DALI control output, each supporting one full Output Terminals: 3 x DALI driver circuit: DA -, DA + 1 x 4 mm²
DALI universe of 64 addresses (192 Total), including back maximum conductor size
channel and communication to Philips Dynalite DALI sensors Dimensions: (H x W x D) 94 mm x 211 mm x 75 mm
and user interfaces Packed Weight: 0.49 kg
Power Relay: 3 x 20 A feed-through switched circuit for DALI Construction: Polycarbonate DIN-rail enclosure (12
Driver mains supply unit)
Bus Power Supply: Inbuilt DALI bus power supply rated 128 mA Operating Conditions: Temperature: 0 to 40°C ambient,
@ 15 VDC per universe Humdity: 0 to 95% non-condensing
IEC Pollution Degree II
Control: Storage & Transport: Temperature: -25 to 60°C ambient, Humi-
Control Inputs/Outputs: One DMX/RS-485 DyNet serial port, dity: 0 to 90% non-condensing
One programmable dry contact AUX
Certification
input
CE, RCM, IEC62386
User Controls: Service switch, Diagnostic LED
Preset Scenes 64
Diagnostic Functions*: Lamp failure reporting
Driver failure reporting, Driver run time tracking and switched
output per driver, Device online/offline status
* EnvisionManager interface required. Availability of
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-003
Function: Relay On/Off Controller
Control Equipment Name: DDRC1220FR-GL
General Description
DDRC1220FR-GL provides control of mulitple types of switched loads. 12 channel controller supports switched loads of up to 20A
per channel, up to a maximum device load of 180A. Controller to have integrated processor.
Electrical Physical
Output Channel Current: 20 A (max) Dimensions (H x W x D) : 93 x 215 x 64 mm
Outputs: 12 x SPST feed-through relay with manual override Packed Weight: 1.1 kg
Maximum Device Load: 180 A Construction: Polycarbonate DIN rail enclosure (12 unit)
DyNet DC Output Voltage: 12 VDC Serial Ports: 2 x RJ12
DyNet DC Output Current: 200 mA (supply for approximately 1 x 6-way screw terminal SHLD, GND, D+, D-, +12V, AUX
10 user interfaces) Serial Port Conductor Size: 2.5 mm2 (#12 AWG) (max)
Supply Terminal Conductor Size: 5 mm2 (#10 AWG) (max)
Control Load Terminals: 12 x 2-way screw terminal Line IN, Line OUT
Serial Ports: 1 x RS-485 Load Terminal Conductor Size: 5 mm2 (#10 AWG) (max)
Supported Protocols: DyNet, DMX Rx Operating Temperature: 0° to 50°C ambient (32° to 122°F)
Dry Contact Inputs: 1 (AUX) Storage/Transport Temperature: 25° to 70°C ambient (-13° to
Diagnostic Functions: Device online/offline status 158°F)
Humidity: 0 to 90% non-condensing
User Controls: 1 x service switch Manual override switch for
each channel
Indicators: 1 x diagnostic LED
Certification
CE, RCM, UL/cUL, FCC, ICES-003, RoHS
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-100
Function: DALI Multifunction Occupancy/daylight Sensor
Control Equipment Name: DUS360CR-DALI Multifunction Sensor
General Description
The DUS360CR-DALI is a recess mountable 360° multifunction sensor that combines motion detection (PIR), Infrared remote
control reception (IR) and ambient light level detection (PE) into one device. The DUS360CR-DALI is powered and communicates
with the network control system via a DALI bus.
Hardware Network
PE Cell: Range <5 lux to >5000 lux Configuration: All functions remotely
Automatic ‘Daylight Harvesting’ mode programmable
Controls: Service switch Red LED indicator Physical
Terminals: 2 way terminal strip, loop in, loop out Dimensions: 72 mm dia. x 41 mm (2.8 in dia. x 1.6
1 x 5 mm² max conductor size in)
Control Bus: DALI bus with a Philips Dynalite Multi- Packed Weight: 105 g (0.23 lb)
Master controller Construction: Polycarbonate plastic enclosure
DALI Power Consumption: 9 mA (total 10 user Color: off-white
interfaces Operating Conditions:
on one DALI universe) Temperature: 0 to 45° C (32 to 104° F) ambient
Storage & Transport:
Temperature: -25 to 70° C (-13 to 158° F) ambient
Mounting Substrate Thickness 3 - 25 mm (0.12 - 1
in)
Certification
cULus, CE, RCM, FCC, RoHS, ices-003
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-101
Function: local DALI lighting switch
Control Equipment Name: ANTUMBRA BUTTON
General Description
Control panel with flexible configuration possibilities, with sensors to provide light-wash effect when being approached and used
and built-in temperature sensor.
Hardware Network
PE Cell: - Configuration: -
Terminals: - Physical
Control Bus: - Dimensions: (L)88 mm × (W)88 mm × (D)35mm
Packed Weight: 0.2 kg
Construction: -
Color: white/magnesium/chrome/silver, TBC
Operating Conditions:
Temperature: -5 to 50°C ambient
Humidity: 0 to 90% RH non-condensin
Humidity: 0 to 90% RH non-condensing
Certification
CE, C-Tick, FCC, ICES
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-102
Function: local on/off lighting switch
Control Equipment Name: E8431BP1_SZ
General Description
Flush surface bell switch with dimension 87×87×31mm.
Hardware Network
Controls: - Physical
Terminals: pillar terminals Dimensions: (L)87 mm × (W)87 mm × (D)31mm
Control Bus: - Packed Weight: -
Construction: -
Color: silver bronze
Humidity: 0 to 95%
Temperature: -
Humidity: -
Certification
BS EN 60669-1
GB 16915.1
IEC 60669-1
MS 60669-1
SS 227-1
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-103
Function: daylight sensor
Control Equipment Name: KDL DS05 Fixture Daylight Sensor
General Description
The built-in daylight sensor can measure ambient natural light. It will switch off the fixture in 5minutes automatically, whenever
artificial light is not required (natural light lux level exceeds daylight threshold).
Double L N terminal makes it easy for wire loop-in and loop-out, saves the cost of terminal block and assembly time.
Hardware Network
Terminals: - Dimensions: (L)67 mm × (W)37 mm × (D)26mm
Construction: -
Color: -
Humidity: -
Temperature: -
Humidity: -
Certification
-
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-104
Function: occupency sensor
Control Equipment Name: KDL HMW20 Flush Mount ON/OFF Sensor
General Description
The sensor is a motion switch, which turns on the light on detection of people movement, and turns off after a pre-selected hold-
time when there is unoccupied.time; built-in daylight sensor can read ambient natural light and switch off the fixture automati-
cally whenever artificial light is not required; Semi-auto Funct; Manual Override
Hardware Network
Terminals: - Dimensions: (dia)85 mm × (D)56 mm
Construction: -
Color: -
Humidity: -
Temperature: -
Humidity: -
Certification
-
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
LC-105
Function: timeclock
Control Equipment Name: DDTC00 Astronomical 365 day timeclock
General Description
Provides a tamper resistant solution for time-based event control on a DyNet network. Remote programming, Advanced clock
controls, Performs as an energy management controller, Flexible mounting sol
Hardware Network
Terminals: - Dimensions: (L)86 mm × (H)35 mm × (D)58 mm
Control Bus: - Packed Weight: 0.1 kg
Construction: ABS DIN-rail enclosure (2 unit)
Color: -
Temperature: 0 to 40°C ambient
Humidity: -
Humidity: -
Certification
CE, RCM, RoHS
Illustration
Note:

08 // 02
03 // 19
19
APPENDIX C1.4 – CONTROL ZONE SCHEDULE

TRC - HKIA Thrid Runway Concourse Control Zone Schedule
IAC Contract 3133
Design Architect: Aedas Issue: TENDER
Location: Lantau, Hong Kong Date: 25 February 2019
SCENE 1 SCENE 1
AREA GROUP TYPE INPUT WATTS QUANTITY TOTAL WATTS CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE Day Night
Interior G/F
ON ON
00.001 LI-002 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 20 200 W ON/OFF
ON ON
entrance lobby
00.003 LI-105 Horizontal Bendable Flex linear light 12 W/m 30.0 m 360 W ON/OFF Daylight Sensor ON ON
00.004 LI-102 Linear LED profile for portal decorative lighting 13 W/m 9.8 m 129 W ON/OFF ON ON
LI-003 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 3 30 W ON/OFF ON ON

male toilet (CEO) 00.010 LI-012 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 4W 2 7W ON/OFF ON ON

LI-003 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 3 30 W ON/OFF Occupancy Sensor ON ON
female toilet (CEO) 00.020 LI-012 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 4W 2 7W ON/OFF Local Switch ON ON
00.030 LI-003 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 2 20 W ON/OFF ON ON

disable toilet (CEO)
00.031 LI-103 Linear LED profile for cove light 7 W/m 1.6 m 10 W ON/OFF ON ON
00.050 LI-002 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 8 80 W ON/OFF Occupancy Sensor ON ON

AEC reception Local Switch
00.051 LI-107 Surface mounted indirect luminaire 7W 1 14 W ON/OFF Time Schedule ON ON
00.060 LI-013 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 10 100 W DALI Keypad Control ON ON
CMT room Occupancy Sensor
00.061 LI-104 Recessed framless linear profile 23 W/m 8.0 m 187 W DALI Time Schedule ON ON
Occupancy Sensor
PA room 00.070 LI-009 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 9W 4 34 W ON/OFF Local Switch ON ON
Time Schedule
00.081 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 26 621 W DALI ON ON
Keypad Control
00.082 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 7 167 W DALI Daylight Sensor ON ON
AEC
00.083 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 16 382 W DALI Occupancy Sensor ON ON
00.084 LI-008a Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 22 526 W DALI ON ON

CCD room Keypad Control
00.091 LI-104 Recessed framless linear profile 23 W/m 10.0 m 234 W DALI Occupancy Sensor ON ON
Time Schedule
POV room 00.100 LI-002 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 12 120 W DALI ON ON

Occupancy Sensor
resting area
Local Switch
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification

Part F3.2 – Electrical Works 1 AA 25/02/19
IAC Contract 3133
SCENE 1 SCENE 1
Occupancy Sensor
ADM office 00.120 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 4 96 W ON/OFF ON ON
Local Switch

00.130
breast feeding room LI-012 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 4W 2 7W ON/OFF Occupancy Sensor ON ON

unisex toilet

disable toilet 00.151 LI-103 Linear LED profile for cove light 7 W/m 2.4 m 15 W ON/OFF ON ON

disable toilet
LI-012 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 4W 6 21 W ON/OFF ON ON

00.171 Occupancy Sensor
female toilet Local Switch
LI-012 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 4W 5 18 W ON/OFF ON ON
00.181
male toilet

staircase 00.190 LI-011 Surface mounted adjustable spotlight 16 W 6 95 W ON/OFF - ON ON

IAC Contract 3133
SCENE 1 SCENE 1
00.206 LI-100 Wall grazing linear LED 13 W/m 12.9 m 171 W ON/OFF ON ON

corridors 00.208 LI-013 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 3 30 W ON/OFF ON ON
Occupancy Sensor


00.251 LI-107 Surface mounted indirect luminaire 7W 1 14 W ON/OFF ON ON
Time Clock Depending

AVSECO DSM office 00.220 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 4 96 W ON/OFF ON ON
Occupancy Sensor
Local Switch
00.230 LI-013 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 2 20 W ON/OFF - ON ON

Pantry
00,231 LI-102 Linear LED profile for under cabinet lighting 13 W/m 2.0 m 26 W ON/OFF - ON ON
00.045 LI-105 Horizontal Bendable Flex linear light 12 W/m 71.8 m 862 W ON/OFF ON ON
00.046 LI-105 Horizontal Bendable Flex linear light 12 W/m 77.6 m 931 W ON/OFF ON ON
Occupancy Sensor
main hall 00.047 LI-013 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 8 80 W ON/OFF ON ON
Local Switch


IAC Contract 3133
SCENE 1 SCENE 1
Interior 1/F
entrance lobby Daylight Sensor

01.002 LI-102 Linear LED profile for portal decorative lighting 13 W/m 10.6 m 139 W ON/OFF ON ON
Occupancy Sensor
ADM support room 01.010 LI-008 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 24 W 15 359 W ON/OFF Local Switch ON ON
Time Schedule

Occupancy Sensor
briefing room 01.021 LI-110 Recessed framless linear profile 5 W/m 28.0 m 140 W DALI Keypad Control ON ON
Time Schedule
01.030 LI-010 Adjustable recessed downlight 16 W 42 672 W DALI ON ON
01.031 LI-010 Adjustable recessed downlight 16 W 16 256 W DALI Daylight Sensor ON ON

Occupnacy Sensor
01.032 LI-108 Surface mounted linear wash light 13 W/m 20.7 m 273 W DALI Keypad Control ON ON
viewing gallery
01.033 LI-010 Adjustable recessed downlight 16 W 22 352 W DALI Local Switch For 3rd Party ON ON
Controller
01.035 LI-109 handrail lighting 8 W/m 19.5 m 156 W DALI ON ON
01.036 LI-107 Surface mounted indirect luminaire 7W 1 14 W DALI ON ON

IAC Contract 3133
SCENE 1 SCENE 1
01.052 LI-007 Pendant light 58 W 2 116 W ON/OFF ON ON

Daylight Sensor
staff common room 01.054 LI-005 Pendant light 14 W 6 84 W ON/OFF Local Switch ON ON
Occupancy Sensor
01.055 LI-007 Pendant light 58 W 1 58 W ON/OFF ON ON
staircase 01.060 LI-011 Surface mounted adjustable spotlight 16 W 6 95 W ON/OFF - ON ON

corridors 01.073 LI-013 Fixed ceiling recessed downlight 10 W 13 130 W ON/OFF ON ON
Occupancy Sensor

Exterior
05.000 LX-100 Strip light with recessed linear profile 10 W/m 264.0 m 2640 W ON/OFF OFF ON
05.009 LX-001 Fixed surface mounted downlight 6W 8 51 W ON/OFF ON/OFF OFF ON
canopy Time Clock Depending
05.010 LX-002 Recessed downlight 12 W 2 24 W ON/OFF Daylight Sensor OFF ON

APPENDIX C2 – CLP TRANSFORMER ROOM LAYOUTS

PART F3.3 – MECHANICAL WORKS

Part F3.3 – Mechanical Works
CONTENTS
Section 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 1

1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................... 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .................................................. 3
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................ 4
1.4 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY (GENERAL) ............................... 4
1.5 CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ......................... 4
1.6 AS-CONSTRUCTED DRAWINGS......................................................... 4
1.7 FACILITY IDENTIFICATION.................................................................. 4
1.8 CLEANING OF INSTALLATION ............................................................ 4
1.9 PAINTING AND FINISHES .................................................................... 4
1.10 WATERPROOFING ............................................................................... 4
1.11 RELEVANT CODES AND STANDARDS ............................................... 5
1.12 MATERIALS .......................................................................................... 5
1.13 SUBMISSIONS...................................................................................... 5
1.14 WORKMANSHIP ................................................................................... 5
1.15 INSPECTION AND TESTING................................................................ 5
Section 2 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA............................................ 6
2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................. 6
2.2 OUTDOOR CRITERIA........................................................................... 7
2.3 INDOOR CRITERIA .............................................................................. 8
2.4 AIR QUALITY CRITERIA..................................................................... 14
2.5 DUCTWORK AND PIPEWORK DESIGN PARAMETER ..................... 16
2.6 DYNAMIC SMOKE EXTRACTION SYSTEM ...................................... 18
Section 3 CHILLED AND CONDENSING WATER SYSTEMS ............................ 19
3.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 19
3.2 CHILLER PLANT................................................................................. 19
3.3 PLANT DELIVERY ROUTE ................................................................. 20
3.4 CHILLED WATER DISTRIBUTION...................................................... 20
3.5 SEAWATER DISTRIBUTION............................................................... 22
3.6 CONDENSATE DRAIN WATER DISTRIBUTION ................................ 22
3.7 SEAWATER COOLED CHILLERS ...................................................... 23
3.8 GENERAL CHILLER REQUIREMENTS.............................................. 34
3.9 CHILLER PLANT CONTROL .............................................................. 65
Section 4 LOW VOLTAGE CHILLER STARTERS................................................. 74
4.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 74
4.2 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .................................................... 75
4.3 EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................... 77
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification i AA 08/03/19
4.4 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE (VSD) INVERTER OPERATIONAL
CONTROLS......................................................................................... 79
4.5 TRANSFORMER AND RECTIFIER..................................................... 82
4.6 PROTECTION AND INDICATION ....................................................... 84
Section 5 CENTRAL AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS.................................................. 85
5.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 85
Section 6 SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ........................................................ 92
6.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 92
Section 7 MISCELLANEOUS VENTILATION SYSTEMS..................................... 97
7.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 97
Contract 3403 – Particular Specification ii AA 08/03/19

SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1 INTRODUCTION
1.1.1 Mechanical Works
This Particular Technical Specification (PTS) covers the requirements for the
Mechanical Works to be carried out under the Contract. The general
requirements of works shall be read in conjunction with the Section of Electrical
and Mechanical Works General in the Specification.
The “Mechanical Works” hereafter refers to the works which include

mechanical and associated electrical and control systems and accessories.
The Mechanical Works shall cover all Mechanical Services without limitation
to the design, manufacture, supply, transportation, delivery, installation,
relocation, modification, diversion, dismantling, reinstatement, site survey,
coordination with Other Contractors, design data submission, statutory and
utilities submissions, testing, setting to work, commissioning and rectification
of defects for the areas associated with the Primary Integrated Airport Centre
(IAC) and the Backup Integrated Airport Centre (IAC).
The Mechanical Works shall be a complete, safe, operable, reliable and readily
maintainable mechanical system with the following items forming the principal
components:
(a) Seawater cooled chillers, chilled water pumps, condensate drain

pumps, valves, thermal insulation, expansion joints, pipework and
accessories;
(b) Air handling units, primary air handling units, CRAC units, fan coil units,
ventilation fans, dampers, air grilles, louvers, thermal insulation, fire
rated enclosures with proper Fire Resistance Rating (FRR), ductwork
and accessories;
(c) Motor Control Centers (MCC) and Local Control Panels (LCP)
associated power and control cabling;
(d) Split-type / VRF type air-conditioning units, refrigerant pipework,
thermal insulation and control & accessories;
(e) Feed and expansion facility, chemical treatments for chilled water
system and AC makeup water facility;
(f) Power supply and associated cable containments for all mechanical
systems;
(g) Controls of mechanical equipment and associated control and
monitoring cabling, computer equipment, FSD approved type control
panels for SES, software and hardware; and
(h) Silencers, vibration isolation devices, acoustic insulation / treatment
and associated accessories.
(i) Ventilation/Air-Conditioning (VAC) Control System in accordance with
FSD requirements;
(j) Smoke control system, smoke and fire dampers and associated power
and control cabling in accordance with FSD requirements;
(k) Provisions of all associated fixing and builder’s works;
(l) Testing and Commissioning of all systems and equipment including all
the modified/diverted existing systems and equipment; and
(m) All painting, labelling and cladding of pipework and ductwork.
The Addition and Alteration (A&A) Works for the Mechanical Services shall
include but not limited to the following:
(a) Modification and diversion of existing services to suit revised

architectural layout and newly installed services according to the
Employer’s Drawings and requirements as specified in this PTS
including chilled water pipes, condensate drain pipes, fan coil units,
primary air ducts, associated accessories and sundries such as valves,
thermal insulation, pipe/duct cladding, dampers, electrical power
distribution system and MBMS control and monitoring system etc.
(b) Modification and diversion of existing VAC system and manual

override control panel in accordance with FSD requirements;
(c) Properly demolish, terminate and make good for existing services as
per Employer’s Drawing and the Specification to suit new Mechanical
Services designs and new architectural designs. The Contractor shall
return the dismantled equipment and materials to store of the Authority
in good condition if requested by the Project Manager.
The Contractor shall supply, install and modify the MBMS control and
monitoring system for chiller plant in the Primary IAC for changeover of
seawater supply system from the existing seawater pump house to the re-
provisioned seawater pump house.
The Contractor shall coordinate with Other Contractors to carry out the testing
and commissioning for the seawater distribution system in the Primary IAC for
changeover of seawater supply system at the existing seawater pump house
to the re-provisioned seawater pump house.
For the Primary IAC, the Contractor shall supply and install appropriate IAQ
equipment in the air conditioning and ductwork system to achieve the Excellent
Class Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) requirements as defined by A Guide on Indoor
Air Quality Certification Scheme for Offices and Public Places published by
Environmental Protection Department for the areas which shall be normally
occupied by people such as but not limited to the IAC Hall, AEC Hall, offices,
meeting rooms, restroom and resting areas. The Contractor shall submit the
calculations of the air filtration system to achieve the Excellent Class IAQ to

the Project Manager for review without objection before installation. The IAQ
equipment, but not limited to the following, shall be provided for air handling
equipment such as Air Handling Unit and Primary Air Handling Unit:
(a) High efficiency filters with removal efficiency of MERV13;

(b) UV sterilizers; and
(c) Chemical Filter etc.
The Contractor shall be responsible to arrange a competent examiner as

defined A Guide on Indoor Air Quality Certification Scheme for Offices and
Public Places published by Environmental Protection Department to conduct
IAQ measurement, to certify the premises in compliance with IAQ Excellent
Class and issue an IAQ Certificate for Building Owner to register with IAQ
Information Centre.
The general installation, technical and performance requirements for the

Mechanical Works shall be as shown on the Employer’s Drawings and/ or
described within this Specification. Where not shown and/ or described the
installation and testing of the Mechanical Works shall be deemed to comply
with the relevant sections of the GMWS and amendments thereof. All
Electrical Installations shall be carried out by Registered Electrical Worker.
1.2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
1.2.1 The relevant Definitions and Abbreviations shall be in accordance with the
Employer’s Drawings and/or the Specification thereof. The Definitions and

Abbreviations shall be read in conjunction with the Section of Electrical and
Mechanical Works General in the Specification.
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.3.1 The Mechanical Works shall comply, without limitation, with all relevant
regulations, ordinances and requirements as stated in the Section of Electrical
1.4 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY (GENERAL)
1.4.1 The Contractor’s responsibility shall include but not limited to the requirements
as stated in the Section of Electrical and Mechanical Works General in this
Specification.
1.5 CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS
1.5.1 The Contractor shall produce and submit a full set of drawings and the
associated calculations for the entire Works to the Project Manager for review
without objection.
1.6 AS-CONSTRUCTED DRAWINGS
1.6.1 The Contractor shall produce As-Constructed Drawings in accordance with the
requirements as stated in the Section of Electrical and Mechanical Works
General in the Specification.
1.7 FACILITY IDENTIFICATION
1.7.1 The facility identification shall comply with all relevant requirements as stated in
the Section of Electrical and Mechanical Works General in the Specification.
1.8 CLEANING OF INSTALLATION
1.8.1 The requirements of installation cleaning shall comply with all relevant
requirements as stated in the Section of Electrical and Mechanical Works
General in the Specification.
1.9 PAINTING AND FINISHES
1.9.1 The requirements of painting and finishes shall be in accordance with the
Electrical and Mechanical Works General in the Specification.
1.10 WATERPROOFING
1.10.1 Where any work pierces the waterproofing, including the waterproof structure,
the method of installation shall be submitted to the Project Manager for review
without objection prior to manufacture.
1.11 RELEVANT CODES AND STANDARDS
1.11.1 The relevant Codes and Standards shall be in accordance with the Electrical
1.12 MATERIALS
1.12.1 The relevant materials shall be in accordance with the Specification.
1.13 SUBMISSIONS
1.13.1 The relevant submissions shall be in accordance with the Specification.
1.14 WORKMANSHIP
1.14.1 The relevant workmanship shall be in accordance with the Specification.
1.15 INSPECTION AND TESTING
1.15.1 The requirements for the inspection, testing and commissioning shall be in
accordance with the Specification.

SECTION 2 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 Design and performance criteria associated with the Mechanical Works shall
be in accordance with this PTS and the GMWS or amendments thereof.
2.1.2 The control and monitoring system for Mechanical Installations shall follow
the point schedule as stated in MBMS typical I/O point schedule in Sections
of Airport Systems in this Specification.
2.1.3 Extreme care shall be taken by the Contractor to protect existing services
during re-installation or new services, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to
report and carry out remedial works to any damaged installations right after
an incident has occurred. Should the Contractor fail to carry out the required
rectification work within one hour after the incident is reported, the Project
Manager is entitled to employ a third party to execute the remedial works.
2.1.4 In addition to the above, the following requirements shall be addressed

during the relevant diversion and modification works.
(a) Any identified installation shall be re-provided for having similar

material, size and ability to perform same function for the equipment
that connected and were served before.
(b) All overnight works to carry out modification, diversion, demolition and
installation etc. works are the Contractor’s responsibility.
(c) All affected areas shall be carefully identified and the necessary
temporary provision made for the affected areas during modification,
diversion, demolition and installation etc. works.
(d) The Contractor shall return the dismantled equipment and materials to
store of the Authority in good condition if requested by the Project
Manager.
2.1.5 Where a particular item is not addressed within the above-specified criteria,
the Contractor shall design based on recognized international standards
including the CIBSE and/or ASHRAE.

2.2 OUTDOOR CRITERIA
2.2.1 Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall base the design of the
Mechanical Works on the following external conditions.
(i) Temperature and Humidity
(i) Summer: 35°C .D.B, coincident with 28°C W.B
(ii) Winter: 7°C D.B, 3°C W.B
(ii) Outdoor noise criteria
(i) Outdoor noise criteria shall conform to:
a) Noise Control Ordinance (NCO) and the associated

Technical memorandum.
b) EIA report for Expansion of Hong Kong International

Airport into a Third Runway System.
c) Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines

(HKPSG).
(ii) The noise level in external areas shall meet the statutory
requirements. Under no circumstances, the noise levels shall
exceed 85 dB (A) at 1m from the source. Compliance with the
Technical Memorandum for the Assessment of Noise from
Places other than Domestic Premises, Public Places or
Construction Sites, issued by the Environmental Protection
Department will be considered.

2.3 INDOOR CRITERIA
2.3.1 Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall base on the design of the air
conditioning installations on the following internal conditions:
(i) Temperature and Humidity
Area Design Condition (1)

Primary IAC
Entrance Lobby 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Toilets/Showers 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Reception (AEC) 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Resting Area 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Pantry 24qC D.B., 55%RH
CMT Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
PA Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
CCD Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
POV Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Comms Cupboard 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Nursing Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
TBE Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Locker Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
AAHK Comms Room CR79 22qC D.B., 55%RH
Chiller MCC Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
LV Switch Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Electrical Room (with CBS) 24qC D.B., 55%RH
FS Control Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
AVSECO DSM Office 24qC D.B., 55%RH
ADM 24qC D.B., 55%RH
AEC Hall 24qC D.B., 55%RH
IAC Hall 24qC D.B., 55%RH

Area Design Condition (1)
Police Equipment Room 22-24qC D.B., 40-60%RH
Police Observation Room 22-24qC D.B., 40-60%RH
ADM Support Team Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Briefing / Lecture 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Exhibition Area / Viewing 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Gallery
CAD Equipment Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
SES Control Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Filing Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Restroom 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Store 24qC D.B., 55%RH
UPS Room 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Staff Common Area 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Corridor 24qC D.B., 55%RH
Backup IAC
AEC Hall 24qC D.B., 50%RH
IAC Hall 24qC D.B., 50%RH
Comms Room CR78 24qC D.B., 50%RH
ADM Room 24qC D.B., 50%RH
CCD Room 24qC D.B., 50%RH
PA Room 24qC D.B., 50%RH
AEC Support Workstations 24qC D.B., 50%RH
SOCC 24qC D.B., 50%RH
CMT 24qC D.B., 50%RH
Comms Cupboard CC78A 24qC D.B., 50%RH
Remarks:
1. The actual temperature and humidity level will be within ±2°C
and ±10% respectively of the design value specified.

2.3.2 Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall base on the design of the
mechanical ventilations installations on the following internal conditions:
(i) Mechanical Ventilation
Area Design Condition

Primary IAC
Toilets / Showers 30 ACH
Service Ducts (for toilets) 15 ACH
Nursing Room 15 ACH
Resting Area (Sink) 10 ACH
Electrical Room 20 ACH
Electrical Room (with 5 ACH for gas purging and periodic
CBS) ventilation
AAHK Comms Room 5 ACH
CR79
Chiller MCC Room 5 ACH
Transformer Room Comply with CLP Std. (COP 101
latest version)
Pantry 10 ACH
LV Switch Room 5 ACH
Chiller Plant Room 15 ACH, heat dissipation or
refrigerant leakage rate whichever is
higher
SES Control Room 5 ACH
Communication Cupboard 5 ACH for gas purging and periodic
(CC) ventilation
Police Equipment Room 5 ACH for gas purging
CAD Equipment Room 5 ACH for gas purging
Water Pump and Tank According to heat rejection of
Room equipment to maintain maximum
40 ºC room temperature but not less
than 15 ACH
Genset Room 5 ACH (for general exhaust)
FS Tank & Pump Room According to heat rejection of

Area Design Condition
equipment to maintain maximum
40 ºC room temperature but not less
than 15 ACH
UPS Room 5 ACH for general exhaust and gas
purging
Fuel Tank Room Natural Ventilation in compliance with
FSD guideline
Gas Bottle Room 5 ACH
TBE Room 5 ACH for gas purging and periodic
ventilation
Pantry 10 ACH
(Staff Common Area)
Backup IAC
Comms Cupboard CC78A 5 ACH for gas purging
Comms Cupboard CC78 Existing gas purging system remains
unchanged
2.3.3 Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall design, select, supply and
install the equipment for the air-conditioning systems and mechanical
ventilation systems by means of adding silencers, acoustic duct lining,
acoustic panels, acoustic lagging, acoustic enclosures or other methods
without affecting the system performance to satisfy EPD’s statutory
requirements and achieve the following noise levels stipulated on below
Acoustic Specification for Electrical and Mechanical Systems Installations.
Overall Internal
Area Mechanical Services NC Level
Noise Level
NC 35
POV Room (1 m away from the inlet/ return duct NC 25
of FCU)
NC 35
PA Room (1 m away from the inlet/ return duct NC 25
of FCU)
AEC Hall Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35(1)
IAC Hall Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
AVSECO Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
Overall Internal
Noise Level
DSM Office
ADM Support
Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 40
Team Room
CMT Room Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
CCD Room Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
ADM Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
Nursing
Room
IAC Lobby NC 45 --
Pantry NC 45 --
Reception Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 40
Restroom Refer to Overall Internal Noise Level NC 35
Briefing/
Lecture
Exhibition
Area /
Viewing
Gallery
Resting Area NC 45 --
CAD
Equipment NC 50 --
Room
Police
Observation NC 40 --
Room
Filing Room NC 50 --
HKPF
Equipment NC 50 --
Room
Common
Area
Sound Lobby
NC 40 --
(buffer zone)
Toilets NC 45 --
Locker NC 45 --

Overall Internal
Noise Level
Rooms and
Shower
Rooms
All corridors,
staircases
and NC 50 --
Equipment/
Store Rooms
Genset Room NC 75 --
Chiller Plant
NC 75 --
Room
AHU Room NC 75 --
Transformer
NC 75 --
Room
Comms
NC 50 --
Room CR79
Comms
NC 50 --
Cupboard
Fire Control
NC 50 --
Room
LV Switch
NC 75 --
Room
Chiller MCC
NC 75 --
Room
Electrical
NC 60 --
Rooms
TBE Room NC 75 --
Water Pump
NC 75 --
& Tank Room
FS Pump and
NC 75 --
Tank Room
UPS Room NC 75 --
SES Control
NC 50 --
Room
Remark:
1. To achieve NC 35 in AEC Hall, the fan coil units (with internal duct lining)
serving Exhibition Area / Viewing Gallery are required to be automatically
operated at low speed or switched off when the AEC Hall is in operation.

2.4 AIR QUALITY CRITERIA
2.4.1 Fresh air quality criteria shall be in accordance with the latest EPD Annual
Air Quality Statistics, 95 Percentile measured in Tung Chung.
2.4.2 The Contractor shall design, install, test and commission IAQ equipment,
including but not limited to, particle filters, chemical filters, UV sterilizers and
high efficiency filters, to achieve the following indoor air quality criteria:
(i) IAQ Objectives for Offices and Public Places
The mechanical services installations shall achieve Excellent Class

of the EPD Indoor Air Quality Certification Scheme for Offices and
Public Places by adopting the appropriate outdoor air values, filtration
science and absorption technology so as to maintain equilibrium in air
quality, thermal comfort and energy conservation. The Contractor
shall conduct testing and commissioning of IAQ installations and
systems, and carry out IAQ Assessments, measurement and
sampling in accordance with the Specification and A Guide on Indoor
Air Quality Certification Scheme for Office and Public Places and
Guidance Notes for the Management of Indoor Air Quality in Offices
and Public Places published by EPD. The Contractor shall provide
necessary support and provisions in the IAQ measurement and be
responsible for any mitigation and remedial actions necessary on all
non-compliance areas. The Contractor shall also submit all necessary
information as requested by the Certificate Issuing Body (CIB) to
facilitate the certificate application registration.
(ii) Minimum outside air supply
Area Occupancy Min. Fresh Air

(People) Supply Rate
(L/s per person)
Primary IAC
Entrance Lobby 9m2/person 11.6
Reception (AEC) 7m2/person 11.6
Resting Area 5m2/person 11.6
Pantry 2 11.6
CMT Room 10 11.6
PA Room 1 11.6
(L/s per person)
CCD Room 16 11.6
POV Room 2 11.6
Comms Cupboard 2 11.6
Nursing Room 2 11.6
TBE Room 2 11.6
Locker Room - 2.5 l/s/m2
AAHK Comms Room
2 11.6
CR79
Chiller MCC Room 2 11.6
LV Switch Room 2 11.6
FS Control Room 2 11.6
SES Control Room 2 11.6
AVESCO DSM Office 1 11.6
ADM 2 11.6
AEC Hall 44 11.6
IAC Hall 160 11.6
ADM Support Team Room 6 11.6
Briefing / Lecture 57 11.6
Exhibition Area / Viewing
9m2/person 11.6
Gallery
1 person/
Restroom 11.6
quarter
Staff Common Area 40 11.6
Store 50m2/person 11.6
Filing Room 50m2/person 11.6
UPS Room 2 11.6
Corridor 9m2/person 11.6
CAD Equipment Room 2 11.6
Viewing Platform 9m2/person 11.6
HKPF Observation Room 2 11.6
HKPF Equipment Room 2 11.6
Backup IAC

(L/s per person)
AEC Hall 40 8.5
IAC Hall 88 8.5
ADM 2 8.5
AEC Support Workstations 5 8.5
PA Room 1 8.5
CCD Room 13 8.5
SOCC 9 8.5
CMT 6 8.5
Remark: Fresh air rate per person for the Backup IAC of 8.5 L/s per
person is the benchmark for the existing IAC fresh air provisions.
2.5 DUCTWORK AND PIPEWORK DESIGN PARAMETER
2.5.1 Unless otherwise indicated on the Employer’s Drawings, the design

parameters shall follow:
(a) Ductwork Design Parameters
(i) Maximum duct frictional loss: 1 Pa/m; and
(ii) Maximum duct air velocity:
a) Main Ducts (concrete duct and vent shaft / metal duct for
smoke extraction) – 10 m/s
b) Main Ducts (supply and return metal duct) - 8m/s
c) Branch Ducts – 6 m/s
d) Transfer Air Ducts – 4 m/s
(b) Face velocity of air louvre (50% free area ratio)
(i) Intake air / makeup air / transfer air inlet weather-proof louvre:
2 m/s
(ii) Exhaust air weather-SURRIORXYUH2.5 m/s

(iii) Smoke discharge outlet weather-SURRIORXYUH3.0 m/s
(c) Face velocity of air grille (70% free area ratio)
(i) Indoor application air grillePV
(ii) Transfer air grillePV
(d) Architectural louvres (50% free area ratio)
(i) The Contractor shall be responsible for design, installation,

construction and performance of indoor application
architectural louvres and ensure the installed indoor
architectural louvres achieve the system performance such as
noise criteria and system pressure loss etc. The Contractor
shall submit the details of architectural louvres to the Project
Manager for review without objection prior to installation.
(e) Minimum louvre separation: 5m between intake and exhaust / smoke

outlet
(f) Pipework Design Parameter
(i) Pipes under 50mm dia. - 1.2 m/s (normal design max);
(ii) Pipes 50mm dia. and over - 400 Pa/m and 3 m/s (normal
design max.); and
(iii) Chilled water temperature difference
a) Primary IAC
- Supply 6 oC
- Return 12 oC
b) Backup/Existing IAC
- Supply 7 oC
- Return 12 oC
(iv) Seawater water temperature difference
a) Supply 29 oC
b) Return 34 oC
2.6 DYNAMIC SMOKE EXTRACTION SYSTEM
2.6.1 The Contractor shall design, install, test and commission the smoke
extraction system in accordance with the minimum requirements of the FSD.
Maximum smoke travel distance 30 m [at least one extract

point shall be located within
each 500 m2 unit floor area.]
Mechanical make-up air inlet maximum 6 m/s
velocity (Based on free area of the grille)
Smoke extraction outlet maximum 6 m/s
velocity (Based on free area of the grille)
Minimum separation between smoke 5m
extraction discharge outlet and any air
inlets / other openings into any building.
Minimum height of smoke discharge 3 m (horizontal discharge)
outlet bottom above surrounding 6 m (downward discharge)
horizontal surface (No discharge under
canopy or overhang)
2.6.2 Equipment and ductwork required to handle and contain hot smoke shall be
suitable for continuous operation at 250oC for not less than 1 hour. This
includes fans, motors, drives, damper operators and ductwork etc.
2.6.3 All equipment, ductwork, grilles, louvres, power cables and control cables
shall comply with FSD requirements.

SECTION 3 CHILLED AND CONDENSING WATER SYSTEMS
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 The Chilled Water Installations works shall be as shown on the Employer’s
Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Supply and installation of a complete Central Chiller Plant including

seawater cooled chillers, pumps, chilled water and sea water
circulating/distributing pipework, valves, water treatment, sundries and
associated works;
(b) Supply and installation of the feed and expansion system for chilled
water system including feed and expansion tanks, pumps, pneumatic
vessels, power and control systems and associated works;
(c) Supply and installation of the thermal insulation for pipework and
equipment;
(d) Supply and installation of the acoustic works (sound attenuation

devices, vibration isolation devices, silent hangers/supports etc.);
(e) Supply and installation of the condensate drainage system and

associated condensate drain pumps, pipework and power and control
systems;
(f) Supply and installation of the electrical and controls works, including
but not limited to the associated MCC, LCP, control valves, power and
controls cablings, field devices (e.g. sensors, relay etc.), etc.;
(g) Provision of all associated fixings and builders' works;
(h) Testing and commissioning of the entire system and equipment;
(i) All painting and labeling and pipework cladding.
3.2 CHILLER PLANT
3.2.1 A chiller plant shall be supplied and installed in the allocated area at the
Chiller Plant Room to serve the Primary IAC. The plant shall comprise of
three (3) Low Voltage (LV) titanium seawater cooled chillers (2 duty and 1
standby), three (3) chilled water pumps (2 duty and 1 standby) with variable
speed drives and feed and expansion system etc.

3.2.2 The chiller plant shall be supplied by dual sources from CLP and backed-up
by diesel generator.
3.3 PLANT DELIVERY ROUTE
3.3.1 The Contractor shall submit method statement and associated drawings
detailing how the chiller plant and other equipment such as pumps, AHUs,
PAUs and fans etc. will be delivered to the Site and installed at the various
locations. This method statement shall include the means to facilitate the
future replacement of the equipment.
3.4 CHILLED WATER DISTRIBUTION
3.4.1 The chilled water pumps shall be located adjacent to the chillers. Three (3)
chilled water pumps (2 duty and 1 standby) shall be provided to circulate the
chilled water to the associated air handling equipment. The standby pump
shall be operated when there is any electrical or mechanical failure. The
chilled water circuit shall be designed to operate with variable flow control
for maintaining the minimum system pressure. In addition, the chilled water
main circuit will operate in a ring circuit arrangement on each floor to
enhance the reliability of chilled water supply. The speed of the chilled water
pumps shall be adjusted to deliver the required water flow in response to the
actual system demand by means of the differential pressure sensors
installed at critical locations.
3.4.2 Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV) shall be installed for AHUs,
PAUs, CRAC Units and main chilled water pipes branch (Zone control) or
where indicated on Employer’s Drawings.
3.4.3 Isolation valves shall be provided along the chilled water ring mains to
ensure individual sections of chilled water circuit can be isolated in the event
of pipe leakage, whilst the remaining chilled water circuit sections can be
kept in operation.
3.4.4 Chilled water shall be supplied to all PAUs, AHUs, CRACs and FCUs.
3.4.5 Water treatment system shall be provided to maintain the quality of water to
an acceptable condition to comply with the Specification. The water
treatment system shall be timer controlled and locally controlled by the
conductivity sensor installed at the pipework.

3.4.6 Immersion temperature sensors shall be installed at the chilled water supply
and chilled water return mains to monitor the chilled water supply and return
temperature.
3.4.7 Package type feed and expansion system shall be provided to cater for
expansion and make up of chilled water system. The pressurization unit shall
comprise of duty and standby booster pumps, duty and standby pneumatic
pressure vessels, control panel etc. Water supply for the feed and expansion
system shall be fed from 250L fibre glass break tank locating inside Chiller
Plant Room. The feed and expansion pumps shall be locally controlled by
the pressure switch with MBMS control under remote mode operation.
3.4.8 A 250L fibre glass break tank located inside AHU Room at 1/F shall be
provided to supply AC potable water to humidifier of CRAC units at Comms
Room CR79 at G/F.
3.4.9 The Contractor shall provide a full design, supply and installation of floor
mounted and ceiling-mounted I-beam/hollow section support systems for all
chilled water pipes, condensing seawater pipes and air ducts in the Chiller
Plant Room to meet the actual construction spatial arrangements. No
Mechanical Services that may cause vibration shall be mounted on the
ceiling inside the Chiller Plant Room. The Contractor shall also design,
supply and install the hoisting equipment such as I-beam and eye-bolt etc.
for maintenance of chillers and seawater strainers. In carrying out the
supporting structural works for the chiller plant before obtaining Occupation
Permit from BD, the Contractor shall appoint an Independent Checking
Engineer (ICE), who shall be a “Registered Professional Engineer (RPE) of
Structural Engineering Discipline” and “Registered Structural Engineer
(RSE)” to the Hong Kong Building Ordinance. The structural design
calculations and construction drawings checked and endorsed by the ICE
shall be submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection before
commencement of works.

3.5 SEAWATER DISTRIBUTION
3.5.1 Seawater shall be adopted for heat rejection of the chiller plant at the Primary
IAC.
3.5.2 Two (2) 250mm dia. seawater cooling supply pipes (seawater supplied from
existing seawater pump house) each with 100% heat rejection capacity shall
be provided to serve the chiller plant of the Primary IAC, with the interface
located at underground valve pit (West of Chiller Plant Room). A seawater
cooling outfall of dia. 250mm shall be discharged to the storm water drainage
system which as shown on the Employer’s Drawings. Changeover of
seawater supply from existing seawater pump house to re-provision of
seawater water pump house shall be required once the re--provided
seawater supply system is available to be operated.
3.5.3 Immersion temperature sensors shall be installed at the seawater cooling

discharge main to monitor the seawater discharge temperature.
3.5.4 Pressure sensors and flow meter shall be installed at the seawater cooling
supply and discharge mains to sense the seawater supply/ discharge
pressure and the flow status of the sea water supply.
3.5.5 Twin seawater by-pass lines completed with pressure differential sensors,
motorized modulating valve and flow meter shall be installed across the
seawater cooling supply and discharge mains as a safety device for
preventing pipe bursting owing to seawater supply system overpressure.
3.6 CONDENSATE DRAIN WATER DISTRIBUTION
3.6.1 The Contractor shall provide condensate drain collection system including
pipework, insulation and cladding, for handling the condensate water
collected between various mechanical equipment and the drain points. The
condensate pipe shall be provided with sufficient cleaning plugs to ensure
that each portion of the pipework can be effectively cleaned in case of
blockage. If the fall of the condensate drain pipe is not sufficient due to site
constraints, condensate drain pump with appropriate power supply and
control with alarm to MBMS system shall be provided by the Contractor.
3.6.2 The condensate drain water from mechanical equipment shall be collected
and then discharged to the drainage system as shown on the Employer’s
Drawings and shall fully comply with statutory requirements.

3.6.3 All pipework, drain pan and drip tray used for the conveyance of condensate
water shall be thermally insulated to prevent external surface condensation
on the condensate drain pan and drip tray. All the drain pans and drip trays
shall be connected to condensate drain collection system with trap. Water
leakage detector for condensate drain pan and drip tray with alarm to
SCADA system shall be provided by the Contractor.
3.7 SEAWATER COOLED CHILLERS
3.7.1 The seawater cooled chillers shall include, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Low voltage (LV) hermetic drive direct seawater cooled chillers,
complete with:
(i) compressors;
(ii) shell and tube heat exchangers;
(iii) welded structural steel supports and base-plate;
(iv) marine boxes for both evaporator and condenser;
(v) water cooled motor including associated circulation pumps;

and
(vi) flanged pipework connections.
(b) refrigerant storage units, transfer compressors and associated

pipework;
(c) low voltage motor control centres, including associated starters,

variable speed drives and power factor correction equipment;
(d) low voltage motor control centres for control systems, oil heaters, oil
pumps, refrigerant transfer compressors and associated plant; and
(e) microprocessor control facilities including local chiller control panels,

associated sensors, instrumentation and interlocks interfaced with
and integrated into the Mechanical Building Management System
(MBMS).
3.7.2 General

This Section specifies the seawater cooled chillers which form part of the works
as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
The seawater cooled chillers shall be designed to be assembled as a single

unit with major components including compressor, gear box, evaporator,
condenser and control panel built up on a common structural steel base plate.
The Contractor shall ensure each chiller is factory assembled to a degree of
completion that minimizes on Site erection, assembly and connection;
The seawater cooled chillers shall be firstly factory assembled, refrigerant

piped, wired and then leak tested. Once all factory tests in this Specification
are completed, each chiller unit shall be disassembled and delivered,
subjected to the recommendation by the chiller manufacturer; and the
Contractor shall obtain the related manufacturer's guarantee of performance
and submit it for review without objection by the Project Manager prior to
installation.
The Contractor shall demonstrate adequate maintenances space shall be

provided to the offered chillers based on the chiller plantroom provision as
shown the Employer’s Drawings. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the
Project Manager that the offered chillers shall comply with all the required
performance requirements including but not limited to cooling capacity, kilowatt
input power etc.;
The seawater cooled chillers shall be suitable for using seawater as

condensing water, and operation in parallel to give the required duties;
The Contractor shall allow for the interchange-ability of spare parts and
accessories in the selection of each chiller; and
The Contractor shall ensure adequate provision to minimize/prevent disruption

of chiller plant operation due to momentary voltage dip/disruption of incoming
power supply including but not limited to the following:
(a) Motor shall be rated for re-start. Minimum with one immediate re-start
and another re-start within ten (10) minutes;
(b) Lubrication oil temperature shall be maintained at adequate level for

immediate re-start; and
(c) Include zoom voltage capacitor circuit.
3.7.3 Standards and Regulations
The LV chiller shall be designed, tested, rated, certified, conformed and

installed in compliance with the latest edition of the standards including but not
limited to the following and reviewed without objection by the Project Manager:

(a) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15-2016: Safety Code for Mechanical
Refrigeration;
(b) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 30-2017: Method of Testing Liquid-Chilling

Packages;
(c) ANSI/ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1-2016: Energy Standard for Buildings

Except Low-Rise Residential;
(d) AHRI Standard 550/590-2015 or AHRI Standard 551/591-2015:

Performance Rating Of Water-Chilling and Heat Pump Water-Heating
Packages Using the Vapour Compression Cycle;
(e) BS EN 14511-1 to BS EN 14511-4: 2018 - Air conditioners, liquid chilling

packages and heat pumps for space heating and cooling and process
chillers, with electrically driven compressors;
(f) ASME Standard B31.5-2013: Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer

Components; UL 465 for construction of centrifugal chillers and provide
UL/CUL label;
(g) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code/Section VIII, Division 1;
(h) Code of Practice for Electricity (Wiring) Regulations, 2015 Edition;
(i) Materials shall comply with the relevant British Standards and
International Standards, including but not limited to those listed in the
GMWS or amendments thereof; and
(j) All factory applied acoustical and thermal insulation, including facing and
adhesives shall be fire-resistant and shall conform to the requirements of
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and the FSD.
3.7.4 Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
Minimum operating capacity of the chiller shall be confirmed by the chiller

manufacturer and demonstrated during FAT by operation for two (2) hours. In
case the Project Manager is not satisfied with the test result due to observed
operational phenomenon during part load test, remedial measures shall be
required and the Contractor shall be responsible for such remedial measure;
Each chiller shall be factory tested to verify the refrigerant capacity in tons and
the kW/ton at full load. Prior to delivery, a factory certified test report shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection in order to
confirm that each chiller performs as specified in this PTS. The FAT shall be
conducted in conformance with AHRI Standard 550/590-2015 at the chiller
manufacturer’s plant;
The FAT shall be run with clean tubes in accordance with AHRI Standard
550/590-2015 or AHRI Standard 551/591-2015 including but not limited to the
following requirements:
(a) A downward temperature adjustment per AHRI Standard 550/590-2015

or AHRI Standard 551/591-2015 shall be made to the design leaving
evaporator water temperature to adjust from the specified fouling factor
of 0.0176 m²°C/kW to the clean tube condition of 0.000 m²°C/kW;
(b) An upward temperature adjustment per AHRI Standard 550/590-2015 or

AHRI Standard 551/591-2015 shall be made to the design entering
condenser water (i.e. seawater) temperature to adjust from the specified
fouling factor of 0.044 m²°C/kW for fresh water application and 0.088
m²°C/kW for sea water application respectively to the clean tube test
condition of 0.000 m²°C/kW; and
(c) There shall be no exceptions to conducting the performance test with

clean tubes and with temperature adjustments in (1) and (2). The chiller
manufacturer shall cleanse tubes, if necessary, prior to test to obtain a
test fouling factor of 0.0000 m²°C/kW.
The FAT shall be run at the design leaving evaporator water temperature and
a range of entering condenser water (i.e. seawater) temperatures including but
not limited to the design entering condenser water temperature;
The FAT instrumentation shall be in accordance with AHRI Standard 550/590-

2015 or AHRI Standard 551/591-2015 and the calibration shall be traceable to
the National Bureau of Standards;
The chiller manufacturer shall conduct FAT in accordance with AHRI Standard
550/590-2015 or AHRI Standard 551/591-2015 tolerance, except as modified
below, to verify design capacity and part load capacity points. A maximum of
two (2) points with tolerance allowed for kW or Tonnage for all tested points.
kW input in no case shall exceed that indicated on the Equipment and
Materials Schedule for the full load condition. Therefore, the chiller must
demonstrate the ability to meet the specified full-load capacity without
exceeding the kW input listed;
During the test, all machinery performance data including but not limited to oil
pressures, gas pressures, and component temperatures shall be recorded at
fifteen (15) minute intervals and compared to standard conditions supplied by
the chiller manufacturer. If at any time during the test, the recorded machinery
performance data is in excess of the standard conditions, the test will be

considered not valid and the test shall be restarted for an additional trial by the
Contractor;
All proposals for chiller performance must include an AHRI approved selection
method for the specified refrigerants. Verification of data and version of
computer program selection or catalogue shall be available through the
Engineering Division of AHRI;
At least eight (8) weeks before the FAT, the Contractor shall notify the Project
Manager to arrange the relevant parties for the witness of FAT in the dedicated
factory. The Contractor shall make allowances for three (3) staff representing
the Project Manager, each time to witness the testing at the manufacturer’s
premises or at a mutually agreed site suitable for carrying out the test. The
staff shall be provided with full access to the manufacturing sites where
inspection, testing and commissioning for the various items of equipment
supplied by the Contractor are carried out. The FAT arrangements shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for review without objection eight (8) weeks
prior to conducting the FAT.
Before dispatch of each chiller unit, after having been completely factory
assembled, the manufacturer shall provide Factory Performance for AHRI
Points Test and Cold Condenser Water Test witnessed by both the Project
Manager and Contractor to ensure satisfactory operation of the chiller
including but not limited to the following:
(a) Minimum load operation;
(b) Static and dynamic balancing; and
(c) The 100% full-load condition, 75%, 50% and 25% part-load conditions
at the entering condenser water temperatures. The test results of
coefficient of performance (COP) shall be expressed in the format as
shown below:
Full load / Part load condition

Entering
condenser water 100% 75% 50% 25%
temperatures
29 °C
26 °C
23.67 °C
18.33 °C
17 °C

The Cold Condenser Water test for each chiller shall be performed for at least
four (4) hours for capacity and efficiency including but not limited to the
following:
(a) 100% load operation and 12.78 °C entering condenser water

temperature (ECWT) and design flow rates; and
(b) 25% load operation and 12.78 °C ECWT and design flow rates.
Additional subsequent test(s) may be required at the discretion of the Project

Manager if unacceptable FAT results are determined by the Project Manager.
The additional test(s) requested, or caused by equipment operation condition
exceeding standard conditions, or not meeting the overall operating condition
or overall operating efficiency, shall be provided by the Contractor;
The refrigerant circuit shall be fully leak tested at the factory, evacuated and
pumped up with a holding charge of refrigerant for delivery under positive
pressure. If the holding charge is lost on arrival, the system will not be
accepted;
A certified and original test report of all data shall be submitted to the Project
Manager prior to delivery. The factory certified test report shall be signed off
by an representative of the chiller manufacturer's company while pre-printed
certification will not be accepted;
After all the tests and prior to delivery, the chiller manufacturer shall perform
the despatch including but not limited to the following:
(a) Check/change oil filter;
(b) Drain oil from sump;
(c) Drain water from boxes and heat exchangers and dry thoroughly; and
(d) Remove refrigerant and pressurize refrigerant side to five (5) psig with
dry nitrogen unless delivery with refrigerant in unit.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all FATs are carried out
in safe manner with properly organised testing facility meeting all relevant
statutory safety requirements; and

Witnessing of satisfactory FATs shall in no way limit the Project Manager to
reject such equipment after delivery to Site if they are subsequently proved
to be defective, unsatisfactory or unsuitable for their intended purposes.
3.7.5 Manufacture
(a) The seawater cooled chillers and drives shall be supplied by a single
manufacturer experienced in the design and construction of similar
equipment and who have made chillers for similar duties for at least
five years prior to the date of this tender. All guarantees, test
certificates, etc., shall be deemed to apply to the entire assembly;
(b) All water chillers and drives shall be the product of the manufacturers
listed in the relevant schedule of Third Runway Concourse for the
provisional suppliers for major materials and equipment, or an
equivalent reviewed without objection by the Project Manager.
3.7.6 Submissions
Submittal Drawings
(a) Within one month after the award of the Contract and prior to ordering
the equipment, the Contractor shall furnish the following information
for each unit, for review without objection by the Project Manager:
(b) Unit Drawing: Indicate overall unit dimensions, key

component locations and dimensions,
field connection details for piping/
flange and electrical wiring, and
mounting and fixing details;
(c) Access requirements: Working clearances for mechanical

controls and electrical equipment;
(d) Floor layout drawing: Indicate centrelines, locations and

dimensions of chiller points of contact
with the floor;
(e) Weights: Shipping weight, operating weight,

weight of each major component,
weight load at each vibration isolator;

(f) Wiring Diagram: Main power connections, control
wiring connections (contacts and
terminations), internal wiring
schematic including transformers and
other devices;
(g) Electrical data: Motor full load current, Job full load
current, inrush current, max fuse size
or breaker size;
Electrical requirements for power

supply wiring including wiring
diagrams for interlock and control
wiring, clearly indicating factory-
installed and field-installed wiring;
Volt drop ride through capability in

percentage and duration of volt drop;
(h) Control Panel Details: System operating data points, status

messages, safety shutdowns, cycling
shutdowns, trending capability,
programmable set points, interface
capability for data transfer;
(i) Technical Specification manufacturer's printed catalogues
materials specification
Allowable flow fluctuations
Characteristic curves;
Sound power characteristics; and
Cooling capacity and part load COP
3.7.7 Product Performance Data
(a) The product performance data sheet shall be submitted to the Project
Manager for review without objection prior to commencement of the
Works. The product performance data sheet shall include, but not
limited to the following:
(i) Electric Chiller: - Refrigerant Type – HFO
(Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) shall be
submitted for any
refrigerants used that is
NOT classified as ‘A1’ for
flammability and toxicity
by ASHRAE 34);
- Capacity (kW);
- Chilled-Water
Temperatures;
- Chilled-water Flow (l/s);
- Evaporator Pressure Drop

(kPa);
- Evaporator Fouling Factor;
- Condenser Water
Temperatures;
- Condenser Water Flow

(l/s);
- Condenser Pressure Drop

(kPa);
- Condenser Fouling Factor.
(ii) Part Load Performance: Efficiencies at 10% load

increments at the following
entering condenser water
temperatures (ECWTs): 29°C,
26°C, 23.67°C, 17°C, 18.33°C,
12.78°C and minimum
possible. Demonstrate that
chiller will provide 100% design
capacity at the minimum
possible ECWT. Clearly note

any points where continuous,
stable operation may not be
achievable. Hold condenser
water flow constant for all
points.
(iii) Chiller performance ratings conforming to and reported in

accordance with AHRI Standard 550/590-2015 [capacity (kW),
energy efficiency (kW/kW), water pressure drop (kPa),
Integrated Part Load Value (IPLV) efficiency or Non-Standard
Part Load Value (NPLV)];
(iv) Additional power or water sources for auxiliaries (water for oil
coolers, etc.) and the effect of compressor motor heat losses
to the refrigerant stream in all rating calculations shall be
included;
(v) Statement of Compliance with ASHRAE 90.1; and
(vi) Manufacturer’s warranty certificate.
(b) Manufacturer's shop drawings shall clearly indicate the construction

and assembly of all chiller plant components including accessories.
(c) Mounting and fixing details shall include details and dimensions of
chiller bases, fixing bolts, supporting steelwork, flexible connections,
vibration isolators and any special builder's work requirement.
(d) Characteristic curves shall show the energy consumption in kilowatts,

pressure drop through the evaporator and condenser, chilled water
flow rates and temperatures, etc., for each unit at 25%, 50%, 75%
and 100% of full capacity.
(e) Sound power characteristic curves shall be in dB measured in

accordance with AHRI standard 575 for 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of
full capacity.
(f) The manufacturer shall certify all characteristic curves as accurate.
(g) Within two months of the Date of the Practical Completion, the
Contractor shall provide complete commissioning and testing reports
for each unit in accordance with the recommendations of an approved

testing authority and in compliance with the "Testing, Inspection and
Commissioning – Mechanical Services” Section of the GMWS.
(h) In carrying out the supporting structural works for the chiller plant
before obtaining Occupation Permit from BD, the Contractor shall
appoint an Independent Checking Engineer (ICE), who holds
”Registered Professional Engineer (RPE) of Structural Discipline”, to
check and endorse the structural design calculations and construction
drawings and submit to the Project Manager for review without
objection before commencement of work. For the above submission
of structural design calculations and construction drawings which, in
the opinion of the Project Manager, are required for statutory
approval, those submitted structural design calculations and
construction drawings shall be checked and endorsed by an ICE to
the HK Building Ordinance, before submission to the Project
Manager.
3.7.8 Selection
(a) The Contractor shall select all chillers suitable for the equipment
schedule.
(b) Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, water side operating hydraulic

pressure and testing pressure shall be at 1035kPa and 1553kPa
respectively.
(c) Seawater cooled chillers shall be of the packaged type and suitable
for continuous operation inside plant room of 40°C DB and 98% RH.
(d) All seawater cooled chillers shall be of minimum vibration and noise
level during operation; should these be excessive and not within the
standards as stated in the GMWS, the Contractor shall be responsible
for provision of adequate vibration isolation and sound attenuation as
recommended and required by the Project Manager.
(e) The sound pressure levels for the chillers shall not exceed the criteria
stated in this PTS when tested in accordance with AHRI Standard
575.
(f) All chillers must be suitable for operation in parallel to give the
required duties.

(g) Each complete chiller unit including motor and variable speed drive
shall be supplied from a single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall
provide all the guarantees, test certificates, etc., and it shall be
deemed to apply to the entire assembly.
(h) The water system shall be designed to tolerate a flow change of 50%
in one minute as well as being able to operate with minimum chilled
water flow down to 30% - 40% of the design full load chilled water
flow.
3.8 GENERAL CHILLER REQUIREMENTS
3.8.1 Each chiller unit shall include compressor, motor (in case of hermetic design),
evaporator, seawater cooled condenser, lubrication system, integral sub-
cooler or flash economizer, capacity controller, control panel, motor starter,
and all necessary accessories to enable the chilled water system to operate
as specified in the PTS;
3.8.2 Each chiller unit shall require only water connections, one electrical power
connection to the starter panel, one essential power connection for control
and oil heater;
3.8.3 The entire chiller unit shall be specifically designed for the type of refrigerant
to be used, which shall be HFO of Class A1 (Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) shall be submitted for any refrigerants used that is NOT classified
as ‘A1’ for flammability and toxicity by ASHRAE 34), which fully comply with
the capacity requirements specified in this PTS and the Equipment and
Materials Schedule. All chillers shall be provided with a full charge of oil and
refrigerant. All the component parts, including but not limited to compressor,
motor (in case of hermetic design) bearings and seals, control device
lubricating oil, etc. shall be fully field proven to be suitable for the specific
type of refrigerant used;
3.8.4 The materials and items of equipment used in the refrigerant and water
circuits shall not corrode or set up corrosion when in contact with the liquids
conveyed and/ or other metals. Where corrosion occurs, appropriate
corrosion resistant materials and assembly methods must be used including
isolation of dissimilar metals against galvanic interaction;
3.8.5 Each chiller unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, wired,
charged with refrigerant, tested and delivered complete with all starting gear,

controls, instruments and safety devices. Any chiller if required to be broken
down for delivery and reassemble on site, the Contractor shall obtain related
manufacturer’s guarantee of performance for review without objection by the
Project Manager prior to the delivery;
3.8.6 Each chiller unit shall be dynamically and statically balanced after assembly;
3.8.7 Each chiller unit shall meet schedule designated capacities/efficiencies

when rated in accordance with AHRI Standard 550/590-2015 – Tolerance
and shall conform to the latest edition of the ASHRAE Standard 15 safety
code;
3.8.8 The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for lifting for all removable parts,
including motor, compressor casing, gear box casing, water boxes covers,
etc. The hoisting facilities shall be in the form of lugs, rings, etc. of suitable
design;
3.8.9 The Sound Pressure Level (SPL) generated by each chiller under all
operating conditions shall not exceed the following values, when measured
1.0 m from any point on the chiller in accordance with latest edition of AHRI
Standard 575:
Octave Band Centre Frequency, Hz
Maximum Pressure 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K

Level at 1.0 m,
(dB re 2 x 10-5 Pa) 75 77 77 79 81 81 76 63
3.8.10 If chiller noise generation exceeds this level, the chiller manufacturer shall
provide acoustical devices with the chiller to reduce the noise generation to
the level specified. In addition, If all chillers operate at full load and the overall
acoustic requirements exceed the plant room noise level specified in other
cause of PTS, the Contractor shall propose and provide relevant acoustic
measurements to comply with relevant causes specified in PTS without other
implications;
3.8.11 Each chiller unit shall be field insulated in the evaporator, end sheets, suction
line, liquid line and other cold surfaces with not less than 40 mm closed-cell
neoprene foam insulation, adhered with vapor-proof cement. The water

boxes and nozzles must be field insulated with removable covers over bolts;
and
3.8.12 All factory applied acoustical and thermal insulation, including facings and
adhesives shall be fire-resistant and shall conform to the requirements of
NFPA and the Fire Services Department.
3.8.13 Chiller Performance
The chiller shall operate at a power factor of better than 0.85 throughout the
operating range. If the design power factor of the motor should drop below
0.85 during low load conditions, an automatic fuse protected power factor
correction capacitor shall be provided as an integral part of the starter panel;
The minimum requirement of the design performance, i.e. the coefficient of

performance (COP) at part-load and full-load shall be designed as specified
in the Equipment and Materials Schedule.
3.8.14 Control panel
Microprocessor-based control panel shall be provided consisting of touch-

screen operator interface and a unit controller. Power and control shall locate
in two sections of the main panel to ensure protection against all weather
conditions. The control panel shall be IP54 and internally protected by IP20
enclosures against possible accidental contract with electrical component.
The main panel shall be fitted with a main switch interlocked door.
The control system shall comprise a touch-screen panel to provide clear,

real time and adaptive type, and concise information on the chiller status,
alarms, trends, and set point adjustment. The compressor controllers shall
continue uninterrupted operation of the chiller whilst the touch-screen
become inoperable. The touch-screen shall display the chiller operating
parameters, set point changes with multi-level password protected, and shall
be capable of resetting faults and alarms. The control system shall be
capable to quick re-start the chiller automatically after power failure within
30 seconds. The following parameters, without limitation, shall be displayed
on the home screen and trend curves on the trend screen.

Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures, chilled water supply
temperature reset point, ambient air temperature, time, date, operating
hours, system demand, chiller status, alarm, fault, etc.
Compressor information including compressor maximum speed, actual

speed, percent of full speed per compressor, compressor demand,
alarm, fault, suction pressure, discharge pressure, pressure ration,
power demand, actual power input, 3-phase current, voltage, surge
RPM, choke RPM, liquid line temperature etc.
Entering and leaving condenser water temperatures, Condenser

saturated refrigerant pressure, condenser water in and out
temperatures, refrigerant pressure and temperature, etc.
Evaporator water in and out temperatures, refrigerant pressure and

temperature, liquid line temperature, etc.
Trending log data Including entering and leaving chilled water

temperatures, ambient air temperature, actual power input, number of
compressor operating, etc. all data shall have time stamp for analysis.
Each chiller shall have control panel, interface port, and interface cable. The
control panel shall contain USB port(s) for downloading the unit’s history,
major parameter trends, alarms, fault history, and unit operating manual that
is stored in the microprocessor. The fault history shall be displayed with date
and time stamped. The alarm and fault history shall be downloadable from
the chiller’s USB port(s);
The control panel shall connect to the MBMS. The chiller manufacturer shall
provide all required hand-held tools with licensed software for the interfacing
to chiller and chiller control system. Access code at client level shall be
provided for the proprietary monitoring software. Bearing oil temperatures
and motor windings for both compressors shall be monitored by chiller
manufacturer’s controller and sensor shall be provided to the bearings;
The following fittings shall be provided and connected:
i. Refrigerant pressure gauges, not less than 75 mm diameter and fitted

with means of isolation, on suction and discharge. Gauges shall have

pressure and saturation temperature scales for the refrigerant being
used. Alternatively, gauges with pressure scale only may be used in
conjunction with a pressure/saturation temperature conversion table
fixed nearby;
ii. High and low refrigerant pressure safety cut-outs with adjustable
differential pressure set point. Protection settings shall be pre-set in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations;
iii. All instruments shall be mounted in a neat instrument panel mounted on

the package unit or on a varnished teak frame mounted panel near to the
machine being served and to a design reviewed without objection by the
Project Manager.
iv. Stop valve on refrigerant discharge and suction;
Alternatively, pressure measurements read from the display panel of the

chiller is acceptable.
3.8.15 Low Voltage Open Type Motors
In case open type motors are adopted, the open type compressor motors
shall be horizontal foot mounted, open drip-proof, squirrel cage induction
design in accordance with BS EN 60034 and BS 5000. The motors shall be
statically and dynamically balanced to minimize vibration at all range of the
design duty, including the starting up period. Motor and compressor shall
be coupled and mounted rigidly on a common and substantial framework to
avoid misalignment due to vibration when chiller operates;
The vibration amplitudes shall comply, as a minimum requirement, with BS

EN 60034 and shall not deteriorate within the design operating life of the
equipment;
The low voltage open motor shall be Totally Enclosed Closed Air Circuit
Water Cooled (CACWC) type to protection code of IP 54 BS EN 60034 or
as specified in the Equipment and Materials Schedule. Motor coolers shall
be designed to IC W37 A81 of BS EN 60034. The shaft mounted fans shall
be provided for self-circulation of air;

The motor cooling jacket shall be designed to handle 100% compressor
loading with the maximum cooling water inlet temperature at 14°C;
The cooling medium for the open type motor shall be fresh water and the
heat shall be dissipated to the chilled water circuit through a plate type heat
exchanger. The cooling coils shall allow a maximum pressure drop of not
exceeding 45 kPa. The maximum winding temperature shall not be
exceeded when the cooling water temperature is at 13°C. The modulating
motorised valve shall be provided for each motor cooler to maintain winding
temperature;
The motor water coolers shall be fitted with drip trays and spray baffles to
prevent water, in the event of leakage, falling on live components. Leakage
detectors shall also be fitted to raise signal in the chiller control panel. Power
supply to chiller motor shall be cut off when one of over-temperature or
water leakage signals is activated;
The rotor and stator windings shall be high grade copper bars with low
resistance and good electrical and mechanical properties. The rotor copper
bars shall be brazed to the end ring. The stator and rotor bars shall be tightly
fitted together to avoid vibration. The stator and rotor insulation shall be
specially designed to ensure that there is no undue deformation due to
physical movement of the conductors arising out of differential thermal
expansion;
The stator frame shall be fabricated from steel to produce a light and rigid
structure with the stator core supported by terminal and intermediate
supports. The entire assembly shall be secured rigidly to avoid vibration
under all operating conditions, including overloading conditions during fault
conditions before clearance by the protection devices;
The motor insulation shall be Class F to B.S. 2757 and rated for Class B
maximum temperature rise limit in accordance with BS EN 60034. The main
insulation shall be synthetic resin bonded mica tape or approved equivalent
and finished stator winding shall be baked or vacuum pressure
impregnated;
The motor shall be provided with a NEMA D-flange configuration. Bolted
cast iron adapter shall be provided to allow the motor to be rigidly coupled
to the compressor, providing factory alignment of motor and compressor
shafts, and to allow access to the motor for repair without removing
refrigerant charge from the chiller;
Each chiller unit shall be provided with an automatic oil re-claim basin. Shaft
seal shall be double face bellows type or floating carbon ring oil film type.
Maximum oil leakage rate of the shaft seals shall be less than 25 fluid
ounces of oil per 1000 hours of chiller operation.
The entire rotor and stator assembly shall be designed for efficient
ventilation and to avoid any hot spot within the entire winding assembly;
The LV motors shall be designed for auto-transformer or VSD starting as

stipulated in the equipment schedule and the specification. The motor shall
be designed and selected to match fully with the starting and operating
characteristics of the chiller compressor, the starter and the power supply
system as a whole to ensure secure and efficient operation. The motor and
starter shall also be designed to cater for the possible maximum voltage dip
in the supply network during starting, including any system voltage surge
as well as the voltage dip within the development due to the local distribution
network. The Contractor shall provide all necessary information, drawing
and coordination with CLP to prove the voltage fluctuation limit and
harmonic distortion content shall be kept within the limit as specified in the
electricity company supply rule;
The entire electrical circuits, including the motor and the starter, shall be
capable of withstanding transient or fault conditions, including any possible
fault conditions due to the supply network;
The LV motor shall be designed to operate on 380 V, 3-phase, 50 Hz power

supply. Additional step down transformer to suit chiller compressor motor
will not be accepted and shall be designed to withstand the following fault
levels:-

(a) Lightning impulse: 75kV (peak)
(b) Power frequency voltage: 28kV for one minute
The cable termination boxes for the LV motors shall be suitable for the
application of XLPE insulated cables and the terminations shall be suitable
for the local unconditioned climatic conditions and shall not require any
jointing compound. The termination shall also be of adequate strength to
withstand the stress due to fault conditions as stated in the other parts of
this PTS;
The cable joint boxes shall be phase segregated pressure relief type and
shall be designed to withstand the electrical, mechanical and thermal
stresses produced by fault conditions at the motor equivalent to a short
circuit current of not less than 50 kA symmetrical. A water tight air insulated
disconnected chamber shall be provided for the testing of the cable
termination. Terminal blocks for circuits of different voltages shall be
segregated into groups by permanent rigid barriers and distinctively
labelled. Each terminal shall be provided with white ferrules for
identification of internal and external wiring according to the wiring diagram;
The motor circuit shall be designed for minimum lagging power factor of
0.85 and efficiency better than 95%. If necessary, power factor correction
capacitor shall be provided. The wiring of the capacitor shall be on the
outgoing connection of the starter connected in such a manner that the
over-current drawn by the motor and not that of the motor and capacitor
combined. The short circuit protection of the starter, however, shall include
the capacitor in its circuit;
The bearing shall be forced-feed lubricated type or equivalent as

recommended by the chiller manufacturer and shall be designed for a B10
bearing life of a minimum 200,000 hours and be provided with double
shields to protect the bearing from dust and dirt. Temperature detectors
shall be installed at suitable positions for protection of each bearing by
initiating trip control;

An anti-condensation heater shall be provided to protect the motor and shall
be located at strategic positions as recommended by the chiller
manufacturer to ensure adequate and proper coverage of the motor
windings. The chiller control system shall automatically switch off the motor
heater when the machine is running and switch on the heater when the
machine is stopped. A positive monitoring device shall be provided to
indicate the correct functioning of the heater. The heater shall be designed
to permit easy replacement of the unit;
Embedded temperature detectors shall be provided to protect the motor

against over-temperature and the detectors shall be located at strategic
locations with two units per phase of the stator winding to ensure the earliest
detection of any unusual temperature rise in the motor winding. The
temperature detectors shall be resistance type made of platinum or other
approved type of inert metal and the alarm/trip signals for over temperature
protection shall be adjustable and the temperature of the motor winding
shall be shown in the control panel provided with a selector; and
The air heat exchanger shall be constructed with the following

requirements, and shall be completed with air vent, drain, condensate or
flooding detection system and isolation facilities:-
(a) Water box: Mild steel
(b) Tube sheet: Mild steel
(c) Tubes: Heavy gauge copper with aluminium fins
3.8.16 Low Voltage Hermetic Motors
The hermetic motor shall be designed for auto-transformer/variable speed

drive (VSD) starting. Hermetic motor shall be hermetically sealed and
refrigerant cooled with windings specifically insulated for use with refrigerant,
winding insulation to BS EN 60034;

The motor stator shall be designed for service or removal without complete
compressor disassembly or breaking of main refrigerant pipe connections;
Non-reversing squirrel-cage induction type, to Class B starting characteristic,

continuously rated to BS 5000 and BS EN 60034;
The frame shall be extra-heavy construction, guaranteed by compressor

manufacturer suitable for support of impeller housings;
The shaft shall be designed such that first critical speed is well above
operating speed;
The bearing shall be cartridge sleeve type supporting rotating assembly and
shall be readily accessible for servicing with a rated life of minimum 200,000
hours;
The hermetic motor shall be designed for minimum lagging power factor 0.9
and efficiency better than 95%. If necessary, power factor correction
capacitor shall be provided. The wiring of the capacitor shall be on the
outgoing connection of the starter connected in such a manner that the over-
current drawn by the motor and not that of the motor and capacitor
combined. The short circuit protection of the starter shall include the
capacitor in its circuit;
Embedded temperature detectors shall be provided to protect the motor

against over-temperature and the detectors shall be located at strategic
locations with two units per phase of the stator winding to ensure the earliest
detection of any unusual temperature rise in the motor winding. The
temperature detectors shall be resistance type made of platinum or other
approved type of inert metal and the alarm/trip signals for over temperature
protection shall be adjustable and the temperature of the motor winding shall
be shown in the control panel provided with a selector;
The Contractor shall provide factory applied 20mm thick, anti-sweat, closed-
cell, plastic type insulation to motor housing; and

The cast iron terminal box suitable for connection of heavy duty flexible
conduit or armoured cables shall be provided and the box shall be
adequately protected under short circuit condition.
3.8.17 Evaporators
The evaporators shall be of horizontal shell-and-tube flooded type matching

with all other components for cooling requirements and performance. The
construction and materials shall conform to ANSI B9.1 - Safety Code and
ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels;
The variable orifice or equivalent refrigerant flow control shall be provided

with perforated liquid refrigerant and entrained flash gas distributor plate
designed to ensure all the tubes wetted even under varying load conditions;
Variable primary flow control shall be employed in the chilled water circuit,
and the flow characteristics of the evaporator shall meet the following
criteria:
(1) The minimum allowable chilled water flow shall be 30% - 40% of design
evaporator full flow;
(2) The evaporator shall tolerate a minimum 50% flow rate change per
minute; and
(3) The maximum water velocity shall not exceed 2.3 m/s.
The refrigerant side shall be hydro tested in accordance with the ASME
Code. Water side shall be designed for working pressure as specified in the
PTS and Equipment Schedule on Employer’s Drawing;
The shell shall be fabricated such that each tube can be cleaned or replaced
individually without dismantling any pipework. Steel water boxes shall be
provided;
The tubes shall be minimum 0.71 mm thick, seamless copper and with
integral fin, and shall be mechanical roller expanded into steel tube sheets
providing a leak-proof seal at two ends and at mid-tube supports of material
same as evaporator shell. Each tube shall be individually cleanable and
replaceable. Fin tube root thickness not less than 0.64 mm for working
pressure 16 bar and below and 0.71mm for working pressure not exceeding
25 bar;
The tube sheet shall be 25 mm thick carbon steel welded to the evaporator
shell;
Mid-tube supports shall be spaced at internals not greater than 1.4m and not
less than two supports must be used;
The eliminators shall comprise of multiple layers of aluminium wire mesh

spread throughout the entire length of evaporator;
The evaporator shell and associated refrigerant discharge shall be factory

insulated with approved insulation of thickness not less than 40mm, and
finished with 0.8mm hammer clad aluminium cladding;
The water boxes shall be marine type and be provided with drain and vent
connections extended beyond the insulations, vapour seal and finish and
terminated with a vent/drain valve. Lifting eye bolt and/ or hinge shall be
provided so that maintenance can be carried out without removing
connection pipes;
The end-cover of the marine water box and evaporator shell shall be hinged
or provided with lifting eye bolt. The hinged water boxes shall be capable of
carrying the full weight of the end plate without additional supports or lifting
devices;
Internal baffles shall be provided to uniformly distribute the liquid refrigerant

and to prevent direct impingement of liquid and hot gas bypass on the tubes.
Thermometer, safety relief valve and sight glass shall be provided; and
The pressure relief valves with rupture disk piped to the perimeter of the
building shall be provided in accordance with ASHRAE 15. The pressure
relief valves shall be factory installed in accordance with ANSI B9.1 safety
code. Independent alarms shall be provided for each rupture disk and

connected to the local chiller control panel, and the alarms shall be capable
of being tested without rupturing the disk.
3.8.18 Seawater Cooled Condensers
The seawater cooled condenser shall be of a single horizontal shell and tube
type design matching the compressor’s requirements and performance.
Construction and materials shall conform to ANSI B9.1 Safety code and
ASME Code;
The maximum water velocity in the water cooled condensers shall not
exceed 2.3 m/s;
The condenser shall be designed using materials appropriate for seawater

cooling, i.e. the fouling factor shall be complied for seawater cooled
operation as specified in the Equipment Schedule;
The refrigerant side shall be pressure tested to 1.5 times the operating
pressure following the proper BS EN 378-2 or ASME Code for Unfired
Pressure Vessel;
The shell construction shall be horizontal and fabricated such that the tube
may be replaced and/or cleaned without dismantling any pipework. Steel
water boxes shall be provided and be suitable for flange connection to BS
EN 1092;
The tubes shall comply with the following standards:
(a) ASME Specification SB-338: Specification for Seamless and Welded

Titanium and Titanium Alloy Tubes for Condensers and Heat
Exchangers;
(b) ASTM B891: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded

Titanium and Titanium Alloy Condenser and Heat Exchanger Tubes
with Integral Fins; and
(c) ASTM E426: Standard Practice for Electromagnetic (Eddy-Current)

Examination of Seamless and Welded Tubular Products, Austenitic
Stainless Steel and Similar Alloys.

Tubes shall be produced from basic smooth, welded heat exchanger tube
and shall comply with the requirements of SB-338 of the latest addendum to
the ASME Code, Section II, and to any additional requirements of this
standard;
Basic tube chemical composition shall conform to the requirements of SB-

338, Table 1, for Grade 2 material;
Basic tube tensile properties shall conform to the requirements of SB-338,

Paragraph 7 and Table 3, for Grade 2 material;
Tubes shall comply with all mandatory requirements of ASTM B891, and to
any additional requirements of this standard;
The basic tube shall not contain any surface defects, which would be
detrimental to the finning operations;
Tubes shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.7 mm and shall be

continuously externally finned with plain (un-finned) ends. Tubes may be
ordered with intermediate plain skip sections;
Tubes shall be provided in the "as-finned" temper. The plain ends and skip
sections shall be provided in the original "as-annealed" temper and shall be
suitable for subsequent expanding/rolling-in manufacturing operations or
any other normal tube fastening operation such as welding; and
The following certifications in triplicate shall be shipped with the material:
(a) Certificate of conformance to SB-338;
(b) Mill test reports to SB-338, for each heat of basic tubing comprising
the shipment shall include the chemical composition, tensile test
results, flattening test results, reverse flattening test results and flaring
test results;
(c) Eddy current test certification before and after finning;
(d) Hydrostatic test results including the test pressure;

(e) The number of rejects and the cause for rejection shall be reported if
the reject rate at NDE exams exceeds 5%; and
(f) Dimensional results of finned tube wall measurements, i.e. plain end
wall thickness and minimum wall thickness under fins.
The tube sheets shall be titanium cladded 9.5 mm thick for protection against
attack of sea-water, and shall be mechanical roller expanded into tube
sheets at two ends and free suspended at mid-tube supports (minimum
20mm thick and maximum spacing 1.4m) of material same as condenser
shell. Each tube shall be individually cleanable and replaceable;
Discharge gas baffle and headers shall be provided to avoid direct high
velocity impingement on condenser tubes;
Water side shall be designed for working pressure as specified in the

Equipment and Materials Schedule and shall be tested at 1.5 times of the
design working pressure;
The water boxes shall be marine type so that the condenser tubes can be
serviced without dismantling any piping. For chillers with dual condensers
design, provisions must be allowed at site and the Contractor shall
demonstrate that condenser water piping does not need to be dismantled
upon replacement of tubes;
Anti-corrosion coating shall be applied on the interior surface of the water

boxes. Austenitic stainless steel drain plugs shall be provided at the lowest
point of the marine box. Water connection shall be extended flange end and
blanked off with mild steel plate; and
The end-cover of the marine water box and condenser shell shall be hinged
or provided with lifting eye bolt. The hinged water boxes shall be capable of
carrying the full weight of the end plate without additional supports or lifting
devices.

3.8.19 Casings
The water chiller shall be a factory assembled as one piece packaged unit.
All factory wiring and piping shall be contained within the unit enclosure.
Casings shall be constructed of heavy gauge industrial type galvanized steel

panels securely bolted and reinforced in critical areas to form a rigid and
durable structure.
Panels shall be bonderized to remove grease and dirt after fabrication and
all external parts shall be coated with zinc phosphate and finished with baked
enamel.
Panels shall be of interlocking design with the base raised to prevent water
from entering the unit. Screws shall be cadmium plated.
Structural frames shall be fabricated with members rigidly braced to prevent

and distortion or change of shape during operation. Frames shall be of
welded construction with slag and spatter removed prior to painting with two
coats of primer and one coat of aluminium epoxy paint.
3.8.20 Lubrication System
Sufficient lubrication to all required locations shall continue at all times whilst
the compressor is rotating under all operating, shutdown and fault conditions
including but not limited to total power failure, fault trip on start-up, contactor
welding, oil pump failure, etc. Standby oil pumps with automatic start-up shall
be provided;
The lubrication system shall be factory package, assembled and piped and
be complete with the following:
(a) Main rotor shaft driven oil-pump for force feed lubrication to all
bearings, gears, and rotating surfaces by an external variable speed
oil pump for prestart, continuously during operation, and during shut
down;
(b) Heater of adequate capacity to be provided in the oil reservoir to avoid

excessive accumulation of refrigerant in the oil during shut down;
(c) External replaceable oil filter;
(d) Refrigerant cooled or chilled water cooled oil cooler;
(e) Oil pressure regulator;
(f) Oil temperature controller;
(g) High oil temperature cut-out control; and
(h) Sight glasses for checking of oil level in oil receiver.
Each compressor shall have an auxiliary reservoir to provide lubrication

during shut down in the case of a power failure;
An interlock shall be provided to prevent motor starting unless oil pressure

is established;
An oil reservoir, separate from the compressor, shall contain a submersible

oil pump and immersion type oil heater, thermostatically controlled to remove
refrigerant from the oil;
The Contractor shall provide valves to enable changeover from duty to

standby oil pumps without having to shut down the chiller;
In case of separate lubrication systems for the compressor, gear box and
motor are provided, each system shall separately comply with the specified
requirements including standby facilities with automatic start-up and manual
changeover without chiller shutdown;
The compressor lubrication system shall be capable of being serviced

without loss of refrigerant or the need to pump down;
The compressor lubricant shall be an inhibited polyester based synthetic oil

miscible with refrigerant selected, under all operating conditions;
Oil cooling facilities shall be designed to be connected to the chilled water

reticulation system and to provide adequate cooling under full load
conditions with water entering temperature between 3°C and 18°C, for at

least one hour with the water at 25°C. The Contractor shall provide all
associated pipework, valves, controls and supplementary pumping facilities;
Oil shall be filtered by a replaceable cartridge oil filter equipped with service
valves. Filter shall be serviceable without machine disassembly or pump-
down; and
The refrigerant cooled oil coolers shall be completely factory mounted and
piped, including service valves for the oil circuit.
3.8.21 Refrigeration Circuit
The refrigerant circuit shall be constructed of copper tubing with brazed joints
and shall include isolating valves, charging connection, sight glass,
expansion valve or other throttling devices, solenoid valve, pressure relief
valves and filter-drier, etc. The entire suction line shall be insulated with 50
mm thick preformed closed-cell plastic-type pipe insulation or approved
equal; and
The chiller unit shall be fully tested with the specified refrigerant and the test
results shall be fully certified.
3.8.22 Refrigerant Leakage Detection System
The entire chiller plant shall be supplied and installed with a refrigerant
leakage detector for each chiller. The detector shall be located at the bottom
of each chiller and fully comply with ASHRAE Standard 15-2016;
In case of refrigerant leakage in excess of the designated safety

concentration level, the detectors shall actuate an alarm and mechanical
ventilation in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15-2016; and
The relevant control & monitoring panel, dry-contact for interfacing with
mechanical ventilation system alarm & monitoring signal (including but not
limited to “Normal”, “Risk” & “ Power Healthy”), alarm system, control &
power cabling and any other accessories for the refrigerant leakage
detection shall be provided.

3.8.23 Refrigerant Relief Pipe and Devices
A refrigerant relief pipe connected from the safety relief valve and discharge
to outdoor shall be provided in compliance with ASHRAE Standard 15-2016;
Refrigerant flow to the evaporator shall be controlled by a variable orifice.

The variable orifice control shall automatically adjust to maintain proper
refrigerant level in the condenser and evaporator and shall be controlled by
monitoring refrigerant liquid level in the condenser assuring optimal sub-
cooler performance; and
Relief devices shall be provided for the refrigerant side, in accordance with
ANSI B9.1 safety code ASME B31.5 and ASHRAE Standard 15-1994.
Multiple relief devices shall be brought to a common vent connection. The
Contractor shall also provide the discharge piping.
3.8.24 Automatic Hot Gas Bypass
Hot gas bypass valve and piping, designed to artificially load the evaporator,
shall be factory furnished to permit chiller stable operation without cooling
load demand.
3.8.25 Evaporator/Condenser Pipe Connections
The Contractor shall provide evaporator and condenser marine water box
type connections include but not limited to the following:
(a) Connections shall be flanged type;
(b) Anti-corrosion coating shall be applied on the interior surface of the

water boxes for condenser;
(c) Austenitic stainless steel drain plugs shall be provided at the lowest
point of the marine box;
(d) Water connection shall be extended flange end and blanked off with
mild steel plate; and
(e) Cover of water box shall be provided with lifting eye bolt.

3.8.26 Filters and Strainers
In addition to the filters and strainers specifically mentioned, the equipment

must be provided with any additional filters and strainers which may be
necessary for the satisfactory operation of the plant;
A full flow oil filter shall be provided for each compressor;
Strainers shall be filled in all chiller water line inlets to the chillers; and
The body of the strainers shall be of cast iron and suitable for the system
pressure. The filtering medium of the strainer shall be stainless steel with
total available filtering area of at least five times the sectional area of the
pipe inlet to the strainer.
3.8.27 Vibration Isolators
The Contractor shall ensure that the various components of the plants are
accurately levelled and aligned in relation to the base and other components
to ensure that the complete assembly operates in a proper manner without
creating undue stresses, out of balance forces, unnecessary noise or
vibration. Each chiller shall be supported on minimum 50mm static deflection
restrained type spring isolators.
A type of combination spring and rubber mounts giving not less than 95%
vibration isolation shall be supplied, subject to review without objection by
the Project Manager. The Contractor shall ensure that spring isolators are
supplied by the chiller manufacturer or from a source recommended by the
chiller manufacturer.
All anti-vibration mounts shall have levelling facilities.
The details indicated on the Employer’s Drawings are for guidance only, and
it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the mounting details
and vibration isolation equipment effectively eliminate the transmission of
vibration into the structure.

3.8.28 Flexible Connections
All service connections (including water pipes, cables and trunking) to the
chillers, if not inherently flexible in nature, shall be fitted with flexible sections
for review without objection by the Project Manager and sufficient to prevent
the transmission of noise and vibration away from the chiller.
Flexible pipe connections shall be line sized.
3.8.29 Chiller Control and Micro-Computer Provision
The chiller shall be controlled by a stand-alone microprocessor based control

panel. The panel shall be able to communicate with the existing Mechanical
Building Management System (MBMS) via Modbus remote terminal unit
(RTU) protocol/Building Automation and Control Network (BACnet) Multi-
Service Transfer Platform (MSTP);
The panel shall be factory installed and tested on each chiller unit;
The panel shall be fused through a transformer in the compressor motor

starter to provide individual over-current protected power for all controls;
The panel shall include a display screen with integral keypad for operator
interface showing all system parameters in the English language with
numeric data in English (or metric) units;
The panel shall provide control of chiller operation and monitoring of chiller
sensors, actuators, relays, switches and remote equipment.
The display screen shall provide details all operations and parameters, using
a graphical representation of the chiller and its components. Graphics
screens shall be provided for, including, but not limited to the following:
(a) Chiller Home;
(b) Evaporator;
(c) Condenser;
(d) Compressor(s);
(e) Economizer Compressor (if any);
(f) Oil Sump;
(g) System Health and Operating Information;
(h) Capacity Controls;
(i) Set Points;
(j) Alarm History; and
(k) Trending.
The System Health and Operating Information shall include:
(a) Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures (°C);
(b) Entering and leaving condenser water temperatures (°C);
(c) Evaporator and condenser refrigerant pressures (kPa);
(d) Differential oil pressure (kPa);
(e) Percent motor current (%), ampere drawing (A) and power (kW);
(f) Evaporator and condenser saturation temperatures (°C);
(g) Compressor discharge temperature (°C);
(h) Oil reservoir temperature (°C);
(i) Compressor thrust bearing position and oil temperature (°C);
(j) Operating hours; and
(k) Refrigerant level.
The chiller control panel shall feature automatic safety shutdown and manual
reset. All cycling and safety shutdowns shall be enunciated through the
alphanumeric display and consist of day, time, cause of shutdown, and type
of restart required. Safety shutdowns shall include, but not limited to the
following:

(a) Loss of chilled water flow;
(b) Loss of oil flow;
(c) High / low oil pressure;
(d) High oil reservoir temperature;
(e) Low evaporator pressure;
(f) Low evaporator refrigerant temperature;
(g) High condenser refrigerant pressure;
(h) Compressor thrust bearing oil temperature;
(i) Compressor thrust bearing position;
(j) Compressor starting and running over current;
(k) Compressor phase loss / phase imbalance / phase reversal;
(l) High compressor discharge temperature;
(m) High motor temperature;
(n) Freeze protection;
(o) Reverse rotation;
(p) Starter panel fault;
(q) Motor controller fault;
(r) Sensor malfunction; and
(s) All other safety shutdowns suggested by the chiller manufacturer.
Security access shall be provided to prevent unauthorized change of set

points, to allow local or remote control of the chiller, and to allow manual
operation the pre-rotation vanes and oil pump. The operating program shall
be stored in non-volatile memory (EPROM) to eliminate chiller failure due to
AC power failure or battery discharge. Programmed set points shall be
retained in lithium battery-backed RTC memory for a minimum of 5 years;

All controls shall be arranged for easy access and internally wired to clearly
mark terminal strips or pre-wired Programmable Automation Controller
interface modules for external wiring connections. Wiring shall be color-
coded black (control), white (neutral), and green (ground), with each wire
numerically identified at both ends with heat shrinkable wire markers. Wiring
enclosed in shielded cables and pre-wired cables shall be colour coded per
the wiring diagram;
An automatic load limiter or thermostat shall be incorporated to prevent

motor overload conditions by limiting the current drawn. The limiter shall
permit selection of maximum motor loading at least between 40 to 100% of
full load, with the rate at which the machine allowed to load adjustable and
accurately controlled. Complete, solid-state chilled water temperature
sensor and control package shall be included for precision and accuracy of
control. A suitable selector switch shall allow the chiller to load, unload, and
hold or to allow automatic operation. Pressure gauges, control switches,
indications, anti-recycle timer etc. shall also be provided. An anti-cycle timer
shall be incorporated to ensure 30-minute intervals between successive
compressor starts;
The chiller unit control module shall utilize adaptive control or other means
of control which automatically takes action to avoid shutdown due to
abnormal operating conditions and details shall be submitted for review
without objection by the Project Manager. Only when the abnormal operating
condition continues until a protective limit is violated shall the chiller unit be
shut down; and
Self-diagnostic check shall be provided as to detect and report any operation

problem.
3.8.30 Protection and Indication Provision
All compressors shall have a time delay relay system (adjustable) to prevent
the compressor from starting more than five times per hour;

Each packaged chiller set shall be protected and controlled by factory built
protection and safety devices installed in a panel including, but not limited to
the following:
(1) Interlock via the DDC controller with chiller water pumps and
condensing water pumps for both auto sequence start-stop and
manual start-stop controls;
(2) Interlock with lubricating oil pump and all other auxiliary components
of the chiller for sequence starting; and
(3) Isolating and emergency stop facilities, respectively. The emergency

stop switch of stay-put type shall be easily accessible and operable,
installed adjacent to the chiller unit in a conspicuous location, and
The safety devices shall include, but not limited to the following:
(a) Low lubricating oil pressure cut-out;
(b) High bearing oil temperature cut-out;
(c) Low evaporating temperature / pressure cut-out;
(d) High condensing temperature / pressure cut-out;
(e) Low chilled water temperature cut-out;
(f) Chilled water no flow cut-out;
(g) High motor coil temperature cut-out;
(h) High compressor discharge temperature cut-out;
(i) Refrigerant low temperature cut-out;
(j) Overload protection for compressors;
(k) Low oil level cut-out;
(l) Under voltage relay;
(m) Phase failure relay;

(n) Starter fault;
(o) Any other protections as mentioned in the GMWS, this Specification,

and Equipment Schedule, or as necessary for the proper and safe
operation of the chiller units.
The indicating devices in the chiller shall include, but not limited to the
following:
(a) Pressure gauges to indicate evaporating, condensing, and oil

pressures respectively;
(b) Pressure gauges to indicate differential pressure of chilled water flow

and return across each evaporator and condenser;
(c) Pressure gauges to indicate water pressure at each evaporator inlet

and outlet;
(d) Ammeters to indicate the actual readings in amperes as well as the

percentage of full load for the compressor motor current;
(e) Thermometers of dial type to indicate the evaporator and condenser

saturation temperatures;
(f) Thermometers of dial type to indicate the compressor discharge

temperature;
(g) Thermometers of dial type to indicate temperatures of water entering

and leaving each evaporator and condenser;
(h) Compressor running hour recorder for each compressor;
(i) Red indicating lights in duplicate for each safety cut-out;
(j) Green indicating lights for compressor running and lubricating oil
pump running; and
(k) Any other indicators as mentioned in the GMWS, this Specification,

and Equipment Schedule, as shown on the Employer’s Drawings,
or as necessary for the proper indications of the operating, and fault
conditions of the chiller units.

All pressures shall be indicated in absolute values to eliminate any gauge
pressure reading inaccuracies. All temperatures and pressures shall be
indicated in metric (°C, kPa) units unless otherwise specified or to suit
individual cases for review without objection by the Project Manager.
Complete calibration and testing of all sensors shall be done on the chiller
during run tests in factory.
3.8.31 Refrigerant Charges
The Contractor shall charge the chillers with all necessary refrigerant and oil
for carrying out tests and shall ensure that the chillers are correctly
maintained with refrigerant and oil until the expiry of the Defects Liability
Period (DLP); and
Before the expiry of the DLP, the Contractor shall furnish a complete
refrigerant charge and oil charge for each type of chiller.
3.8.32 Earthing, Finishes and Identification
The chiller unit shall be effectively earthed. The metal parts not forming part
of the electrical circuit shall be earthed separately from the electrical system,
with particular attention given to earthing of the condensing water system
and the cathodic protection system to minimize electrical stray current thus
increasing galvanic corrosion effects;
An emergency stop button shall be provided immediately adjacent to the

chiller motor and a warning sign in both English and Chinese of the following
shall be provided adjacent to the stop button:
"DANGER"
This motor is automatically controlled and may start without warning.

Isolate before inspection.
All chillers shall be factory painted in accordance with the chiller

manufacturer's recommendations;
Any damage to finishes which may have occurred during transit, storage,
installation or otherwise shall be made good in the manner recommended
by the chiller manufacturer and submitted to the Project Manager for review
without objection;
All chillers shall be provided with an identification plate showing the code
number for each chiller as indicated on the system schematics. This plate
shall be securely fixed to the chiller in a prominent position;
Each chiller shall have a specification plate which shall show full details of
chilled water flow rates and design temperatures, condensing and
evaporating temperatures and pressures, refrigerants and lubricants,
compressor type and duty, electrical connections, motor speeds and any
other pertinent information as may be required by the Project Manager. This
plate shall also be securely fixed to the chiller; and
All chillers shall bear the chiller manufacturer's nameplate giving the chiller
manufacturer's name, serial and model number, and date of manufacture.
3.8.33 Supportive Works from the Chiller Manufacturer
The Contractor shall ensure the chiller manufacturer shall have an adequate
local service organization where the staff shall have been factory trained,
certified and are capable of responding to service calls;
The Contractor shall ensure there is a stock of the refrigerant at the chiller
manufacturer for the life of the chiller, or not less than twenty-five (25) years
from the date of issuance of Completion Certificate of the Works, whichever
is greater in capacities sufficient to replace the full chiller refrigerant charge,
to be supplied to the Authority by the chiller manufacturer if a leak occurs
after the warranty period and also during the warranty period;
The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings that relate to or impact the plant
supplied by the chiller manufacturer, marked to indicate the review and
approval by the chiller manufacturer, to the Project Manager for review
without objection;

The Contractor shall arrange staff from the chiller manufacturer to inspect
and approve all works that relate to or impact the plant supplied by the chiller
manufacturer include, but not limited to the following:
(a) facilities for transporting, lifting and positioning plant;
(b) casting in and other builder’s work;
(c) erection, connection and alignment of plant;
(d) pressure testing, evacuation and leak testing of pressure vessels;
(e) refrigerant and oil charging;
(f) high voltage, low voltage and control cabling including selection,
installation and termination; and
(g) pipework installation and connection.
The Contractor shall arrange staff from the chiller manufacturer to review
works associated with the chiller plant include, but not limited to the
following:
(a) chilled water and sea water balancing; and
(b) mechanical building management system (MBMS) controls interface.
3.8.34 Controls
The microprocessor based control panel for the chillers shall be

weatherproof enclosing all starting and operating controls. A platform with
proper stairs shall be provided by the Contractor for accessing the control
centre. Dead-front panel covers are required for all contacts and terminals
for safety and shall be easily serviced. Locked doors are required to
prevent unauthorized personnel from tempering with the controls.
All necessary safety and operating controls shall be furnished and factory
wired in accordance with the National Electrical Code and all wiring shall be
terminated in the electric control centre.

Dual compressor units shall have lead-lag compressor controls with
reversing switch and compressor automatic sequence starting control with
ten second delay.
Power and starting controls shall include circuit breakers for compressors,
companion trip with 3-phase overload protection, starting contactors for
compressors and condenser fans, and any supplementary overload
protection as may be required.
Compressors for the chillers shall use variable speed drive to ensure the
starting current of each motor does not exceed its full load current.
Chillers shall be started sequentially to prevent circuit overload. All

compressors shall have a time delay relay system to prevent the compressor
from starting more than five times per hour.
Relay contacts shall be provided for all units as required for interlocking with
chilled water pumps and other plant as may be indicated on the Employer’s
Drawings.
The Contractor shall provide the compatible high-level interlace from chiller
system to MBMS system.
3.8.35 Control Console
Each chiller shall be protected and controlled by a factory made electronic

control panel which shall be complete with uninterrupted power supply (UPS)
of 30 minutes, digital display (indicating temperature, pressure, etc.) and
incorporating the following features and shall be accessible for routine
operation at maintenance:
(i) All automatic control gear for the refrigeration machine;
(ii) Safety controls shall be interlocked with manual reset, master and
auxiliary timers to sequence starting and auxiliary oil pump;
(iii) Indicate evaporating pressure and condensing pressure;

(iv) Indicate compressor discharge temperature, compressor suction
temperature, evaporator liquid temperature and compressor oil
temperature;
(v) Indicate differential pressure of condensing water and chilled water

flow and return across evaporator and condenser;
(vi) Indicate temperature of chilled water entering and leaving evaporator;
(vii) Continuous recording of chilled water in/out temperature and

condensing pressure;
(viii) One compressor hours of running integrating meter;
(ix) One "red" light to indicate safety cut out operation;
(x) One "green" light to indicate "compressor ready to run";
(xi) Capacity control of the electronic type incorporating motor current

limiting override;
(xii) All safety controls including:
(a) Low oil pressure cut out;
(b) Low evaporator pressure cutout;
(c) Low chilled water temperature cut out;
(d) Chilled water "no-flow" cut out;
(e) High condenser pressure cut out;
(f) High oil bearing temperature cut out;
(g) High motor coil temperature cut out;
(h) Overload relay by current limiting control; and
(i) Anti-recycling timer.
All MCCs and motor control panels in the Chiller MCC Room serving the
chiller plant shall fulfil the voltage dip ride through requirement of 40% rated
voltage for 170 milliseconds. Volt dip ride through time delay circuits shall be

included in the motor control panels and remote reset shall be via the MBMS
interface.
3.9 CHILLER PLANT CONTROL
3.9.1 General
(a) The Contractor shall develop a detailed and complete chiller plant
control system for chillers, pumps and associated equipment based
on the requirements of this PTS and submit for review without
objection by the Project Manager. The control system shall be
based on the use of Direct Digital Control (DDC) / Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) supplemented with electric and electronic
controls.
(b) The standalone microprocessor based chiller control panel shall

monitor and control the chiller(s) in a standalone mode or as directed
by the chiller sequencing software.
(c) The chiller plant control program shall be fully editable and set-up via
point and click on a standard windows screen. It shall not require
special software tools or a MBMS technician to operate and modify
chiller sequencing control. The chiller controls shall have high level
interface with the MBMS as stated in the PTS for MBMS. The
operation of the central chiller plant shall be in sequence and
controlled by the chiller plant optimization system.
(d) The following data shall be provided for chiller plant control and
optimization:
(i) Part load condition of chiller;
(ii) % of full load amp;
(iii) All alarm points;
(iv) COP;
(v) Min. flow; and
(vi) Max. rate of change of flow.

(vii) The chiller sequencing software shall perform the following
control strategies:
(viii) Chiller plant system scheduling;
(ix) Chiller sequencing;
(x) Chiller minimum flow bypass valve control;
(xi) Colour graphic based chiller plant status screens;
(xii) Colour graphic based chiller status screens;
(xiii) System and chiller diagnostic messages; and
(xiv) System and chiller reports.
(e) All set points shall be adjustable.
3.9.2 System Control Overview
(i) Control of the system components shall be as follows:
(i) The chiller shall receive enable/disable signals either through

a command via a communication link or via a hardwired binary
Input;
(ii) A chiller binary output shall control the operation of the chiller
evaporator isolation valve and/or call for pumps operation;
(iii) Each chiller shall incorporate approved provisions for external

interlocks so that each chiller cannot be operated unless its
associated water pump is energized;
(iv) When a chiller is called for operation, the motorized isolating

valve for that chiller shall be opened and the assigned chilled
water pump shall be started up. When the minimum water
flow through the evaporator is established as detected by the
flow meter, the motorized valves at the sea water cooling
supply and discharge pipes shall be opened;
(v) When flow is established through the condenser as confirmed

by the flow switch, then the chiller oil pump shall be started.
When oil pressure is established and all safety control is
satisfied, the compressor will start;
(vi) The chilled water pump(s) speed shall be modulated to control

the chilled water system supply / return pressure differential to
the required set point. Pressure differential controllers shall be
provided to measure the pressure difference across the chilled
water supply and return pipes at remote location of the critical
path. Chilled water pump speed shall be modulated to ensure
adequate pressure head is available in the whole chilled water
system. An alarm shall be sent to MBMS if the differential
pressure at the most remote location is out of the designed
pressure set point. The motorized modulating valve shall then
be switched to the fully closed position;
(vii) When called to stop, the chilled water pump shall be allowed
to run for a pre-determined period through a time delay
(adjustable) before closing down, unless the chiller pump is
stopped by an emergency stop. When chilled water flow is
stopped, the motorized valve shall be closed accordingly. The
condensing water flow shall be maintained for a preset time
period (adjustable) before closing the motorized valves at the
seawater cooling supply and discharge pipes.
(viii) In case the chiller fails to start, the failed unit shall be skipped
and disabled and the next lag chiller shall be enabled and
switched on. Audio and visual alarm signal for the failed unit
shall be actuated in the MBMS;
(ix) Should any of the chilled water pumps fail to start as

commanded by the MBMS, the failed unit shall be skipped and
the standby unit shall be energized accordingly. Audio and
visual alarm signal for the failed unit shall be actuated in the
MBMS;
(x) The system shall incorporate a failsafe recycler which runs all
stops switches to the “OFF” position on failure of power. On
resumption of power, the controller shall commence loading
the chillers in normal control steps by means of manual starting
via the chiller controller panel or the MBMS control console as
selectable. Once started, the complete system shall operate
automatically, unless manual operation mode is selected, as
mentioned above. In order to limit the burden on the power
sources, chiller plant control shall incorporate individual timers
with adjustable time delays from 5 minutes to 30 minutes, so
arranged that when the mains power is resumed, the chiller
plant shall only be started by manual means before elapse of
the time delays as measured from the instant when the
corresponding source is available;
(xi) Automatic re-start of chiller plant (due to resumption of power

supply after power failure) shall be in such a way that the
previous idling (not in operation) chiller will start up first;
(xii) The system minimum flow bypass valve shall be normally

opened;

(xiii) The system minimum flow bypass valve shall be modulated to
the fully open position whenever the system is shutdown to
ensure minimum flow and prevent the possibility of water
hammer whenever a pump is started;
(xiv) The system minimum flow bypass valve position shall be

modulated to ensure operating chiller(s) flow does not drop
below the manufactures minimum recommended flow. Control
shall be based on actual flow through the chiller evaporator;
(xv) The system control shall maintain the flow fluctuations within
the chiller manufacturer's recommendation;
(xvi) A chiller binary output shall control the operation of the chiller
condenser isolation valve and/or call for pump operation;
(xvii) During cold start-up the condensing water flow through the
chiller shall be modulated as per the manufacturer's
recommendations to maintain no less than the minimum
condenser/evaporator refrigerant pressure differential;
(xviii) The chilled water system set points shall be editable by the
operator; and
(xix) The entire chiller plant controls installation, associated

equipment shall be compatible and fully integrated with the
MBMS system to enable monitoring of chiller plant.
3.9.3 System Scheduling
(a) The chiller sequencing software will start the chiller system based
upon a graphical calendar time of day scheduling application.
(b) The chiller plant shall start in response to the optimum start, night
setback or timed override operation of any system air handler.
3.9.4 Chiller Plant Sequencing Control
(a) Chiller sequencing for variable primary flow chilled water system
(i) When a cooling coil valve on one of the ON AHUs is at least

15% open for minimum 10 minutes and the chilled water
supply temperature set point is 0.5°C lower than actual chilled
water temperature, the chilled water pump shall be turned ON
and the pump status is confirmed ON in the MBMS and flow is
confirmed through a flow switch;

(ii) The assigned chiller oil pump starts, then the motorized valve
at the seawater supply/discharge main pipe will open and flow
is confirmed through a flow switch. There is a 30-60 second
delay between these pumps, per the chiller integral
programmed settings (adjustable);
(iii) The lead chiller then starts with the pre-rotation vanes;
(iv) The chiller maintains the chilled water supply temperature at

the set point (adjustable) which ranges from 5.5°C to 9°C by
modulating chiller capacity;
(v) For the chiller staging, the first lag chiller will be called for
whenever the system load exceeds the maximum capacity of
the operating chiller for 5 minutes (adjustable) as determined
by flow meters and the chiller water supply & return
temperature of the lead chiller is 95% loaded;
(vi) The second lag chiller will start under the same conditions and
sequences. Whenever a lag chiller starts, all running chillers
load and unload as necessary within 5% of the same percent
load (based on rated current);
(vii) In case the chiller fails to start, the failed unit shall be skipped
and disabled and the remaining unit in the plant which has not
be started will be enabled and switched on. Audio and visual
alarm signal for the failed unit shall be actuated in the MBMS;
(viii) By calculating the sum of the present % running load amps

(RLA) (actual RLA divided by design RLA) for all chillers
divided by the number of operating chillers minus one, if it is
less than the desired capacity of the operating chiller(s), one
chiller shall be stopped. Or alternatively, when the operating
pumps reach the minimum operating frequency, the chilled
water supply temperature measured is lower than the set point
for 10 minute duration, one chiller and associated pump shall
be staged to OFF;
(ix) All chillers and pumps will turn OFF when all cooling coil valves
are less than 15% open for 10 minutes or all air handling
equipment is OFF;

(x) The chiller sequencing software shall control individual chiller
set points to maintain the system supply water temperature at
a set point;
(xi) Upon sensing a chiller failure, the chiller sequencing software

shall lockout that chiller and pump, then immediately initiate
the start of the next chiller in the rotation sequence;
(xii) Automatic rotation of chiller operation shall equalize chiller run

time;
(xiii) Rotation shall be initiated based on an operator entered day

interval or by the cycling of a binary point; and
(xiv) The method of sequence shall be operator selectable; chillers

may be forced into a new rotation sequence by cycling chiller
at the time of initiation. Alternatively chiller cycling caused by
normal system load fluctuations shall cause the chillers to
charge rotation sequence therefore eliminating unnecessarily
chiller cycling.
(b) Chiller/Chilled Water Pump Start/Stop
(i) The lead chiller or pump designation shall be rotated

automatically to equalize chiller or pump run time;
(ii) The Contractor shall provide control for the following sequence
to occur automatically when a call is made for the lag chiller to
start:
(1) A current limit set point of 40% shall be sent to all of the
operating chiller control panels. This shall raise the
Leaving Chilled Water Temperature of the operating
chillers away from the low water cutout threshold,
reducing the risk of a nuisance trip due to flow variations
when the lag chiller’s chilled waterside isolation valve is
opened;
(2) The chilled waterside isolation valve of the lag chiller

shall be modulated to open slowly such that there is no
rapid flow change through the operating chillers. The

total opening time shall be at least 2 minutes, or as
recommended by the chiller manufacturer;
(3) The lag chiller shall be started only when its chilled
water side isolation valve is completely open and the
chilled water flow is proven; and
(4) A current limit set point of 100% shall then be sent to all
of the operating chillers.
(iii) On a call for the lag chiller to stop, the following sequence shall
occur:
(i) A stop commend is sent to the lag chiller; and
(ii) When the lag chiller is proven off, the lag chiller's chilled
water isolation valve shall be closed.
(c) Chilled Water Pump Volume Control
(i) The chilled water pump volume control loop shall be enabled
when at least one (1) of the chilled water pump is proven on;
(ii) The chilled water pump volume control loop shall be disabled
when all of the chilled water pumps are proven off;
(iii) The chilled water pump volume shall be controlled based on

the differential pressure at the load farthest from the chilled
water pumps (the Contractor shall determine this by referring
to the water side schematic and the relevant layouts); and
(iv) The set point for the volume control shall include a 10% safety
factor and shall be calculated as the sum of the design
waterside pressure drop through the coil, plus the design of the
valve pressure drop when the valve is fully open.
(d) Bypass Valve
(i) The minimum flow control loop shall be enabled when at least
one (1) chilled water pump and one (1) chiller are proven on;
(ii) The minimum flow control loop shall be disabled when all of
the chilled water pumps and all of the chillers are proven off;

(iii) The bypass valve shall modulate to open when the actual flow
through any of the operating chillers as measured by
differential pressure transmitters (or via the system flow meter),
falls to the minimum flow threshold required through the chiller
(30%-40% of rated flow though chiller, adjustable);
(iv) The bypass valve shall modulate to maintain the differential

pressure across the evaporator (or the flow reading at the flow
meter) at the minimum flow set point;
(v) The bypass valve shall modulate to the fully open position
whenever the system is shutdown to ensure minimum flow and
prevent the possibility of water hammer wherever a pump is
started; and
(vi) The bypass valve shall be a normally open type.
(e) Chiller Supply Water Temperature Reset
(i) The chilled water supply temperature set point shall be

adjusted based on the amount of flow in the chilled water
bypass line to reduce the bypass flow when one no. of chiller
is in operation.
(ii) As the flow increases in the bypass line, the chiller plant control
system shall raise the chilled water supply temperature by
0.5ºC (adjustable) for each 15-minute period (adjustable),
provided that the bypass flow control valve is opened for more
than 2% (adjustable) and the total system flow has not
exceeded 125% (adjustable) of the design chiller minimum
flow. These conditions must be continuous for the entire 15-
minute period. If the system flow exceeds 150% of the design
chiller minimum flow for 15 minutes, the chiller plant control
system shall decrease the chilled water supply temperature by
1.0 ºC.
(iii) This calculated chilled water supply temperature reset set point
shall be limited to a minimum value equal to the design set
point of the chilled water supply temperature and a maximum
value of 8 ºC.

Chiller soft start
(a) The chiller sequencing software shall provide a user adjustable

loading time at system start-up. This prevents the unnecessary
operation of chillers and limits system electrical demand during chilled
water loop pull down.
Chiller minimum flow bypass valve control
(a) Chiller minimum flow bypass line and valve shall be sized to allow for
the manufacturer's recommended minimum flow, with all load control
valves closed, for a chiller in the system.
(b) The "Chiller Minimum Flow Bypass Valve" shall be of the type as
specified in this PTS above.
(c) Following the confirmed start of the lead chiller and whenever the
system is enabled, the chiller sequencing system shall modulate the
"Chiller Minimum Flow Bypass Valve" such that the chilled water flow
through any operating chiller(s) shall not drop below the
manufacturer’s recommended minimum flow.
(d) The chiller minimum flow shall be determined by direct measurement

using an electromagnetic flow meter on each chiller. The flow meter
set point shall be determined based on the manufacturers
recommended minimum chiller flow rate.

SECTION 4 LOW VOLTAGE CHILLER STARTERS
4.1 GENERAL
4.1.1 This part of the specification covers the provision, testing, installation and
commissioning of the low voltage (LV) primary compressor starter for each
water cooled chiller unit;
4.1.2 The starter shall be a low voltage variable speed drive (VSD) inverter with a
low voltage transformer in mounted in a NEMA-1 enclosure;
4.1.3 The VSD shall include the following features:
(1) All control circuit voltages are physically and electrically isolated from
power circuit voltage;
(2) The instantaneous torque for improved surge control shall be 150%;
(3) Minimum and maximum speed adjustments;
(4) Soft start, adjustable linear acceleration, coast to stop;
(5) Adjustable current limiting and UL approved electronic motor overload

protection; and
(6) Insensitivity to incoming power phase sequence.
4.1.4 The starter shall be equipped with including but not limited to the following
components:
(1) Incoming Disconnect;
(2) Multi-secondary Isolation Transformer with Rectifier;
(3) Frequency Converter/Inverter;
(4) VSD Protective System/Devices; and
(5) Diagnostics and Control Circuits.
4.1.5 Installation, testing and commissioning procedure shall be laid down by the
equipment manufacturer, and shall be closely adhered to;
4.1.6 The Contractor shall note the following declared requirements for the LV
supply to the starter:
(a) System nominal voltage: 380 V (r.m.s.) +10%, -2.5%
(b) Number of phases: 3
(c) Frequency: 50 Hz ±2%
(d) Continuous current rating: 630 A (minimum)
(e) Symmetrical breaking capacity: 350 MVA
(f) Impulse Voltage Level: 75 kV
All equipment shall be designed to work satisfactorily when subject to a

sustained voltage addition of 10% and reduction of 2.5%, unless otherwise
specified herein.
4.2 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
The starter shall be single busbar metal-enclosed switchboard and designed

and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of the following
standards:
IEC 51, BS 89, EN 60051 Direct acting indicating electrical measuring

instruments and their accessories
IEC 255, BS 142 Electrical protection relays
BS 159 Specification for high-voltage busbars and

busbar connections
IEC 60, BS 923 Guide on high-voltage testing techniques
IEC 60060, IEC 60094–4 Surge diverter for alternating current system
BS 2914
IEC 60044–1, BS 7626 Specification for steel current transformers
IEC 6044–2, BS 7625 Specification for voltage transformers
BS 4099 Specification for colour of indicators, lights,

push button, annunciator and digital readout
IEC 298, BS 5227 Specification for A.C. metal enclosed

switchgear and control-gear for rated voltage
above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV

IEC 129, BS 5253 Specification for A.C. dis-connectors and
earthing switches
IEC 56, BS 5311 Specification for high voltage AC circuit

breakers
BS 5463 Specification for high voltage switches
IEC 529, BSEN 60529 Specification for classification of degree of

protection provided by enclosure
IEC 71, BS 5622 Guide for insulation co-ordination
IEC 282, BSEN 60282 Specification for high voltage fuse links for
motor circuit applications
Relay All relays shall be of the draw-out pattern,

and shall be flush mounting
Busbar One three-phase set, air insulated, to carry

630A in the specified ambient temperature
conditions
Tripping 110 volts D.C. coil
Auxiliary Supplies 110 volt D.C. battery and constant potential

charger
Auxiliary Switches At least one normally open and normally

closed spare auxiliary switch additional to
those required for local control, status
indication, protection circuits; etc. shall be
provided per panel. In addition to the above
one normally open and one normally closed
contact shall be provided for remotely
monitoring the circuit breaker carriage in
service position and racked out position
Vermin The whole assembly shall be vermin proof
Finish Switchgear: Manufacturers Standard Colour
Erection Tools To be provided by suppliers

Other British Standards not mentioned above but applicable to this
installation shall apply. The Contractor shall provide all related liaison,
submissions, and applications in order to obtain necessary approval and
licenses from Relevant Authorities.

4.3 EQUIPMENT
4.3.1 Construction
(a) Each starter shall be provided with an interfacing marshalling box

including dry contacts, terminals, wiring, and all associated
accessories for the following control/monitoring signals:
(i) Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) OPEN/CLOSE control;
(ii) ACB ON/OFF status indications;
(iii) Voltage indications (3-phase)
(iv) Earthing switch ON/OFF status; and
(v) Low battery voltage alarm indication.
4.3.2 Safety Shutters
(a) Automatic shutters which cover the exposed fixed contacts as soon
as the breaker truck is withdrawn shall be provided. The operation of
the shutters for the upper and lower fixed contacts shall be
independent of each other so that each individual set can be manually
opened; and
(b) The busbar shutter shall be painted “Signal Red” and labelled with
“BUSBARS” in large white letters. Circuit shutter shall be painted
“RED” colour.
4.3.3 Earthing
(a) Each starter shall be provided with its own earthing terminal. Earthing
leads shall be provided, one set for each cubicle.
4.3.4 Busbar
(a) The busbar shall be constructed and installed in accordance to BS158

and BS159;
(b) The low voltage busbars shall be of minimum rating 630A. The
busbars shall be constructed to withstand any electro-mechanical
stress under normal condition or under fault condition of up to a
maximum fault current to meet CLP’s requirements. All busbars that
penetrate into the wall partition of adjacent panel shall be insulated
by cast resin wall bushing insulators mounted on the opening of the
partition walls; and
(c) All busbars shall be of the tinned hard-draw copper type.
4.3.5 ACB Units
(a) ACB shall comply with B.S. 5227 and 5311 and fitted with current
transformer (CT) and voltage transformer (VT);
(b) ACBs shall be of trip-free, triple pole, totally enclosed, metal clad,
withdrawable, trunk mounting type;
(c) Provision shall be made for disconnection of the ACB from the
busbars by vertical isolation, and removal from the cubicle by
horizontal withdrawal;
(d) The Contractor shall provide three possible positions for the circuit-
breaker trunk:
'Service' Position:
Both power and control circuit shall be connected to the circuit

breaker truck, with the circuit-breaker ready for operation.
'Test' Position:
The main contacts shall be disconnected and the control circuits

connected.
'Disconnected' Position:
Both power and control circuits shall be disconnected.
(e) Positively-driven mechanically-operated indicating devices shall be

provided to indicate whether a circuit-breaker is in the 'service' and
'disconnected' position.
4.3.6 Voltage Transformers
(a) Each phase end of the secondary winding shall be brought out to
fuses, and the neutral end shall be brought out to insulated links. Each

of the neutral leads shall be connected together at a single point and
earthed through a link which can be removed for insulation testing;
(b) Voltage transformers for measurement shall be connected start-star

with the neutral points earthed. The earthing of the voltage
transformers shall be submitted to the Project Manager for review
without objection prior to Works commencement; and
(c) Notwithstanding the above, the voltage transformers shall meet or

exceed the following requirement:
Class of insulation: Class B
Rated transformation ratio: 11/0.11 kV
Rated-one-minute power frequency 28 kV

withstand voltage:
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage: 75 kV (peak)
Accuracy Class: Class 1
4.4 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE (VSD) INVERTER OPERATIONAL

CONTROLS
4.4.1 Variable speed drive (VSD) shall be provided for a voltage input of
380V/3phase/50Hz;
4.4.2 The VSD shall be completely factory-built, assembled, wired, and tested.
When it is necessary to disassemble the units for ease of transportation,
adequate materials and instructions shall be provided by the Contractor for
easy field assembling;
4.4.3 The VSD assembly shall be designed and constructed to allow listing by
Underwriters Laboratory (UL);
4.4.4 The VSD shall vary the compressor motor speed by controlling frequency
and voltage of the electrical power to the compressor motor. The adaptive
capacity control shall automatically adjust motor speed and compressor pre-
rotation vane position independently for maximum part-load efficiency by
analyzing information fed to it by sensors located throughout the chiller;

4.4.5 The VSD inverter shall be of the pulse width modulated (PWM) Neutral Point
Clamp (NPC) type. The output devices shall be Insulated Gate Bipolar
Transistors (IGBT’s) with minimum voltage rating of 4160V, with a power
factor of 0.95 or better at all loads and speeds;
4.4.6 The VSD shall be unit mounted in a NEMA-1 enclosure with integral fan to
provide cooling for the drive. The fan motors shall be protected by an input
circuit breaker;
4.4.7 The VSD shall also be equipped with, but not limited to the following features:
(a) Door interlocked circuit breaker capable of being padlocked;
(b) UL listed ground fault protection;
(c) Over-voltage and under-voltage protection;
(d) 3 phase sensing motor over-current protection;
(e) Single phase protection;
(f) Over-temperature protection; and
(g) Cooling fan failure.
4.4.8 The VSD shall include all necessary components to protect the VSD and
motor against motor overload, internal faults in either the motor of VSD and
disturbances in the incoming AC line;
4.4.9 The VSD shall comply with the guidelines of IEEE Standard 519-1992 for
total harmonic current and voltage distortion. Total current harmonic
distortion shall not exceed 4% while in operation;
4.4.10 The harmonic filter shall be unit mounted with the same NEMA-1 enclosure
and shall be UL listed. The digital readouts shall be provided as part of filter
package including, but not limited to the following:
(a) Input KVA;
(b) Total power factor;
(c) 3-phase input voltage;
(d) 3-phase input current;

(e) Operating frequency; and
(f) Self-diagnostics service parameters.
4.4.11 The following conditions shall cause the VSD to be shut down with the output
voltage reduced to zero, and the failure shall be annunciated on the
Mechanical Building Management System (MBMS):
(a) Cooling fan loss;
(b) Input transformer over temperature;
(c) Heatsink over temperature;
(d) Motor current overload;
(e) Output current overload;
(f) High output frequency;
(g) Input phase loss;
(h) DC Link Voltage imbalance;
(i) C Link Voltage overvoltage;
(j) Link Voltage under voltage;
(k) Ground fault;
(l) Power supply fault;
(m) IGBT gate drive fault;
(n) Communications fault; and
(o) Cabinet doors interlock.
4.4.12 The VSD shall be specifically designed to interface with the water chiller
controls and allow for the operating ranges and specific characteristics of the
chiller. The VSD control logic shall optimize chiller efficiency by coordinating
compressor motor speed and compressor inlet guide vane position to
maintain the chilled water set-point while avoiding surge. If a surge is
detected, VSD surge avoidance logic will make adjustments to move away
from and avoid surge at similar conditions in the future; and
4.4.13 Each VSD shall each be furnished in a NEMA 1 metal enclosure having as
minimum a short circuit withstanding rating of 50,000 amps per UL 508. Each
VSD shall include three phase input lugs plus a grounding lug for electrical
connections, output motor connection via factory installed bus bars and all
components properly segregated and completely enclosed in a single metal
enclosure. The enclosure shall include a pad lockable, door-mounted circuit
breaker with shunt trip and AIC rating of 50,000 amps.
4.5 TRANSFORMER AND RECTIFIER
4.5.1 Input Power Transformer and Rectifier
(a) The VSD shall contain an incoming isolation transformer;
(b) The transformer shall contain 12 sets of three phase secondary

windings that provide the proper phase shifting to develop a 24-pulse
rectification to reduce harmonic currents and voltages reflected to the
primary power system;
(c) The input current Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) typically less than
3% shall be used;
(d) The transformer and rectifier shall be an integral part of the VSD
assembly along with primary disconnects switch, input vacuum
contactor and secondary fusing eliminating the need for separate
components field installation wiring;
(e) Soft charge of the DC bus capacitors is accomplished by use of an

input reactor on the primary of the input transformer. A vacuum
contactor rated for drive full load amps will short the reactor after
charge is accomplished;
(f) The VSD shall comply with the requirements of IEEE 519 -1992 for
total harmonic input current and voltage distortion measurement and
calculation. Voltage distortion shall not exceed 3% and current
distortion shall not exceed 5% at the input lugs of the VSD over an
operating power range of 30% to 100% of rated power with phase
voltage imbalance per the 3% specification;
(g) The VSD shall be capable of providing rated output for continuous
voltage deviations of +10%;

(h) The VSD input short circuit withstand rating shall be 50,000 amperes;
(i) The VSD shall be able to ride through voltage dips down to 10% of
minimum, such as those experienced during motor starting; and
(j) The VSD 40-second overload current rating shall be set at 105% of
rated compressor current.
4.5.2 Control Power Transformer for Chiller Control Panel
(a) All operator VSD displays shall be through the chiller control panel;
(b) The following items will be monitored and displayed in chiller control
panel:
(i) Output frequency;
(ii) Output voltage;
(iii) Motor current;
(iv) Input voltage;
(v) Input power; an
(vi) Energy consumption kWh.

4.6 PROTECTION AND INDICATION
4.6.1 The VSD and the motor shall be protected from the following faults:
(a) Output line-to-line short circuit protection;
(b) Line-to-ground short circuit protection;
(c) Phase loss at AFD input;
(d) Phase reversal / Imbalance;
(e) Over-voltage;
(f) Under-voltage; and
(g) Over temperature.
4.6.2 In case the input reference is lost, automatic operation at minimum speed
shall be applied;
4.6.3 The following VSD status indicators shall be available to facilitate start-up
and maintenance:
(a) Output speed in hertz and rotation-per-minute (rpm);
(b) Input line voltage;
(c) Input line kW;
(d) Output / load amperes;
(e) Average current in percent RLA;
(f) Load power factor;
(g) Fault; and
(h) VSD transistor temperature.

SECTION 5 CENTRAL AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS
5.1 GENERAL
5.1.1 Description
(a) The Central Air Handling Systems Works shall be as shown on the
Employer’s Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(i) Supply and installation of the air-conditioning systems for the

Primary IAC and the Backup IAC, including AHU, FCU,
packaged split type / VRF type air conditioning units, CRAC
units, supply and return ductwork, thermal insulation, fire rated
enclosures, air filtration systems, etc. and associated works;
(ii) Supply and installation of all air registers/air terminals and air
distribution system accessories including manual and
motorized volume control dampers associated with the air
conditioning systems;
(iii) Supply and installation of all dampers (motorized or non-

motorized) such as fire dampers, smoke dampers, fire and
smoke dampers, volume control dampers and fire rated
enclosures associated with the air conditioning systems;
(iv) Supply and installation of pipework, ductwork, supporting

brackets, thermal insulation, etc. and associated works;
(v) Supply and installation of the thermal insulation and acoustic

treatments (sound attenuation devices and vibration isolation
devices, etc.);
(vi) Supply and installation of the electrical works and controls

system works (MCC, LCP, fuse spur, temperature controllers;
sensors, cable containment, power distribution cabling, field
equipment wiring, etc.);
(vii) Provision of temporary power for the testing and

commissioning, statutory and utilities inspections of the entire
system and equipment;

(viii) Testing and commissioning of the new/modified existing
systems and equipment; and
(ix) All AHU/PAU local control panels shall fulfill the voltage dip
ride through requirement of 40% rated voltage for 170
milliseconds. Volt dip ride through time delay circuits shall be
included in the local control panels and remote reset shall be
via the MBMS interface as stated in Electrical System of the
Specification.
5.1.2 Air Conditioning Systems
Primary IAC
(a) IAC Hall / AEC Hall
(i) The air-conditioning systems shall be served by variable air

volume EC plug fan air handling units and controlled through
MBMS to maintain the space temperature set point
(adjustable). The minimum outside air quantity to each zone
shall be controlled by real time monitoring of the indoor air
quality via space carbon dioxide sensors. Details of the control
system shall be in accordance with the Employer's Drawings
and the Specification;
(ii) A selector switch shall be provided at the LCP to enable the

AHUs to be operated in “Local” or “Remote” Mode; and
(iii) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category 2

essential power.
(b) Toilets / Shower rooms / Entrance Lobby / Public Corridor
(i) Except toilets with single fitment, chilled water FCU(s) with
duct type temperature sensor shall be provided to communal
area, basin area and grouped controlled through MBMS to
maintain the space temperature set point.
(c) Offices, ADM, Briefing/Lecture Room, Restroom, Staff Common

Areas, Resting Areas, Stores

(i) Chilled water FCU(s) with wall mounted type thermostat shall
be provided to control the room temperature of these areas;
(ii) Pre-treated fresh air shall be served by PAU to the fan coil units;
and
(iii) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category

2 essential power.
(d) LV Switch Room / MCC Room / SES Control Room / UPS Room /TBE
Room
(i) Chilled water FCU(s) or constant air volume AHU with room
thermostat shall be provided for plantrooms and group
controlled through MBMS to maintain the space temperature
set point at 24ºC (Adjustable);
(ii) Pre-treated fresh air shall be provided via PAU serving the fan
coil units;
(iii) A selector switch shall be provided at local control panel (LCP)

to enable individual control of fan coil unit;
(iv) A selector switch shall be provided at the MCC for AHU to be

operated in “Local” or “Remote” Mode;
(v) Insulated secondary drip tray shall be provided to prevent

water damage to electrical equipment;
(vi) All supply air grilles, condensate drain pipes and chilled water
pipes shall not be located directly above electrical equipment
to avoid the risk of condensate dripping; and
(vii) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category 2

essential power.
(e) Communication Cupboard (CC79A, CC79B)
(i) Duty and standby chilled water FCU(s) shall be provided and
group controlled through MBMS to maintain the space
temperature set point at 24ºC (adjustable);

(ii) A room thermostat shall be provided to monitor room
temperature higher than 26oC. Standby fan coil units shall be
operated in case the room temperature is higher than 26oC;
(iii) Pre-treated fresh air shall be provided via PAU serving the
BOH Area to the AHU;
(iv) A selector switch shall be provided at local control panel (LCP)

to enable individual control of fan coil unit;
(v) Insulated secondary drip tray shall be provided to prevent

(vi) All supply air grilles, condensate drain pipes and chilled water
pipes shall not be located directly above electrical/ electronic
equipment to avoid the risk of condensate dripping; and
(vii) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category

2 essential power.
(f) FS Control Room
(i) Chilled water fan coil unit with wall mounted thermostat shall
be provided to serve and shall be controlled through MBMS to
maintain the space temperature set point at 24ºC;
(ii) Pre-treated fresh air shall be provided via PAU serving the
BOH Area to the fan coil;
(iii) A selector switch shall be provided at local control panel (LCP)

to enable individual control of fan coil unit; and
(iv) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category

2 essential power.
(g) CAD Equipment Room
(i) Duty chilled water fan coil units with wall mounted thermostat
(with 3-speed and ON/OFF controller) and standby VRF units
shall be provided for the CAD Equipment Room;
(ii) In case of chilled water fan coil units failure, the MBMS shall
switch off the fan coil systems and switch on the standby VRF

units automatically to continuously provide air-conditioning to
the room;
(iii) Energy meters shall be provided for CAD Equipment Room to

measure and record the energy consumption of air-
conditioning systems, as indicated on the Employer’s
Drawings;
(iv) Pre-treated fresh air shall be provided via PAU serving the
room;
(v) Insulated secondary drain pan and drip tray shall be provided
to prevent water damage to electrical equipment;
(vi) Condensate drain pipes and chilled water pipes shall not be
located directly above electrical/ electronic equipment to avoid
the risk of condensate dripping; and

essential power.
(h) Police Observation Room / Police Equipment Room
(i) Chilled water FCU(s) with wall mounted thermostat (with 3-

speed and ON/OFF controller) shall be provided to control the
room temperature;
(ii) Energy meters shall be provided for Police Observation Room

and Police Equipment Room to measure and record the
energy consumption of air-conditioning systems, as indicted
on the Employer’s Drawings;
(iii) Insulated secondary drip tray shall be provided to prevent

(iv) Condensate drain pipes and chilled water pipes shall not be
the risk of condensate dripping; and
(v) The air-conditioning system shall be supported by Category

2 essential power.
(i) Comms Room (CR 79)

(i) Dual coils (chilled water and direct expansion(DX)) up-flow
CRAC unit(s) with N+1 redundant configuration shall be
provided and group controlled through MBMS to allow precise
control on temperature and humidity set point at 22 ºC DB and
55%RH;
(ii) Direct expansion (DX) coil units, as standby system of full

redundancy will be provided. The operation of DX unit will be
automatically initiated when the indoor temperature reaches
26 ºC or there is chilled water interruption;
room;
(iv) A selector switch shall be provided at the LCP to enable the

CRAC unit(s) to be operated in “Local” or “Remote” Mode;
(v) All supply air grilles, refrigerant pipes, condensate drain pipes
and chilled water pipes shall not be located directly above
electrical/ electronic equipment to avoid the risk of condensate
dripping;
(vi) Condensate drain pump set, if applicable, shall be provided to

CRAC unit(s) in 1-to-1 based;

essential power; and
(viii) Space temperature sensor and humidity sensor shall be

provided for monitoring through MBMS.
Backup IAC
(a) AEC Support / PA Room / CCD Room / ADM Room / SOCC/ CMT
Room
(i) Chilled water FCU(s) with wall mounted type thermostat shall
be provided and group controlled through MBMS to maintain
the space temperature set point at 24ºC (Adjustable); and
(ii) Pre-treated fresh air shall be provided via PAU serving the
BOH Area to the fan coil and AHU.

(b) CC78A
(i) Duty Chilled water compact air handling units & standby VRF
units shall be provided and group controlled through MBMS for
CC78A;
(ii) In case of chilled water compact air handling units failure, all
standby VRF units shall be operated;
room;
(iv) Insulated secondary drip tray shall be provided to prevent

water damage to electrical equipment; and
(v) Condensate drain pipes and chilled water pipes shall not be
the risk of condensate dripping.

SECTION 6 SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6.1 GENERAL
6.1.1 Description
(i) No smoke management system shall be provided for the Backup IAC.
(ii) Smoke management system shall be provided for the Primary IAC.
The Smoke Management System Works is shown on the Employer’s
Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(i) Supply and installation of the dynamic smoke control system

for the IAC Hall, AEC Hall, ADM Office, CMT Room, CCD
Room, POV Room and Exhibition Area / Viewing Gallery etc.,
including smoke extraction fan, smoke extraction ducts,
makeup air fan, makeup air grilles and ducts, thermal
insulation, fire rated enclosures, smoke barriers and
associated works;
(ii) Supply and installation of all air ducting registers/air terminals

and air distribution system accessories including manual and
volume control dampers associated with the dynamic smoke
control system;
(iii) Supply and installation of all dampers such as fire dampers,

smoke dampers, motorized fire and smoke dampers, volume
control dampers and fire rated enclosures associated with the
smoke control system;
(iv) Supply and installation of the acoustic treatments (vibration

isolation devices, etc.);
(v) Supply and installation of the electrical and control works

(MCC, LCP, power distribution cabling, etc.);
(vi) Testing and commissioning of the entire system and

equipment; and
(vii) Provision of Hot Smoke Tests, as required by the FSD in

accordance with FSD Circular Letter No.2 of 2002.

6.1.2 Smoke Control System
(a) The general design and performance requirements for the smoke
control systems shall follow prescriptive code as per FSD CoP.
(b) Dynamic Smoke Control shall be provided for the following areas:
Primary IAC
(i) IAC Hall;
(ii) AEC Hall;
(iii) ADM Office;
(iv) Exhibition Area / Viewing Gallery;
(v) POV Room;
(vi) CCD Room;
(vii) CMT Room
Remark: No smoke control shall be provided for the Backup IAC.
(c) Make-up air supply for dynamic smoke extraction system shall be
provided by mechanical means to provide not less than 80% of the
smoke extraction rate.
(d) All the smoke extraction fans / makeup air fans and motorized fire and
smoke damper shall be powered by Category 1 essential power. The
smoke control system configuration shall be operated based on the
mode table as shown on the Employer’s Drawings.
(e) Supply air ducts and return air ducts serving for air-conditioning shall
be dual-purpose to provide for both smoke extraction / makeup air.
(f) Smoke extraction discharge locations shall comply with all FSD
requirements for such as separation distance of 5m from other
openings etc.
(g) An integrated smoke extraction system control panel shall be

provided for automatic actuation in accordance with the smoke control
mode table and manual override operation for authorized staff / FSD

personnel in the ground level FS Control Room for smoke control
system operation.
(h) Upon receiving fire alarm zone signal from a smoke detector or the
actuation of sprinkler flow switch, AFA panel will transmit fire alarm
signal to the smoke extraction system control panel. The smoke
extraction system control panel with control logic function shall
compute and initiate the required mode in accordance with the smoke
control mode table for the smoke control system. Smoke control
modes are to be initiated from the smoke control panel then
transmitted via AFA panel to the smoke control panels in SES Control
Room. The smoke extraction system control panel shall be able to
carry out the manual override function of the smoke control system
by authorized staff / FSD personnel.
(i) The smoke control system shall remain in operation until manually
reset.
(j) Materials associated with the Smoke Control Systems shall be in

accordance with FSD Code of Practice, associated FSD Circular
Letters and Code of Practice for Fire Safety in Buildings issued by the
Buildings Department and the GMWS or amendments thereof.
(k) The smoke extraction control panel shall be of the same specification
as the fire alarm control and indication panel. The requirements for
the materials associated with the smoke extraction manual override
control panel shall be in accordance with the Specification.
6.1.3 Ventilation/Air-Conditioning (VAC) System
(a) The Ventilation/Air-Conditioning (VAC) shutdown method for the

Primary IAC shall be by Method ‘A’. The Contractor shall co-ordinate
the location and zoning of smoke detectors / sprinkler subsidiary
valves and tripping the relevant fans and air handling equipment to
fulfil the requirements as stated in the FSD COP. In the event of fire
occurring in a specific fire compartment, relevant fans and air
handling equipment serving the respective affected compartment
shall be shut down according to the VAC table. Automatic shutdown
command signal shall be initiated by AFA to LCP / MCC. Manual shut
down command signal shall be generated by the VAC manual
override control panel at the FS Control Room to AFA and then
transmitted to LCP / MCC. Details of the control system shall be in
accordance with the Employer’s Drawings or amendments thereof.
(b) VAC shutdown Method ‘C’ was adopted in the existing/Backup IAC.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate and modify the location of duct
smoke detectors / sprinkler subsidiary valves to trip the relevant
existing and new fans and/or air handling equipment. The Contractor
shall modify the existing VAC manual override control panel and AFA
control system to fulfil the requirements as stated in the FSD COP. In
the event of fire occurring at a specific fire compartment, relevant fans
and air handling equipment serving the respective affected
compartment shall be shut down accordingly.
6.1.4 Hot Smoke Test
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out hot smoke tests
of the installations in accordance with the FSD requirements. The hot
smoke test shall be carried out in accordance with FSD circular letter
No.2 of 2002 and Australian Standard AS4391-1999. Method
statement and test report shall be prepared and endorsed by a fire
specialist employed by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the
Project Manager for review without objection and FSD for approval.
The size of test fire shall be at least 1MW or of such size as agreed
by FSD.
(b) Test fire locations shall be agreed with FSD prior to commencement
of the hot smoke test shall include, but not limited to the following
locations:
(i) IAC Hall;
(ii) AEC Hall;
(iii) ADM Office;
(iv) Exhibition Area / Viewing Gallery;
(v) POV Room;
(vi) CCD Room;

(vii) CMT Room
(c) The equipment for hot smoke test shall include, but not limited to, the
following:
(i) Fire trays;
(ii) Water baths;
(iii) Heat sensors;
(iv) Ceiling temperature sensors;
(v) Thermometer (Digital);
(vi) Thermometers (Conventional);
(vii) Tracer smoke;
(viii) Smoke generator;
(ix) Fuel;
(x) Water;
(xi) Video Cameras (minimum of two);
(xii) Still cameras (minimum of two); and
(xiii) Fire extinguishers.
(d) Prior to instigation of a hot smoke test, preliminary mock-up test shall
be carried out to ensure adequate operation of all installed systems.
(e) The Contractor shall protect (against heat, radiation, tracer smoke
damage) to floor and other building finishes that may be affected by
the hot smoke tests.
(f) A 'thermocouple tree' shall be provided at the test site including data
logger and associated computer to record multiple temperature
readings for the duration of the hot smoke tests.

SECTION 7 MISCELLANEOUS VENTILATION SYSTEMS
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Description
Miscellaneous Ventilation Systems Works shall be as shown on the

Employer’s Drawings and shall include, but not limited to:
(a) Supply and installation of the mechanical ventilation systems for the
Primary IAC and the Backup IAC, including but not limited to exhaust
fans, outside air fans, toilet exhaust fans, ductwork, thermal insulation,
fire rated enclosures, air filtration and treatment systems and
associated works;
(b) Supply and installation of all air registers/air terminals and air
distribution system accessories including manual and motorized
volume control dampers associated with the ventilation system;
(c) Supply and installation of all dampers such as fire dampers, smoke
dampers, motorized smoke and fire dampers and control dampers
associated with the ventilation system;
(d) The Contractor shall provide vent ducts with fire rated enclosures for
lifts and staircases as shown on the Employer’s Drawings to achieve
the required fire rating and to prevent the spread of fire to adjacent
rooms through the vent ducts. The vent ducts shall achieve minimum
120 minutes fire rating requirements for both integrity and insulation.
The Contractor shall check the Architectural Works drawings for fire
compartmentation requirements and provide the necessary fire
proofing installations (e.g. fire rated gaskets, fire rated sealants, fire
rated enclosures etc.) for vent ducts;
(e) Supply and installation of the thermal insulation and acoustic

treatments (sound attenuation devices, vibration isolation devices and
silent hangers/support etc.);
(f) Supply and installation of the electrical works and control systems
works (MCC, LCP, power distribution cabling, field equipment wiring,
etc.);
(g) Testing and commissioning of the entire system and equipment;

(h) All fans local control panels shall fulfill the voltage dip ride through
requirement of 40% rated voltage for 170 milliseconds. Volt dip ride
through time delay circuits shall be included in the local control panels
and remote reset shall be via the MBMS interface; and
(i) Materials associated with openings through fire barriers and vertical
shaft shall be in accordance with FSD Code of Practice, associated
FSD Circular Letters and Code of Practice for Fire Safety in Buildings
issued by the Buildings Department.
7.1.2 General Ventilation Systems
Primary IAC
(a) Communication Room (CR) / Communication Cupboard (CC) / UPS

Room / TBE Room / Electrical Room (with CBS)
(i) An exhaust air fan shall be provided for general periodic ventilation
of 5 ACH at normal operation under predetermined time schedule
(Adjustable).
(ii) The mechanical ventilation system shall be time schedule

controlled by MBMS.
(iii) The mechanical ventilation system shall be shut down in the event
of fire at the room. Any air ducts that pass through the wall of the
rooms serving the rooms shall be provided with motorized smoke
and fire dampers where the dampers shall be closed in the event
of fire.
(iv) Mechanical ventilation (gas purging) system shall be provided for

those spaces where are protected by gas suppression system to
remove any residue or toxic gas product present after activation of
gas flooding system.
(v) Gas purging system shall be controlled by MBMS, a local

keyswitched control panel (LCP) consisting of a Remote/Local
control keyswitch and On/Off control buttons shall be provided
close to the room with gas flooding protection for the operator to
purge the gas after gas flooding system has been activated in the
room. Such control panel shall override all AFA control and allow
local on/off control of the ventilation system for gas purging
purposes. Apart from operating the fans, such control panel shall
include the control of the associated motorized fire and smoke
dampers for purging the gas.
(b) Toilets / Shower rooms
(i) Mechanical ventilation system of min. 30 ACH shall be

provided. The toilet shall be served by dedicated ventilation.
Toilet extraction fan (duty and standby) shall be provided to
remove odour from toilets. Make up air shall be provided by
means of:
1) Primary air;
2) From the adjacent circulation spaces as shown on the

Employer's Drawings, and
(ii) The ventilation system shall be operated based on time

schedule controlled by MBMS.
(iii) A selector switch shall be provided at the LCP to enable the

fans to be operated in “Local” or “Remote” Mode.
(iv) The ventilation system shall be supported by Category 2

essential power.
(v) In the event of fire at specific VAC zone, the relevant ventilation
equipment shall be tripped.
(c) LV Switch Room / MCC Room
(i) Ventilation system shall be provided for general periodic

ventilation of 5 ACH for periodic ventilation at normal operation
under predetermined time schedule control (Adjustable) for LV
Switch Room.

(iii) The ventilation system designed shall be supported by the

Category 2 essential power.

(iv) In the event of fire at a specific VAC zone, the relevant
ventilation equipment shall be tripped.
(d) Electrical Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation of minimum 20 ACH consisting of an

exhaust air fan and an outside air fan shall be provided for
general ventilation. This ventilation system shall be operated
when the temperature sensor in the room activates the alarm
by MBMS.
(ii) Set point of the temperature sensor shall be adjustable.


essential power.
(v) In the event of fire at a specific VAC zone, the relevant

(e) Water Pump & Tank Room / FS Tank & Pump Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation consisting of an exhaust air fan and an

outside air fan shall be provided and sized according to heat
rejection of equipment but not less than 15 ACH. The
ventilation system shall be temperature controlled by MBMS.


essential power.
(v) In the event of fire at a specific VAC zone, the relevant


(f) Fuel Tank Room
(i) Natural ventilation by means of wall louvres (H/L and L/L) plus
fire dampers completed with electro-thermal link shall be
provided for these rooms located aboveground.
(ii) Provisions to the fuel tank room shall follow the requirements
as stipulated by the FSD.
(g) Genset Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation of minimum 5 ACH by direct exhaust air

fan with natural intake through wall louvre shall be provided.
The ventilation system shall be temperature controlled by
MBMS.
(h) Gas Cylinder Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation of minimum 5 ACH by exhaust air fan

shall be provided for general ventilation. Make-up air shall be
from outside through transfer air wall louvre. This ventilation
system shall be operated based on predetermined time
schedule control (Adjustable).
(i) Service Duct (Toilet)
(i) Mechanical ventilation of minimum 15 ACH shall be provided

for Service Duct inside toilet by allowing a tee-off duct from the
toilet exhaust air system.
(j) AHU Room / Fan Room
Pre-treated air fed from AHU / PAU with air supply flow rate based on
0.3 L/s.m2 shall be provided for general ventilation.
(k) CLP Transformer Rooms
(i) Mechanical ventilation system shall be installed according to

approved CLP transformer room layout drawings.

(ii) All fans and associated local control panels integrated with
temperature sensor will be provided by CLP and installed by
the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide all necessary
acoustic lining, ductwork & accessories, wiring and cable
containment, etc. as stipulated in CLP drawings and the
requirements of CLP COP 101.
(l) Chiller Plant Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation system consisting of an exhaust air fan

and an outside air fan shall be provided and sized according to
heat rejection of equipment but not less than 15 ACH at normal
operation under predetermined time schedule control
(Adjustable).
(ii) The mechanical ventilation system shall be controlled by

MBMS.
(iii) In case there is refrigerant leakage inside Chiller Plant Room

detected with refrigerant leakage detector, the mechanical
ventilation system shall be switched on automatically to
purge/dilute the air in the space. Set point of the refrigerant
leakage detector shall be adjustable.
(iv) A selector switch shall be provided at the LCP to enable the

(v) The ventilation system shall be supported by Category 2

essential power.
(vi) In the event of fire at a specific VAC zone, the relevant

(m) SES Control Room
(i) Mechanical ventilation system consisting of an exhaust air fan

and an outside air fan shall be provided for periodic ventilation
of 5 ACH at normal operation under predetermined time
schedule control (Adjustable).


(iii) The ventilation system designed shall be supported by
Category 2 essential power.
(iv) In the event of fire at a specific VAC zone, the relevant

(n) Staff Common Area
(i) An exhaust air fan shall be provided for maintaining general

ventilation of 10 ACH at normal operation under predetermined
time schedule (Adjustable).
(ii) The ventilation system shall be shut down in the event of fire
at the room.
(iii) The ventilation system shall be time schedule controlled by

MBMS.
(iv) A selector switch shall be provided at the local control panel

(LCP) to enable the fans to be operated in “Local” or “Remote”
Mode.
Backup IAC
(a) CC78A
(i) An exhaust air fan shall be provided for periodic ventilation of 5 ACH
at normal operation under predetermined time schedule (Adjustable).
(ii) The ventilation system shall be shut down in the event of fire at the
room. Any air ducts that pass through the wall of the rooms serving
the rooms shall be provided with motorized smoke and fire dampers
where the dampers shall be closed in the event of fire.
(iii) The mechanical ventilation system shall be time schedule controlled

by MBMS.
(iv) The mechanical ventilation system shall be shut down in the event
of fire at the room. Any air ducts that pass through the wall of the
rooms serving the rooms shall be provided with motorized smoke
and fire dampers where the dampers shall be closed in the event of
fire.

(v) Mechanical ventilation (gas purging) system shall be provided for
those space where protected by gas suppression system to remove
any residue or toxic gas product that evolved after activation of gas
flooding system.
(vi) Gas purging system shall be controlled by MBMS, a local key

switched control panel (LCP) consisting of a Remote/Local control
key switch and On/Off control buttons shall be provided close to the
room with gas flooding protection for operator to purge the gas after
gas flooding system activated in the room. Such control panel shall
override all AFA control and allow local on/off control of the
ventilation system for gas purging purpose. Apart from operating the
fans, such control panel shall include the control of the associated
motorized fire and smoke dampers for purging the gas.


Aa Ps 2019apr

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aa Ps 2019apr

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PART F3.

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification AA 08/03/19

SECTION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT 1

SECTION 2 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 6

SECTION 3 ESSENTIAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM 15

SECTION 4 EARTHING AND BONDING SYSTEM 41

SECTION 5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 43

SECTION 6 GENERAL LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER 47

SECTION 7 CABLE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM 78

SECTION 8 POWER QUALITY 80

SECTION 9 WATER LEAKAGE DETECTION SYSTEM 87

SECTION 10 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING FACILITIES SYSTEM 91

SECTION 11 MCB BOARD SCHEDULES 97

SECTION 12 CLP TRANSFORMER ROOM REQUIREMENTS 98

SECTION 13 DIVERSION AND DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SERVICES/

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification iii AA 08/03/19

This Particular Technical Specification (PTS) covers the requirements

The scope of works comprises the site verification, coordination,

The Electrical Works shall be a complete, safe, operable, reliable and

(a) Electrical Distribution System;

(b) Essential Power Supply System;

(c) Earthing and Bonding System;

(d) Lightning Protection System;

(e) General Lighting and Small Power System;

(f) Cable Containment System;

(g) Power Quality Provisions;

(h) Water Leakage Detection System; and

(i) External Lighting System; and

(j) Associated Control System

The Contractor shall be responsible to provide a competent person for

The Contractor shall provide all necessary provisions, system

The general installation, technical and performance requirements for

The Contractor shall submit drawings, documents and relevant data to

The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and/or

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification 2 AA 08/03/19

The Contractor shall carry out testing and commissioning of all

The Contractor shall provide all necessary resources, materials and

The Contractor shall be responsible for all associated power interfaces

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

The relevant Definitions and Abbreviations shall be in accordance with

RELEVANT CODES AND STANDARDS

The relevant Codes and Standards shall be in accordance with the

The relevant materials shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification 3 AA 08/03/19

(a) Electrical works for Police Observation Room and Police

(b) Electrical works for CAD Equipment Room; and

(c) Electrical works for New Antenna Tower.

The relevant submissions shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

The relevant workmanship shall be in accordance with the GMWS or

The requirement for the workmanship associated with the following

(a) Electrical works for Police Observation Room and Police

(b) Electrical works for CAD Equipment Room; and

(c) Electrical works for New Antenna Tower.

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification 4 AA 08/03/19

The requirement for the Inspection, Testing and Commissioning shall

The testing and commission procedure associated with the following

(a) Electrical works for Police Observation Room and Police

(b) Electrical works for CAD Equipment Room; and

(c) Electrical works for New Antenna Tower.

Contract 3403 – Particular Specification 5 AA 08/03/19

(a) HV Incoming Power Supplies;

(b) Low Voltage Power Supply and Distribution System;

(c) Final Power Distribution; and

(d) Uninterruptible Power Supply System